English For Secretaries

TEXT FLY WITHIN
THE BOOK ONLY

CO > DO

68271

OSMAMA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY

QrflNo

Author

This book should be returned on or before the date last marked, below,

ENGLISH
FOR SECRETARIES

The Fundamentals of Correct Writing
Applied to Correspondence

BY

KATE M. MONRO

Coauthor of "The Secretary's Handbook" "The Handbook of Social

Correspondent" "Corrective Exercises in English," "English

Jor American Youth" " The Book of Modern Letters"

FIRST EDITION
FIFTH IMPRESSION

McGRAW-HILL BOOK COMPANY, ING.

NEW YORK AND LONDON
1944

ENGLISH FOR SECRETARIES

COPYRIGHT, 1944, BY THE
MCGRAW-HILL BOOK COMPANY, INC.

PRINTED W THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

All rights reserved. This book, or

parts thereof, may not be reproduced

in any form without permission of

the publishers.

McGRAW-HILL PUBLICATIONS IN BUSINESS EDUCATION
F. G. NICHOLS, Consulting Editor

English for Secretaries

The quality of the materials used in the manufacture*
of this book is governed by continued postwar shortages.

McGRAW-HILL PUBLICATIONS

IN

BUSINESS EDUCATION

F. G. NICHOLS, Consulting Editor

Banks STORE ACTIVITY MANUAL
Bredow HANDBOOK FOR THE MEDICAL SECRETARY
Brewster and Palmer INTRODUCTION TO ADVERTISING
Faunce and Nichols SECRETARIAL EFFICIENCY
Faunce and Nichols EXPERIENCE MANUAL WITH

WORKSHEETS
Hazelton THE TECHNICAL SECRETARY SERIES:

THE MEDICAL AND SURGICAL SECRETARY

THE MILITARY STENOGRAPHER

THE NAVAL STENOGRAPHER

THE AVIATION SECRETARY

SECRETARY TO THE ENGINEER

Hogadone and Beckley MERCHANDISING TECHNIQUES
MacGibbon FITTING YOURSELF FOR BUSINESS
Monro ENGLISH FOB SECRETARIES
Newton How TO IMPROVE YOUR PERSONALITY
Riemer BASIC SHORTHAND DICTATION

GREGG EDITION

PITMAN EDITION

Robinson BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND PRACTICE
Skar and Palmer BUSINESS LAW
Strand SALESMANSHIP FOR VOCATIONAL AND PER-
SONAL USE

Theiss and Hunter PRACTICAL ACCOUNTING
Whiteaker BUSINESS MATHEMATICS

Preface

English for Secretaries is presented as a textbook on letter
writing and on English usage as required in cor-
respondence. It is intended especially for students iji. Ipusk
ness schools and colleges who are preparing to become
secretaries and planning to fill positions of responsibility
that require a broad education as well as a definite knowl-
edge "of the special skills necessary for success in their chosen
work.

A secretary must, of course, be able to write effective
letters, correct in form and details and attractive in ap-
pearance. This book, therefore, provides explanations of
many types of letters, business, semibusiness, official, and
social all of which a secretary may be called upon to write
for her employer. It also includes numerous models and
exercises which obviate the need for a workbook.

Since a basic requirement of good letter writing is a knowl-
edge of such fundamentals as capitalization, punctuation,
and grammar, rules for the use of these tools, with exercises
and illustrations, are supplied so that students needing such
aid may turn to these chapters for frequent drill and
review.

A secretary must also be proficient in spelling, pronuncia-
tion, and the accurate use of words. For this purpose a
chapter is devoted to dictionary study for which copious
exercises are provided.

As the subject is limited to the secretarial field, instead of
being extended in an attempt to cover the broader range of

vi Preface

business English, the author hopes that this book may prove
especially valuable to students in secretarial courses and
that it may furnish authority for disputed questions that
often arise in business correspondence.

The author wishes to acknowledge the courtesy of the fol-
lowing companies in permitting the use of material: Sidney
Edlund and Company for an article by Sidney and Mary
Edlund; Harper & Brothers for a letter from Letters of
jf.ames Russell Lowell; D. C. Heath and Company for a
letter from Correlated Dictation and Transcription, by H. L.
Forkner, A. O. Osborne, and J. E. O'Brien; Houghton
Mifflin Company for a letter from Life and Letters of Walter
Hines Page; Printers 5 Ink for material from an article entitled
"Sales Letter Style"; Transcription Supervisors' Association
of New York for their "Personality Chart' 5 ; and, for letters,
Bonwit Teller, Inc.; The Business Education World;
Hotel Dennis, Atlantic City, N. J.; The Waldorf-Astoria,
New York.

The author also wishes to record her appreciation of
valuable suggestions received from the following individuals:
Edgar C. Earle, of the Katharine Gibbs School; Dr. Helen
Reynolds, of New York University; Frances Sheridan,
of Haaren High School, New York; Robert Lawrence
Stevenson, of The United States Trust Company; and
especially Sarah Augusta Taintor, author and teacher,
whose encouragement made this book possible.

KATE M. MONRO.

NEW YORK,
October, 1943.

Contents

PAGE

Preface v

Editor's Introduction be

CHAPTER Part One

I. The Secretary 1

II. The Form of the Business Letter 13

III. Letters of Inquiry, Information, Order, Acknowledg-

ment 51

IV. Letters of Claim and Adjustment 66

V. Letters Relating to Sales 75

VI. Letters Relating to Credit and Collections 84

VII. Letters of Application, Reference, Recommendation,

Introduction 99

VIII. Interdepartmental Notes, Semibusiness Letters, Per-
sonal Letters and Notes 119

IX. Outlines, Precis, the Writing of Minutes, the Prep-
aration of Manuscripts for Publication, Proofreading 1 36

Part Two

X. Capitalization and the Writing of Figures 147

XL Punctuation 169

XII. A Review of English Grammar 211

Part Three

XIII. Use of the Dictionary 258

XIV. Sources of Information 284

Index 303

vii

Editors Introduction

TT HAS been said that "words are the stenographer's
-" stock in trade." In this comment sentence structure
might have been added. At the secretarial level one could
include also basic principles of good letter writing. It is doubtful
whether any other calling demands a more thoroughgoing
grounding in the structural elements of good English.
Therefore, it is not necessarily a criticism of general English
courses to say that they do not provide this groundwork
for those who will enter the secretarial field. To do so
doubtless would deprive such courses of emphases quite as
important for other students.

The general business English course may be made to
provide the specialized training needed by secretaries; but
this course when taken by all business students should not be
too highly specialized, since the occupational needs of
accountants, sales-people, personnel directors, executives,
and others doubtless are quite different from those of
the secretary. To concentrate on the English needed by the
latter would be to neglect aspects of English needed by the
former. To provide for each specialization in a general
course would unduly extend the course and force each
group to specialize beyond the requirements of its occupa-
tional objective.

Thus it seems clear that the kind and degree of specializa-

x Editor's Introduction

tion required for secretarial work should, in most cases, be
provided as an integral part of secretarial training, and not
in general English or business English courses. It is from this
point of view that this text has been written.

Basic principles of English are presented in attractive
form. Adequate practice is required. Such practice is
provided within the framework of good letter writing, thus
assuring carry-over into the work of the secretary on her job.

The author recognizes the obvious fact that in writing
business letters a secretary needs technical knowledge be-
yond the normal needs of others. She also is aware of the
less obvious need for this training in the transcription of letters
dictated by others. Rarely does a dictated letter reach the
secretary in exactly the form in which it should go out. In
the stress of dictation little slips are made by many dictators,
and occasionally even big ones by the best of dictators. It is
the secretary's job to polish each letter off so that as it goes
out it is not only factually accurate and technically cor-
rect, but also structurally attractive. Often excellence in this
aspect of secretarial work is the most effective means of
attracting the notice of executives on whom promotions
depend.

Enrichment of vocabulary is quite as important as is the
mastery of shorthand or of secretarial techniques. Therefore,
word study is stressed throughout this text.

While basic English and vocabulary work are given the
prominence they deserve, the fundamentals of good letters
in the usual fields of business correspondence are presented
effectively for study and practice, along with other written
matter with which the secretary has to deal, including the
writing of abstracts, outlines, manuscripts, minutes, and
personal notes.

Editor's Introduction xi

The success of a novice in this field may depend largely on
the mastery of material such as this text includes. Such
mastery requires intensive study and practice; hence, the
obvious importance of a specialized text that makes both
possible.

FREDERICK G. NICHOLS.

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.
October, 1943.

Part One

CHAPTER I

The Secretary

The Appeal of Secretarial Work. Secretarial work ap-
peals strongly to students, particularly to girls. Its popularity,
no doubt, springs from a desire to select a vocation that is
varied and challenging, whose outlook appears less drab
and monotonous than that of many other lines of work, and
whose future presents unusual opportunities for both social
and business contacts and for rapid advancement.

The chief explanation for the appeal of this work probably
may be found in the diversity of the occupations with
which a secretary may ally herself. She may become social
secretary to an individual, executive secretary, medical
secretary, secretary in a law office, in a business office, or in
a civic or charitable organization. Not only may these
positions be of interest in themselves, but for the alert,
progressive person they may lead to wider opportunities
in the firm with which the secretary is connected, in larger
corporations, or in a business of her own. With so many
subdivisions of industry, finance, social service, and educa-
tion to choose from, the prospective secretary should be
able to select at least one that would prove attractive
to her.

1

2 English tor Secretaries

Definition of Secretary. The word secretary, derived
from the Latin secretarius, means confidential officer. In fact,
the foremost requisite of the secretary is that she should
enjoy the confidence of her employer and that he should
trust her to be his representative. Although the distinction
between secretary and stenographer is not always clearly drawn,
it is generally assumed that the secretary is distinguished by
the importance of the duties she performs. She holds such a
title because her knowledge, skill, and personality set her
above the clerical grade.

The Duties of a Secretary. The duties of a secretary
are, of course, affected by the organization of which she is a
part. They are also affected by the personality and by the
responsibilities of her employer. Since, then, both the type
of her work and the characteristics of her chief proscribe
her duties, it would seem impossible to list these with any
hope of accuracy. Many attempts to do so have failed
because they were studies of activities of office workers in
general rather than of secretaries. However, an analysis of
the duties of the private secretary made by Professor Frede-
rick G. Nichols 1 of Harvard University, under the sponsor-
ship of the American Institute of Secretaries, avoids these
pitfalls and presents a scientific investigation. This analysis
was constructed by selecting from a variety of sources, such
as printed articles, literature on the subject, and reports of
investigations, a list of thirty-five duties. This list was sent to
secretaries and employers who were asked to "indicate the
rank order of these duties by assigning to each a number
according to its importance." The following list shows the
result of this analysis.

1 NICHOLS, F. G. The Personal Secretary. Cambridge, Harvard University
Press.

The Secretary 3

MAJOR SECRETARIAL DUTIES COMBINED JUDGMENT OF
SECRETARIES AND EMPLOYERS

1. Take dictation 11. Organize files and systems

2. Transcribe shorthand notes 12. Take care of personal accounts

3. Handle callers 13. Consult reference books

4. Write original letters 14. Make appointments

5. Organize facts 15. Do banking for employer

6. Answer letters 16. Write up minutes of meeting

7. Organize office routine 17. Supervise clerical workers

8. Note information on letters 18. Dictate letters

9. Handle incoming mail 19. Take care of follow-up files
10. Read and release letters for 20. Operate card index

mailing 21. Prepare reports

Education of the Secretary. Since a secretary's educa-
tion must fit her for such duties as those already listed, she
must be proficient in certain specific subjects, such as
typing, stenography, filing, and the use of business machines
and equipment, as they are part of her trade. But, in addi-
tion to these, she must be grounded in the fundamentals of
English grammar, capitalization, punctuation, and spell-
ing. Because of the fact that for such fundamentals there is
definite, established usage, ignorance of them or carelessness
in the application of them brings discredit upon both the
secretary and her employer. Since one of the most important
duties of a secretary is letter writing, which requires cor-
rectness in these essentials, no person without a knowledge
of them can rise above the level of a clerical worker.

A secretary not only must know such requirements of
technical English, but she must know how to write clear,
concise, fluent sentences. This is usually an acquired skill,
developed from acquaintance with good usage and from
practice in writing. That one can learn to write only by
writing is a truism that every secretary finally comes to

4 English for Secretaries

appreciate. Because this is so, the prospective secretary
must, like any other apprentice, practice her trade until
she has mastered it and has learned to express herself
effectively.

The acquisition of an extensive vocabulary is another
essential of the secretary's education. By a colorful adjective,
by a precise use of words, by an arresting phrase, she may
lift her letters above the ordinary level and make them
convey the exact shade of meaning intended. It goes with-
out saying that reading furnishes one of the best means of
increasing one's vocabulary. Although books, magazines,
and newspapers are read primarily for enjoyment, recrea-
tion, and ideas, their by-product will be an improved
vocabulary.

Closely linked with the ability to use English effectively
is a knowledge of a foreign language, an asset to a secretary
not only in itself, but also as an aid to her understanding of
English words. To cite but one example, the secretary who
has studied Latin will be able through her knowledge of
prefixes to distinguish between such words as biennial and
semiannual^ emigration and immigration, interstate and intrastate.

Since a secretary may often have to act as librarian in an
office library and since she often may be required to collect
material for speeches for her employer and to make abstracts
and reports, she should know the facilities afforded by the
public library and be able to make effective use of the refer-
ence books found there.

Because receiving callers and representing her chief in
many capacities are likewise duties that the secretary is
likely to be called upon to perform, she should consider an
acquaintance with accepted social forms not simply a social
asset, but also a practical part of her education. How to
make introductions, how to write and answer both formal

The Secretary 5

and informal notes, how to acquit herself creditably at
social functions or to supervise them, how to speak in a clear
and pleasing voice should be part of her training.

Probably no student can achieve perfection in all the
requirements suggested in the preceding pages, but such
educational standards may well be her aim, the attainment
of which would produce the ideal secretary.

Steppingstones to Secretarial Positions. That the
graduate of a secretarial course seldom steps immediately
into a full secretarial position without having acquired some
experience to supplement her education is reasonable and
understandable. The following table 1 lists occupations that
have been found most important in providing this experience.

Number of Secretaries

Who Have Held
Occupations Such Positions

Stenographer 1 64

Correspondent 33

Assistant to private secretary 20

Statistical clerk 22

Bookkeeper 17

Dictating machine operator 15

Personnel clerk 14

Typist 14

File clerk 13

Tentative Conclusions 1

1. The office position most frequently used as a steppingstone to a
secretarial position is stenographer.

2. Stenographic experience, while not necessarily essential to the
achievement of secretarial status, is most likely to lead in that direction.

3. Some private secretarial positions are filled by inexperienced
graduates of secretarial schools.

1 Adapted from Nichols, Frederick G. The Pcisonal Secretary. Cambridge,
Harvard University Press.

English for Secretaries

RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF PERSONAL TRAITS AS RANKED
BY SECRETARIES AND EMPLOYERS

Relatively Important Traits

Primary

Secondary

Intelligence S & E 1

Courtesy S & E

Accuracy S & E

Alertness E 3

Personality S & E

Faithfulness E

Judgment S & E

Resourcefulness E

Efficiency S & E

Adaptability E

Loyalty S & E

Memory E

Adaptability S 2

Executive ability E

Executive ability S

Tact S

Poise S

Initiative

Relatively Unimportant Traits

Doubtful

Independent Value
Independence S & E
Responsibleness S & E
Concentration S & E
Cooperativeness S & E
Systematic S & E

Alertness S

Ambition S

Resourcefulness S
Discretion E

Versatility E

Even temper E

Perseverance E

Enthusiasm E

Quickness E

Tact E

Memory S

Organizing ability S
Poise S

1 So rated by both secretaries and employers.
* So rated by secretaries only.
8 So rated by employers only.

Negligible
Independent Value
Objectivity S & E

Originality S & E

Thoughtfulness S & E
Humor S & E

Unselfishness S & E
Enthusiasm S

Perseverance S

Quickness S

Even temper S

Versatility S

Organizing ability E

The Secretary 7

Personal Traits. Although her duties are affected by
the nature of her employment business, social, civic, or
professional and also by the character and responsibilities
of her chief, there are certain personal traits that are desir-
able for all secretaries. Again in The Personal Secretary
Professor Nichols gives the result of his systematic analysis of
this subject based upon a questionnaire submitted to
employers and to secretaries. The summary of his investiga-
tion is tabulated on the opposite page and analyzed below.

TENTATIVE CONCLUSIONS

As ranked by both secretaries and employers, the following personal
traits are essential to successful functioning in a private secretarial
position:

Intelligence Keen; high native intelligence; orderly mind.
Accuracy Not in details alone, but in everything she does.

Alertness To sense true import of situations; to anticipate needs;
foresight.

Memory For details, names, faces, places, etc.; exceptionally

retentive.
Personality Appearance, health, manner, etc.

Courtesy Innate; habitually courteous; especially in dealing with
people outside the organization; the kind that creates good will.

Tact In dealing with people under trying circumstances subordi-
nates, coordinates, superiors, and employer's clientele.

Poise Self-control under stress. Not easily disturbed or thrown off
balance by the unexpected.

Adaptability Ability to adjust to her employer's attitudes and whims
without becoming subservient.

8 English for Secretaries

Judgment In handling people and situations. Deciding how and when
to do things. Able to distinguish personal and business affairs of her
chief.

Efficiency Not only in handling details, but in handling more difficult
tasks without waste of time or energy.
Alertness To sense true import of situations; to anticipate needs;

foresight.
Resourcefulness Ability to meet emergencies; never at a loss to know

what to do or say in difficult situations.
Adaptability Ability to adjust to her employer's attitudes and whims

without becoming subservient.

Loyalty Able to give high degree of loyalty to her chief and his business.
Faithfulness Especially in carrying out instructions and in looking

after her employer's interests.

Executive Ability Not only in directing detail work but in acting directly
for, or in place of, her chief.

Initiative Does not have to be told what to do; goes ahead with her
work unhesitatingly.

EXERCISES

A. Examine the following personality chart to discover the qualities
that the Transcription Supervisors' Association of New York City deems
important for a business girl.

I. APPEARANCE EXPLANATION

A. Wearing apparel

1. Coat or suit 1. Of conservative cut and color.

2. Dress 2. Of conservative cut and color. Modish

but not extreme as to length of skirt
and sleeve and as to depth of neckline.
Even as to hemline.

3. Accessories 3. Immaculate. Free from rip and tear.

Feminine.

4. Hat 4. Modish and becoming but not rakish

or bizarre.

5. Shoes 5. Clean. Straight of heel. Conservative.

(Fragmentary heels and toes in poor
taste.)

The Secretary

6. Jewelry

7. Restraining
garments

B. Personal grooming

1. Hair

2. Skin

3. Brows

4. Teeth

5. Nails

6. Make-up

C. Posture

1. Carriage

2. Walk

3. Hands

11. SPEECH

A. Voice

Timbre

B. Diction

Vocabulary

III. HEALTH

A. Vigor

1. Energy

2. Stamina

3. Emotional
stability

IV. ATTITUDE

A, Toward the job

1. Alertness

2. Enthusiasm

3. Objectivity

6. Appropriate to the costume. Unob-
structive.

7. Girdle, brassiere, etc., when necessary.

1. Clean, vital, neat, suitably coifFed for
daytime wear. Of natural color.

2. Clean and clear.

3. Following the natural lines.

4. Free from stain.

5. Well tended. Free from nicotine or
other stain. Restrained tinting per-
missible if desired.

6. Restrained. Suited to daytime wear
and to one's natural coloring.

1. Body erect. Shoulders back.

2. Toes in. Step light and springy.

3. Quiet. Avoidance of swinging in wide
arc on walking.

Pleasant. Well modulated.

Clearly enunciated. Restricted to ac-
cepted usage. Absence of slang or collo-
quialisms.

1. Acquired by balanced diet, rest, and
recreation.

2. Giving capacity for sustained effort.

3. Self-possession and control under ordi-
nary circumstances and under pressure.

1. Indicating an intelligent curiosity.

2. At all times.

3. Ability to view the job as dissociated
from personalities in it. Ability to
accept criticism and praise construc-
tively.

10 English for Secretaries

B. Toward fellow workers

1. Courtesy 1. Under any and all provocation.

2. Gonsiderateness 2. Of the opinions, preferences, idio-

syncrasies, and limitations of others,
with disregard for idle gossip.

3. Cooperativeness 3. With subordinates and superiors.
V. CHARACTER ATTRIBUTES

A. Dependability

1. Trustworthiness 1. In one's entire professional relation-

ship with fellow workers. In one's wil-
lingness to "follow through" a piece of
work to its satisfactory conclusion.
Integrity.

2. Discretion 2. In the handling of confidential infor-

mation.

3. Punctiliousness 3. In the carrying out, without super-

vision, of company rules and regula-
tions.

B. Discuss the following topics. Then, by reading some of the books
listed at the end of this chapter or other books, compile sufficient infor-
mation on one of these topics to write a theme of about three hundred
words on that subject. Introduce examples to illustrate your point of
view.

1. Three qualities indispensable for a successful secretary

2. The secretary's appearance

3. The manners of an ideal secretary

4. Three ways in which a secretary may increase her fund of general
information

5. Educational requirements for an office secretary, a social secretary,
a medical secretary, or a secretary in some other specialized branch

6. The secretary's voice and speech

7. The attitude of the secretary toward her work

8. The attitude of the secretary toward the people with whom she
works

9. Recognizing one's own limitations

10. Adapting oneself to the peculiarities of one's employer

11. Why a secretary should understand the business in which she is
employed

The Secretary 11

12. The advantages and disadvantages of secretarial work in regard
to opportunities for advancement, working hours and conditions, salary,
and vacations

1 3. How a secretary can develop her personality

14. How a secretary may keep herself physically fit, although her work
may be largely sedentary

15. Why more clerical workers are discharged because of character
and personality difficulties than because of lack of ability

16. Why the failure to secure and hold a job rests upon personality

1 7. Why it is that "every business student needs to study not only what
to do and how to do it, but also how to tell it"

18. Why skill unaccompanied by a high degree of intelligence and a
good background of general information usually ends in a blind-alley
job

19. Routine duties, such as handling the mail, filing correspondence,
answering the telephone, supervising an office, meeting callers

BIBLIOGRAPHY

ALSOP, G. F., and McBRiDE, M. F. She's Of to Work; a Guide to Successful

Earning and Living. New York, The Vanguard Press, 1941.
FAUNCE, F. A., and NICHOLS, F. G. Secretarial Efficiency. New York,

McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc., 1939.
HOVING, WALTER. Tour Career in Business. New York, Duell, Sloan &

Pearce, Inc., 1940.
McGiBBON, E. G. Fitting Yourself for Business; What the Employer

Wants beyond Skills. New York, McGraw-Hill Book Company,

Inc., 1941.

Loso, F. W., HAMILTON, C. W., and AGNEW, P. L. Secretarial Office Prac-
tice. Cincinnati, South-Western Publishing Company, 1937.
MAULE, FRANCES. The Girl with a Pay Check; How She Lands It Holds It,

Makes It Grow. New York, Harper & Brothers, 1941.
MAULE, FRANCES. The Road to Anywhere; Opportunities in Secretarial Work.

New York, Harper & Brothers, 1941.
NICHOLS, F. G. The Personal Secretary; Differentiating Duties and Personal

Traits. Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1934.
PERRY, SHERMAN. Let's Write Good Letters. Middletown, Ohio, The

American Rolling Mill Co., 1942.

12 English for Secretaries

ROBINSON, E. M. Training for the Modern Office. New York, McGraw-Hill
Book Company, Inc., 1939.

SLADE, M. L., HURLEY, M. H., and CLIPPINGER, K. L. Secretarial Train-
ing. Boston, Ginn and Company, 1934.

TAINTOR, S. A. Training jor Secretarial Practice, 3d ed. New York, McGraw-
Hill Book Company, Inc., 1932.

TORSON, GLADYS. "Ask my Secretary . . . " the Art of Being a Successful
Business Girl. New York, Greenbcrg, Publisher. Inc., 1941.

CHAPTER II

The Form of the Business Letter

A MOST business houses have their own stationery
with letterheads varying in form and paper varying in
size, they may prefer different arrangements for their letter
pictures. It is, therefore, advisable for each company to
standardize its letter forms and to have them clearly under-
stood by typists and secretaries. Such uniformity promotes
speed and efficiency and makes for better appearance.

No absolute rules for forms for all letters can be laid down,
but certain general principles should be mastered. Then
variations may be made without violating accepted styles.

THE PARTS OF A BUSINESS LETTER

1. Heading

a. Place

b. Date

c. Reference line (supplied if needed)

2. Inside address

a. Name of correspondent (with title or position)

b. Address of correspondent

c. Attention line (supplied if needed)

3. Salutation

4. Subject line (supplied if needed)

5. Body of letter

6. Complimentary closing

7. Signature

a. Name of firm (unless individual responsibility is intended)

b. Name of individual (written)

c. Name of individual (typed)

d. Title of individual

13

14 English for Secretaries

8. Miscellaneous details at close of letter

a. Identification and stenographic reference

b. Enclosure notations

c. Copy notations

d. Mail notations

THE HEADING

Letterheads. Letterheads are representatives of their
organizations. They carry to correspondents necessary in-
formation: the name, the address, the telephone number,
and the character of the company. They may also include
the cable address, names and titles of offices, the location
of branches, pictures of commodities, and other data con-
sidered important.

The information given in the letterhead with its style of
engraving or printing, together with the color, shape, size,
and quality of the stationery, affects the correspondent
favorably or unfavorably before he begins to read the letter
message. Business houses, therefore, regard these details as a
kind of advertisement well worth the expenditure of much
thought and money.

Written Headings. When the stationery used bears no
letterhead, the heading should be written in the following
order: (1) the street, (2) the city and the state, (3) the date.
These items should be placed at the upper right-hand side of
the sheet at least an inch and a half from the top of the
paper, with a right-hand margin of about one and one-
quarter inches for a full-page letter and wider margin for
a short letter. Block or indented form may be used. With
the block style, open punctuation, i.e., no punctuation at the
ends of lines, is more common; with the indented, either
open or closed punctuation may be used, with the open
growing in popularity.

The Form of the Business Letter 15

EXERCISE

Bring to class examples of letterheads and examine these, keeping in
mind the following questions and suggestions:

1. Are they attractive? Why?

2. Do they contain too much information to be attractive?

3. Are they suitable for the type of company or for the commodity
they represent?

4. Do they suggest dignity, exclusiveness, reliability, distinction, or
some other quality? If so, how?

5. What class of patrons are they designed to attract? Give reasons
for your answer.

6. Compare the placement of date lines.

7. Compare letterheads for their attractiveness, their impression on
the correspondent, and their appropriateness for the company they
represent.

8. What abbreviations do you find in letterheads?

9. Where is the date line usually found?

10. What variations do you find in the placement of the date line?

1 1 . What two purposes does a letter heading serve?

12. What have you observed regarding the punctuation used in
printed or engraved letterheads?

The Date Line. The date line, which is part of the
heading, is usually placed in letters of ordinary length five
lines or more below the letterhead so that the last figure of
the date is one and one-quarter inches from the right-hand
margin. In a shorter letter with wider margins, the date line
is written nearer the center. Some firms prefer the date line
centered two or three spaces below the letterhead. Any of
these placements is acceptable, with the first method having
the preference. The month should be spelled out in full,
January 1, 1943, not Jan. 1, '43 or 1/1/43. Occasionally, to
give the letter picture an unusual appearance for better
balance, the date line is placed on the left of the page above
and in line with the inside address. This form, however, is so

16 English for Secretaries

uncommon that a secretary should not use it unless given
special directions to do so.

Examples of Acceptable Written Headings
Block form with open punctuation:

40 East Tenth Street
New York, N. Y.
January 5, 19

Indented form with open punctuation:

20 Maple Street
Biddleford, Maine
July 4, 19

Indented form with closed punctuation (used more in
social than in business correspondence) :

Grove City College,
Grove City, Pa.,
July 5, 19.

Other data are sometimes substituted for the name of the
street:

Nantucket Cottage Hospital
Nantucket, Mass.

Vassar College
Poughkeepsie, N. Y.

R. F. D. 3

Sebago Lake, Maine

Post-Office Box 45
Nashville, Tenn.

Headings sometimes contain even more definite informa-
tion, such as a room number or the name of a special build-
ing or department. In such cases three lines are used:

The Form of the Business Letter 17

Room 121, The Franklin Building
27 Cedar Street
New Haven, Conn.

The Reference Line. For convenience some organiza-
tions use a line containing a file reference or a request that
the recipient refer in his answer to a particular department
or person. In answering, the recipient should comply with
this request and include the reference. This line may be
written in any of the following positions:

(1)

1317 Sixth Street, S.E.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
January 3, 19

File No. K-5968

(2)

Third Central Bank
Third and Central Streets
Memphis, Tenn.

In your reply please refer to M. P. Fen ton
Gentlemen:

(3)

Third Central Bank
Third and Central Streets
Memphis, Tenn.

Gentlemen:

In replying, please refer to Adjustment Dept.

(4)
Third Central Bank

Third and Central Streets
Memphis, Tennessee

Gentlemen: Your reference: R. T. Cox (3-12)

18 English for Secretaries

THE INSIDE ADDRESS

The mside address consists of the name and the address of
the individual or the company to whom the letter is to be
sent. In business letters it is placed from three to six spaces
below the date line, depending on the length of the letter,
and about one and one-quarter inches from the left-hand
edge margin. In shorter letters the margin is, of course,
wider. Both sides of the letter should have approximately
the same margin. The inside address, which should be three
lines or more, is usually written in single spacing regardless
of the style used in the body of the letter, but it is correct
to use double spacing if the body of the letter is also in
double spacing.

Punctuation. The punctuation of the inside address
should be consistent with the heading if this is a typed or a
written heading, not a printed or an engraved letterhead.
If open punctuation is used in such a heading, it must be
used in the inside address. If closed punctuation is used in
the heading, the name of the addressee and the street in the
inside address must be followed by commas, the state by a
period. The latter form is much less frequently used than
formerly.

Abbreviations in the Heading and in the Inside
Address. In general, abbreviations should be avoided in
headings. There are, however, a few cases in which the
abbreviated form is allowable or preferred.

1 . The name of any state may or may not be abbreviated,
except Idaho, Iowa, Maine, Ohio, and Utah, which should
always be spelled out. (See pages 281 and 282 for correct
abbreviations of states.)

The Form of the Business Letter 19

2. When a business organization uses in its letterhead the
ampersand (&) or the abbreviations Co., Inc., Apts., Bldg., or
other abbreviated forms, the correspondent should use the
same forms in the inside address.

3. For the sake of attractive spacing, an unusually long
line may contain abbreviations, as Ave., Blvd., St., S.W.,
N.E.

Names of Numbered Streets. Street names when desig-
nated by simple numbers should be spelled out in the head-
ing and in the inside address, as Fifth Avenue, not 5th Avenue.
Street names, however, when designated by compound
numbers are usually written in figures, as East 117 Street or
East \\lth Street. Some business houses prefer street numbers
up to and including one hundred written out, as Seventy-
second Street or Seventy Second Street. These forms, however,
occur more frequently in formal or social correspondence
than in business letters.

The Attention Line. When a writer wishes to bring
his letter to the attention of a particular member of an
organization, he may do so by using the attention line.
Attention of or Attention may be written followed by the name
and by the position of the recipient if it is known to the
writer; but, if the line so written would be too long for
attractive appearance, Attention may be omitted and the
official position of the recipient may be placed below his
name.

The attention line does not affect the salutation, which
should be plural to correspond with the name of the firm as
given in the inside address.

The attention line may be placed in any of the positions
illustrated in the following examples:

20 English for Secretaries

(i)

Written two lines above the salutation flush with the left-
hand margin:

John Wanamaker (a company name)
Broadway at Ninth Street
New York City

Attention of Mr. Herbert Johnson
Gentlemen:

(2)
Centered two lines above the salutation:

Mitchell & Company
833 South LaSaile Street
Chicago, Illinois

Attention: Mr. Archibald R. Brookfield

Sales Promotion Manager
Gentlemen:

(3)
Written on a line with the salutation:

The Elite Hat Shoppe
425 Boylston Street
Boston, Mass.

Ladies: Attention: Miss Edith Boynton, Manager

(4)
Centered two lines below the salutation:

The H. W. Wilson Company
950 University Avenue
New York, N. Y.

Gentlemen:

Miss Dorothy E. Cook

Managing Editor, Standard Catalog Series

The Form of the Business Letter 21

(5)

Allowable but infrequently written two lines below the
salutation flush with the left-hand margin

Indiana University
Bloomington
Indiana

Gentlemen:

Attention of the Registrar

Names and Titles of Individuals. The secretary must
note the signature of a correspondent to be sure of the
spelling of his name and whether he has used initials or
Christian names. Titles with initials or the Christian names
must be used in the inside address.

Correct: Mr. Anthony P. Simpson
Incorrect: Anthony P. Simpson
Incorrect: Mr. Simpson

Women.

Miss, the title for an unmarried woman, requires no
period, as it is not an abbreviation. When the writer is
uncertain whether the addressee is married or not. Miss is
the correct title to use.

Mrs., the title of a married woman, is used with the
husband's name, as Mrs. Philip Kelly. Today many women
prefer to use their own names in business or professional life,
as Mrs. Anna Kelly. This form is not correct in social cor-
respondence, except in the case of a divorced woman. Today
a widow usually retains her husband's name and is ad-
dressed as Mrs. Arthur Brown, rather than Mrs. Catherine
Brown.

22 English for Secretaries

A woman who has a title, such as doctor, dean, or professor,
may be addressed, in business correspondence, by her title,
instead of as Miss or Mrs. In social correspondence, how-
ever, women usually do not use their professional titles.

A divorced woman has the choice of assuming her maiden
name with or without Mrs., as, Miss Jean Harrison or Mrs.
Jean Harrison. She may use her husband's surname with
Miss or Mrs., as, Mm Jean Kelly or Mrs. Jean Kelly, but
she must not use her former title, as, Mrs. Andrew Kelly.
Socially she would usually be known as Mrs. Harrison Kelly.
In writing to a divorced woman, therefore, it is advisable
to find out, if possible, the title she prefers.

Men.

Mr. is the title used for a man if no other title is known.
If he is a doctor, the title Dr. is correct; if a clergyman or a
priest, Reverend is correct; if a professor, the word Professor
may be used in place of Mr.

Esquire, used very little in business letters in the United
States, is never written when Mr. precedes the name.

Correct: John Dalton, Esq.
Incorrect: Mr. John Dalton, Esq.

Business Titles. A business title, such as President,
Treasurer, Manager, Is usually written on the line with the
name, but it may be placed with the name of the firm if the
appearance of the inside address or the envelope address is
thus improved. Business titles never precede the name.

Correct: Mr. Henry Horton, President

Horton Paint Company
Correct: Mr. Henry Horton

President, Horton Paint Company

The Form of the Business Letter 23

Incorrect: President Henry Horton
Horton Paint Company

Professional Titles. The professional title, unlike a
business title, may precede the name. The title Reverend
must not be used directly before the surname but must al-
ways be followed by a given name or by initials on an
envelope or in the inside address. In referring to a clergy-
man, however, it is allowable to write in the body of the
letter or to say The Reverend Mr. Morse or Tfie Reverend Dr.
Morse.

Dr. Ernestine Gray

Professor John Baker (or Dr. John Baker), Professor of Chemistry

Dean Philip Brown

The Reverend Thomas O'Brien

Two titles that have the same meaning should not be
used with a name.

Correct: Dr. Murray Johnson
Correct: Murray Johnson, M. D.
Incorrect: Dr. Murray Johnson, M. D.

Two titles, when they do not mean the same but when
one adds new information, may both be used.

Mr. William Mann

Principal of Exville High School

The Reverend Alexander Morse, D. D.

Dr. Anna Littleton
Dean, Exville College

For Letters to Business Organizations. In writing the
inside address in letters to business organizations, the name
must be written as it appears on the company's stationery.
If it occurs as Ralph M. Smith and Company, it must be so

24 English for Secretaries

written, not as Ralph M. Smith & Co. or R. M. Smith & Co.
or Smith & Co.

The Use of Messrs. The plural of Mr., Messrs., an abbre-
viation of messieurs, is correctly used before the names of
members of professional firms, as those composed of lawyers
and architects.

Correct: Messrs. Howard and Jackson (Lawyers)
Correct: Messrs. Peters & Collins (Architects)

Do not use Messrs, in addressing a business organization.

Correct: Brown and Jones Company
Incorrect: Messrs. Brown and Jones Company
Correct: S. L. Morris & Co.
Incorrect: Messrs. S. L. Morris & Co.
Correct: Lord & Taylor
Incorrect: Messrs. Lord & Taylor

EXERCISE

Suppose that the terms below occurred in the inside addresses of
letters. Write on your answer paper in regard to them

A. The number of each correct item

B. A correct form for each incorrect item

1 . Chairman C. C. Hayes

2. C. C. Hayes, Chairman

3. Dr. Ralph Dawson, M. D.

4. Rev. Maxwell

5. The Reverend Edward Lawrence

6. Reverend Thomas Bailey, D. D.

7. Mr. Ivan Perkins, Esq.

8. Mr. Horace Miller, A. B.

9. Professor Esther Taylor, B. S.

10. Hon. Lloyd Overman, A. M.

11. Roy P. Barnes

12. Messrs. Reliable Safe Co.

13. Messrs. Alexander and Frost (Lawyers)

The Form of the Business Letter 25

14. Messrs. Park & Hanley, Inc.

15. Treasurer B. Cohen
Reliable Rug Co.

16. B. Bloomfield, President
Reliable Rug Co.

17. The Honorable Shields (a Mayor)

18. Dr. James Sinclair, Director
Community Health Association

19. Mrs. Roberta Price
Secretary to the Mayor

20. Mrs. William Scott

President of the Soroptomist Club

21. Mr. Alston Jones, Principal
Exville High School

22. Douglas Mclntosh
Principal, Exville High School

23. Dr. H. P. Barnhart
Superintendent of Schools

24. Superintendent L. M. Knox

25. Commander John Doe
U. S. Coast Guard

THE SALUTATION

The following are acceptable forms for business letters.

To Individuals:

Dear Mr. (or Mrs. or Miss) Brown: This is informal
American usage.

My dear Mr. (or Mrs. or Miss) Brown: This is formal
American usage.

Dear (or My dear) Mr. and Mrs. Brown: This order is
followed in addressing a husband and wife.

Dear Sir (or Madam): This salutation is used less often
than formerly, as it lacks the individuality and friendliness
suggested by the use of a name. The word Madam is cor-

26 English for Secretaries

rectly used for both married and unmarried women. The
word Miss should not be used unless followed by a surname.
My dear Sir (or Madam): This is an even more formal
salutation sometimes used by business firms when no previ-
ous contact has been made with the correspondent, but
more often used in government correspondence.

Sir (or Madam): This is the most formal salutation. It is
used chiefly in correspondence with government officials,
such as The President of the United States, Members of
the Supreme Court, Cabinet Members, Senators, and
Representatives.

Care should be taken to address first in the salutation the
individual who appears first in the inside address.

Dear (or My dear) Madam and Sir: This order is followed
in addressing a mother and son.

Gentlemen and Dear Madam: (Mr. Peter Jones)

(Mr. Robert Jones)
(Miss Mary Jones)

Dear Madam and Gentlemen: (Miss Mary Jones)

(Mr. Robert Jones)
(Mr. Peter Jones)

Mesdames and Dear Sir: (Miss Mary Jones)

(Miss Jane Jones)
(Mr. Peter Jones)

Gentlemen and Mesdames: (John Jones & Co.)

(Mrs. Peter Jones)
(Mrs. Robert Jones)
To Organizations:

Gentlemen: This salutation is used in business letters ad-
dressed to an organization composed of men or where the
writer is uncertain whether the organization is composed of
men or women.

The Form of the Business Letter 27

Mesdames: or Ladies: Either of these salutations is used in
addressing two or more women or an organization composed
of women.

Ladies and Gentlemen: This salutation is frequently used in
addressing an organization composed of both women and
men when it is known that membership is composed of both.
For instance, in writing to an association of teachers made
up of both women and men, the salutation might be either
Ladies and Gentlemen or Gentlemen.

THE SUBJECT LINE

The subject line states briefly the topic about which the
letter is to be written. It may be centered above or below the
salutation or 011 a line with the salutation. The word Subject
may or may not be used.

Subject: Chicago Wheat SJiipments
Re: Chicago Wheat Shipments

Chicago Wheat Shipments

THE BODY OF THE LETTER

The most important part of the letter is the body, as it
contains the message, the whole purpose of writing. The
message itself is often dictated, but the mechanical make-
up usually rests with the secretary. It is, therefore, impor-
tant for the typist to consider the following suggestions:

1. The first paragraph should be separated from the
salutation by double spacing.

2. All single-spaced letters should have double space
separating all parts of the letter.

3. The body of the letter may be block or indented with-
out respect to the form used in the inside address.

28 English for Secretaries

4. If single spacing is used in the inside address, either
double or single spacing may be used in the body of the
letter. This usually depends on the length of the letter.

5. If indented paragraphing is used, the first word of
each paragraph should be indented five or ten spaces from
the marginal line. Five-space indention is more usual.

6. Tabulated material or other inserts should be centered
and written in single spacing with double spacing above and
below.

7. Paragraphs should be varied in length. Short para-
graphs, as they are more attractive in appearance and easier
to read, are usually preferable to long paragraphs; but as
paragraphing depends primarily on material and not on
appearance, material that belongs together should be so
placed.

8. On the second and succeeding pages in a typewritten
letter, the name or the initials of the person addressed must
be placed at the left-hand margin approximately one inch
from the top of the page if no letterhead is used. Page num-
bers may be placed directly below the name of the addressee
or in the center. The date on each page should be placed at
the right on the same line as the addressee. Never carry
over a single line of the body of the letter to a new page or
place only complimentary close and signature on a new
page. At least three lines of the letter should be typed on the
new page.

Margins. Since the first thing that impresses a cor-
respondent when he opens a letter is its appearance, that
appearance should be carefully planned. To produce an
attractive impression, nothing is more important than
regard for the white space that forms a setting for the typed
words. Because paper is not always uniform in size, letter-

The Form of the Business Letter

29

heads are not always placed similarly on stationery; and as
letters differ in length, no absolute rules for the width of the
margins can be laid down; but certain suggestions regard-
ing them may help the typist to create an impression of
balance and proportion, the effect she should strive to
produce.

On paper bearing a letterhead, the margin between the
top of the paper and the first typewritten item should be

FIG. 1.

FIG. 2.

somewhat wider than that at the bottom of the page. The
bottom margin on a one-page letter should be about one
and one-half times as wide as the side margins. In a two-
page letter, it should be about an inch wide. The width of
all margins, however, differs with the length of the letter.
For the short letter wider margins are required than for the
long letter. The common fault of writing a short letter with
narrow top and side margins destroys the impression of
balance and proportion every attractive letter should
typify. The side margins therefore vary with the length of the

30 English for Secretaries

letter, being wider for the short letter. They should be
approximately the same in width, the left-hand one straight,
the right-hand one as even as possible with a minimum of
words divided at the ends of lines.

THE COMPLIMENTARY CLOSING

The complimentary closing may begin about halfway
between the left and right margins or in a line with the
heading when that is handwritten. Its placement depends
somewhat on the length of the writer's name. When the
name is long, it is advisable to begin the complimentary
closing farther to the left than when the name is short.
Double spacing should be used between the complimentary
closing and the body of the letter. Only the first word of the
closing should be capitalized. If no punctuation is inserted
after the salutation, it may be omitted here also. But the
preferred form is to punctuate these two parts, using a colon
after the salutation and a comma after the complimentary
closing. Complimentary closings in general use today are

Very truly yours, Faithfully yours.

Yours very truly, Yours sincerely,

Yours truly, Sincerely yours,

Tours respectfully, seldom seen today in regular business
letters, is often used in official letters.

THE SIGNATURE

In many letters, the signature consists of the name of the
writer only. Note the following signatures.
An unmarried woman:

Correct: Martha Bruce
Correct: (Miss) Martha Bruce
Incorrect: Miss Martha Bruce

The Form of the Business Letter 31

A married woman

Correct: Alice M. McDonald

(Mrs. Hugh McDonald)
Incorrect: Mrs. Hugh McDonald

As many women in business and professions prefer to use
their own names, they sign them thus: (Mrs.) Alice M.
McDonald.

A secretary sometimes signs letters for her employer, using
the following form:

Yours truly,
Elizabeth Dearborn
Secretary to Mr. Olson

or
Secretary to Mr. John Olson

Individual Responsibility. In letters where the writer
assumes the responsibility, the signature may consist of his
written signature, his typed signature, and his title.

Yours truly,
Joseph Clark
Joseph Clark
Principal
Yours very truly,
R. E. Blaisdell
R. E. Blaisdell
Sales Department

The firm or organization name may follow the writer's
title.

Yours truly,
Graham Sterling
Graham Sterling
Personnel Director
Allen and Sons

32 English for Secretaries

Yours truly,

James French

James French

Chairman, Pension Committee

Firm's or Company's Responsibility. In letters from
business organizations, which represent a firm's or a com-
pany's responsibility, the name of the company is written
two spaces below the complimentary closing, usually in
solid capitals. Four spaces below and directly under this,
for the sake of legibility, is typed the name of the dictator,
below which occurs his title. The four spaces left free are for
the penwritten signature of the dictator. Placement of the
signature should be block or indented to correspond with
the form used in the inside address.

Very truly yours,
FIFTH AVENUE HOTEL
Edward Williamson
EDWARD WILLIAMSON
Managing Director

A person should be consistent in writing his signature. He
should determine which form he prefers: B. L. Dunn,
Bronson L. Dunn, or Bronson Lake Dunn, and hold to that form.

MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS

At the close of the letter such data as the following are
usually added.

Identification Marks. The initials of the dictator and the
typist should be in line with the dictator's title or two spaces
below, flush with the margin. These may be written in

The Form of the Business Letter 33

various ways: ABrRLS; AB:rls; ABSmithrrls. The
dictator's initials appear first.

Enclosure Details. Enclosures should be noted by writing
the word Enclosure, or Inclosure, or their abbreviations, two
spaces below the initials of dictator and typist and flush
with the left-hand margin. If more than one enclosure is
made, the number should be indicated, as Three Enclosures or
Inclosures 3 or Inc. 3. Some business houses allow the ab-
breviations Enc. or Inc., but most careful letterwriters prefer
the word written in full.

Method of Mailing. Many firms make a note of how the
letter is sent, as By Registered Mail, By Messenger, or By Air
Mail, if other than by regular mail. This is written below the
enclosure details flush with the margin on the left.

MIMEOGRAPHED LETTERS

Today, many firms send out mimeographed letters to
save time and expense. Care should be taken to make them
as personal as possible by giving them the appearance of
individual letters. The type used for the inside address and
for the salutation should match that used in the body of the
letter. Margins should be uniform. The spacing should be
regular. In fact, all the requirements that make up a good
letter should be followed.

EXERCISE

Bring to class examples of letters from various fims.

1 . Compare several short letters for effective letterheads, for general
appearance as illustrated by spacing and placement on page, for con-
sistency of punctuation of letter parts, and for paragraphing and other
data.

2. Compare several long letters for particulars similar to those sug-
gested for short letters.

34 English for Secretaries

1JLOCK FORM WITH OPEN PUNCTUATION

Inside address

Salutation

Body of the letter

Complimentary
close

Written signature
(showing indi-
vidual responsi-
bility)

Typed signature

Position

Signature identifi-
cation with
stenographic
reference

[Letterhead]

Betts and May
13 Sixth Street
Erie, Pennsylvania

Gentlemen:

January 18, 19

Very truly yours,
Andrew Jensen

Andrew Jensen
Credit Manager

AJ:IB

The Form of the Business Letter

35

''MODIFIED BLOCK FORM WITH OPEN PUNCTUATION

Inside address

Salutation and
subject line (or the
subject line may be
written two spaces
below the saluta-
tion, centered).
Punctuation may
or may not be
used after the word
subject.

Complimentary
close

Typed name of
firm (showing
company responsi-
bility)

Written signature
Typed signature
Position

Signature identifi-
cation with
stenographic
reference, usually
placed one or two
spaces below the
last line of the sig-
nature. If it is
necessary for
marginal balance,
this line may be
written on die
same line with the
last item of the
signature.

R. B. Ashton & Co.
20 Brock Street
Akron, Ohio

Gentlemen:

[Letterhead]
January 18, 19 -

Subject: Policy 13947

BD/3

Enclosure

Very truly yours,

Fulton, Gordon & Co.

Burton Drake
Burton Drake
Advertising Manager

36 English for Secretaries

INDENTED FORM WITH OPEN PUNCTUATION

Iniide address

Attention line

Salutation
File number

Body of letter

Complimentary
close

Firm name
Written signature

Typed signature
Position

Identifying initials
Inclosure line

[Letterhead]

Nash and Horton

160 Columbus Avenue
Dayton, Ohio

Attention of Mr. Arthur Lyons, Manager

Gentlemen:

Your file No. 954

February 4, 19

Youri truly,

R. JAMES & CO.

Afary Norton
Mary Norton
President

MN:IM

Two inclosures

The Form of the Business Letter

37

INDENTED FORM WITH CLOSED PUNCTUATION
the paper contains no letterhead, the address of the writer must be
given.)

Heading

Inside address

Body of letter

Gomplimen tary
close

Signature
Title for reply

21 Main Street,
Barre, Vermont,
February 15, 19.

Miss Agnes Read, Treasurer,
Exville Alumnae Association,
Exville, Minnesota.

Dear Miss Read:

Yours sincerely,
Alice W. Fenton
(Mrs. Henry Fenton)

38 English for Secretaries

FORMS OF OFFICIAL LETTERS

Letters to federal, state, and municipal officials termed
"official" letters require a somewhat different form from
either the business or the social letter.

The inside address instead of occurring above the saluta-
tion, as in business correspondence, is usually written below
the letter, the first word being placed flush with the left-
hand margin.

The salutation Sir and the complimentary close Respect-
fully are used in the most formal letters of this type; in less
formal official letters the salutation My dear Sir or Dear
Sir and the complimentary close Very truly yours or Tours
truly are good form.

Both in the letter parts and in the body of the letter, most
authorities advocate the indented form.

Official Titles. In letters to high officials, such as gov-
ernors, senators, mayors, judges, and commissioners, the
titles Pits Honor, Tlie Honorable, or the less formal Honorable
are correct if the person is in active political service. It is
better form not to abbreviate these titles.

His Honor,

Mayor of New York

City Hall

New York, N. Y.

The Honorable-

Mayor of New York

City Hall

New York, N. Y.

The word Honorable should not be placed directly before
the surname.

The Form of the Business Letter

39

Correct: The Honorable Henry Blank
Incorrect: The Honorable Blank

THE USUAL FORM OF OFFICIAL LETTERS

[Letterhead]

Date

Sir:

The Honorable-

Yours respectfully,
Arnold Sherman

The Speaker of the House of Representatives
Washington, D. C.

ACCEPTABLE FORMS FOR ADDRESSING GOVERNMENT

Personage

The President of the
United States

Associate Justice of
the Supreme Court

Member of the
President's Cabinet

United States
(or State)
Senator

Member of
Congress

OFFICIALS
Inside Address
The President
The White House
Washington, D.C.

The Honorable

Associate Justice of the Su-
preme Court
Washington, D.C.

The Honorable

The Secretary of State
Washington, D.C.

The Honorable

The United States (or State)

Senate
Washington, D.C.

Salutation

Sir:

Mr. President:

Sir:

Dear Mr. Justice :

or

Dear Sir:

Sir:

or

My dear Senator:

The Honorable Sir:

The House of Representatives, or
Washington, D.C. Dear Sir:

40 English for Secretaries

Governor The Honorable Sir:

Governor of (State) or

City, State Dear Sir:

Member of a State The Honorable Dear Sir:

Legislature Member of Assembly or

Capital City My dear Mr :

State

Mayor The Honorable Sir:

Mayor of the City of or

City Hall, My dear Mr. Mayor:

THE PERFECT LETTER PICTURE

Before removing the letter from the typewriter, the secre-
tary should read it through carefully to criticize it in respect
to the following points.

1. Are there erasures or spots that make the page look
untidy?

2. Do typing errors occur, such as the transposing of
letters, strike-overs, the careless insertion of a letter, or
clogged letters?

3. Is the letter attractively placed or is it too high or too
low?

4. Are the left and right margins well planned or are they
too wide or too narrow for the length of the letter?

5. Is the right-hand margin so uneven that it spoils the
appearance of the page?

6. Are there so many words divided into syllables at the
right-hand margin that they detract from the appearance
of the letter?

7. Are the parts of the letter consistent in spacing and in
punctuation?

8. Are all words, particularly individual name and place
names, correctly spelled?

The Form of the Business Letter

41

FOLDING THE LETTER

For the Business Envelope

1 . Lay the letter on a flat surface, face up, bottom toward
you.

2. Fold the lower edge to within one-quarter inch of the
top and crease.

3. Fold from right to left, bringing the right edge toward
the left slightly more than one-third the width of the sheet
and crease.

FIG. 3.

42 English for Secretaries

4. Then fold the remaining portion to the right and
crease.

5. Place the letter in the envelope, inserting the last fold
first.

For the Legal-sized Envelope

1. Place the letter flat, face up, bottom toward you.

2. Fold one third of the letter upward from the bottom
and crease.

3. Fold the top down to within one-quarter of an inch of
the lower fold and crease.

4. Place the letter in the envelope, inserting the last fold
first.

For the Usual Form of Window Envelope

1. Lay the sheet on a flat surface, face up, bottom toward
you.

2. Bring the bottom edge of the sheet to a point below the
inside address and crease.

3. Then turn the letter face down with the crease away
and fold back the top third, showing the inside address.

4. Fold and insert in the envelope so that the inside
address, face up, shows through the window.

ADDRESSING THE ENVELOPE

1. Check the addressee's name for spelling and his
proper title, being careful to type his name as he has written
it in his signature.

2. Place titles on the shorter of the first two lines of the
address to give a better balance.

3. Check addresses for completeness and correctness.

The Form of the Business Letter 43

4. Although many firms advocate the abbreviation of
such words as Company, Avenue, and Street, the preferred
practice is to write these out, except where the letterhead of
the company specifically designates an abbreviation. The
names of streets or avenues designated by simple numbers
should be written out, as Tenth Avenue; but the names of
those designated by compound numbers should be written in
figures, as 420 West 121 Street or 420 West 121 st Street.

5. Do not use the word City alone on the envelope.

6. The Post Office Department prefers to have the name
of the state written in full on a separate line, but this is not
strictly adhered to. The following names, however, should
never be abbreviated: Idaho, Iowa, Maine, Ohio, Utah.

7. If the return address does not occur on the envelope,
type it in single space on the second line from the top, two
spaces from the left edge of the envelope. The return address
may or may not include the name of the sender, but it must
give the post-office box, R. F. D. route number, or the like,
together with the street, the city, and the state. Also the
number of days within which return service is requested
should generally be indicated; otherwise, the postal authori-
ties may not return the letter until after thirty days.

8. Most firms prefer to have the envelope follow block or
indented style as used in the inside address. But even when
closed punctuation is used in the inside address, it is almost
never used on the envelope.

9. For the legal-sized envelope (#10) center the first line
of the address fourteen spaces from the top of the envelope;
for the commercial-sized envelope (#6 1/2) center the first
line twelve spaces from the top.

10. Before beginning to type, figure out the length of each
line of the address in order to place it attractively. Figure

44 English for Secretaries

BLOCK FORM

J. P. Briggs

Gorham

Maine

The Registrar
University of Maine
Orono
Maine

Luther Norton

1892 Bouvier Street

Hartford, Connecticut

State Teachers College

Whitewater

Wisconsin

Attention: Mr. R. K. Bond

The Form of the Business Letter 45

INDENTED FORM

George Thomas

4217 Cleveland Street

Peoria, Illinois

Mr. Malcolm Henderson
Department of English
Blank University
Albany, N.Y.

Helen Warren
South Hadley
Massachusetts

McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc.
330 West 42 Street
New York 18, N. Y.

46 English for Secretaries

also the spaces for indention, unless the block form is used
where no indentions occur.

11. Double-space three-line addresses; single- space or
double-space four-line addresses. The Post Office Depart-
ment prefers to have the double spacing used in all addresses
for the sake of clearness and ease in handling the mail.

EXERCISES

A. Write, or preferably typewrite, the following exercise on business
paper.

Without writing the body of the letter, arrange the following letter
parts correctly with dates, complimentary close, and signature.

1. To the Gardner Typewriting Company, 213 Huguenot Street,
New Rochelle, N. Y., from Agnes Kelly, Secretary to Mark Kennedy,
101 East Main Street, Rochester, N. Y.

2. To Hotel Ambassador, Atlantic City, N. J., from Mrs. Alice Baker
(Mrs. James Baker), Nantucket, Mass.

3. To Louis Pomcroy, 151 Washington Street, Boston, Mass., from
H. B. Green, Treasurer of Roberts and Sons, 5 John Street, New York.

4. To the Blakeley Apartments, Inc., Baltimore, Maryland, from
Miss Susan Foster, Welleslcy Hills, Mass.

5. To the Savannah Line, 551 Fifth Avenue, Room 206, New York
City, from Peter Van de Water, Miami Beach, Florida.

6. From David Andrews and Son, Ltd., 155 Main Street, Bangor,
Maine, to Harry Wood, Jr., Pickwick Arms, Greenwich, Conn.

7. To the Registrar, University of Chicago, from Wilbur J. Olcott,
Jr., Waban, Mass.

8. To J. B. Sawyer, Treasurer, Lawrence Inc., Hartford, Conn., from
George McDonald, President, Insurance Company of North America,
1000 Hennepin Avenue, Minneapolis, Minn.

9. To Dr. James D. Strong, Professional Building, Mount Vernon,
New York, from a director of a welfare association, 1831 Santa Fe
Avenue, Los Angeles, California.

10. To Eric A. Tread well, Chairman, Coats and Company, Inde-
pendence Square, Philadelphia, Pa., from James Ford, President, Hudson
Garment Co., 6 Chapel Street, New Haven, Conn.

The Form of the Business Letter 47

11. To the President of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., from
Donald King, Watch Hill, Rhode Island.

12. To Alfred Saunders, Professor of English, Exville University,
Exville, N. H., from the editor of a magazine.

13. To Anna Gold and Son, Florists, 181 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland,
Ohio, from Miss Mary Franklin, El Encanto Hotel, Santa Barbara,
California.

14. To the Arnold Sisters, Modistes, 521 Fifth Avenue, New York City,
from E. P. Norton, President, Norton Co., 195 Post Street, Fargo, N. D.

15. To Bloom Bros., Inc., 35 Main Street, Portland, Maine,
attention of Mr. Philip Rose, from John McCann, P, O, Box 35,
Berlin, N. H.

16. To Andrew M. Donaldson and Sons, 95 San Pedro Street, Chicago,
Illinois, from Daniel Green, Manager of the Blake Company, 85 Adams
Street, Springfield, Mass.

B. Discuss in class the following sentences taken from authorities on
letter writing.

1. Letters are a synonym for power.

2. The aim of the good letter must be to help the person addressed.

3. Effective letters are the result not only of what is said but of how it is
said.

4. The ability to write effective business letters is a recognized busi-
ness asset.

5. When we make letters more efficient we are helping the business
world in this day of zeal for good production.

6. Let the letter be simple, direct, clear, good-humored, tolerant, and
leavened with touches of flattery so deftly concealed as not to be recog-
nized as such.

7. To be able to express your ideas clearly, you must possess a good
command of words and of sentence and paragraph structure.

8. Any letter that carries a hope ought to be on paper that wins a
welcome.

9. The attitude of a typist toward her letter should be very much
the same as that of a chauffeur toward his car.

10. Letter writing is the test of the secretary's knowledge and her
ability to use that knowledge quickly and accurately. Misspelled words,
careless punctuation, grammatical errors, erasures, or poor letter pictures
mav hinder her promotion or cost her her job.

48 English for Secretaries

C. Write the answers to the following questions:

1. How should the following letter heading be written?
10 Ave. at 54th St.

NYC, 6/10/43

2. Which is correct?

a. Messrs. M. B. Grant & Company

b. M. B. Grant & Company

3. Which is correct?

a. Dr. Alexander Fuller

b. Dr. Alexander Fuller, M.D.

4. Write the inside address and the salutation in a letter to the Stanley
Typewriter Company, 150 East 26 Street, Cincinnati, Ohio, attention of
Lawrence Bryant, Manager.

5. Which is correct?

a. Messrs. Park and Tilford

b. Park and Tilford

6. Which is correct?

a. The Rev. Donahue

b. The Rev. Patrick Donahue

7. What should the inside address be in a letter to a senator?

8. What should the inside address be in a letter to Alice Crane (Mrs.
Robert Crane), of Wichita, Kansas?

9. In a salutation of a business letter which is correct?

a. Dear Miss Jane Kelly:

b. Dear Miss Kelly:

10. Which salutation is correct in a letter to a doctor's wife?

a. Dear Mrs. Dr. Alexander:

b. Dear Mrs. Alexander:

11. Which salutation is correct in a professional letter to a woman
doctor?

a. Dear Dr. Kane:

b. Dear Miss Kane:

12. Which salutation ii correct in a business letter to an unmarried
woman?

a. Dear Miss:

b. Dear Madam:

1 3. What should the salutation be in a letter to George Farley, a com-
pany name?

The Form of the Business Letter 49

14. What should the salutation be in a letter to Suzanne and Annette,
a company composed of women?

15. What is the correct salutation in a letter to Marjorie Bristow, Inc.,
Interior Decorators?

16. What is the correct salutation in a letter to Blanchard and Drake, a
firm composed of men?

17. Which of the following is correct?

a. No. 29 Anderson Place

b. #29 Anderson Place
.29 Anderson Place

18. Write correctly the following inside address for a letter to an
individual:

John R. Flynn
35 Spruce
Phila, Penn

19. Write correctly the following inside address for a letter to an
individual:

Alice Krant
9th Ave.,
City

20. Should single or double space be left between the salutation and
the inside address?

21. Should single or double space be left between the salutation and
the body of the letter?

22. Which of the following is correct in the inside address?

a. Messrs. Johnson & Brown, Inc.

b. Johnson and Brown (lawyers)

c. Messrs. General Motors Corporation

d. Messrs. J. & S. Allen

e. Messrs. M. B. Sanderson and Company

23. Which of the following salutations are correct?

a. Dear Dr. Arnold:

b. My dear Professor:

c. My dear Professor Burke:

d. Dear Mr. James Seaton:

e. Dear Friend:

/. Dear Roy Gaylord:
g. Dear Rev. Sutherland:

50 English for Secretaries

24. Which of the following salutations are correct?

a. Dear Chairman Holt:

b. Dear Mr. Holt:

c. Dear Chairman:

d. Dear Mr. Holt, Chairman:

e. My dear Mr. Holt:

25. What information should be given on the top of the second page of
a typed letter?

26. Which of the following signatures is correct for a married woman?

a. Yours truly,
Mrs. Arthur Kerr

b. Yours truly,
Elizabeth Kerr
(Mrs. Arthur Kerr)

27. For a business letter written by an unmarried woman, which
signature is correct?

a. Yours truly,

(Miss) Agnes P. Caldwell

b. Yours truly.

Miss Agnes P. Caldwell

28. How should the following data be arranged?
Enclosures

Registered Mail
Dictator's initials
Secretary's initials

CHAPTER III

Letters of Inquiry, Information, Order,
Acknowledgment

LETTERS OF INQUIRY

THE letter of inquiry should be concise, clear, and
courteous. It should be so definite that the recipient
will understand the request without difficulty. It should
express appreciation for an answer containing the desired
information, but should not be apologetic in tone. If
apology is needed, the letter probably ought not to be
written. Do not thank your correspondent for the favor
requested, but wait until his letter has been received and
then write him a note of thanks.

Trite expressions such as the following should be avoided
since they are in bad taste, as well as being dull and ineffec-
tive: upon receipt of this information, kindly advise us, we are
taking the liberty of writing you, thanking you for this courtesy,
waiting to hear from you, thanking you in anticipation.

If your letter contains several questions, follow these
suggestions: state the questions briefly and plainly; follow a
logical sequence; reread your letter to see whether you have
covered all the information you desire and whether you
have been reasonable in your request; if necessary for clear-
ness, place each separate question in a paragraph by itself.

The following general outline for a letter of inquiry may
be helpful: the reason for inquiry, the inquiry itself, any

51

52 English for Secretaries

advantage that may result to the reader by complying with
the request, necessary explanations, an expression of ap-
preciation, and the enclosure of a stamped addressed
envelope for a reply.

LETTERS OF INFORMATION

Letters of information should not be regarded as routine
answers to inquiries, but rather as important builders of
good will that materially affect a business. With such a
purpose in mind, the writer must endeavor to make his
letter clear, sincere, courteous, and detailed enough to be
satisfactory and pleasing.

EXERCISES

A. Before writing letters suggested in this chapter, consider and discuss
the following opinions of authorities to learn what qualities they regard as
essential for good business correspondence.

1. Letters should have character and personality.

2. A letter is effective to the extent that it impresses and influences
the person to whom it is addressed.

3. Each letter is the expression of an individual to an individual in
regard to a peculiar and individual situation.

4. Courtesy, which seems to be lost sight of by many writers, is as
desirable in letters as it is in personal dealings.

5. The need is for accurate letters, lucid letters, straight-to-the-point
letters, courteous letters, human letters.

6. These qualities clearness, correctness and force are essential to
good business English style.

7. The best plan in the world will not make a letter secure action
unless its language is vigorous, alert, and active.

8. Business letters should be direct, to-the-point, purposeful and
never longer than necessary.

9. There is no letter so discourteous that it justifies a discourteous
answer.

10. The business prosperity of the country (the United States) depends
to no small degree upon the force and power and efficiency of its com-
mercial letters.

Letters of Inquiry, Information, Order 53

B. Read the following letter of inquiry and the answer to it to noto
how clear, definite, and courteous are the questions, and how tit-
factory is the answer.

CD

Dear Miss Taintor:

Again I am coming to you for authority.

I have recently had a request from the Governor's office in
Phoenix, Arizona, as to just what is the correct way to address
Isabella Greenway, representative to Congress from Arizona. I am
told she is a widow, and that her husband's name was John C.
Greenway. Would it be correct to write Congressman Isabella Greenway^
and should the salutation be Dear Congressman Greenway?

With women forging their way ahead in politics, as well as in
business and professional life, we secretaries must know the proper
way to address these enterprising people who, no doubt, would be
quick to detect a blunder in good form.

I wish to express my appreciation for your former letters answer-
ing so many questions on form and style. The information you
have given me has proved very valuable.

(2)

I am very glad to give you information concerning the correct
manner of addressing Isabella Greenway, which you asked for a
short time ago.

The customary style of address for a woman member of Congress
is:

The Honorable Isabella Greenway
House of Representatives
Washington, D. C.

The salutation is either Madam for formal letters, or My dear Mrs.
Greenway for informal letters.

I am informed that as some time ago the women members of
Congress agreed among themselves to have the same style of address
as the men members, it would be correct to say Dear Congressman
Greenway. The usual practice, however, is to use the form of address
as given above.

It is a pleasure to hear from you that my previous letters hav*
been helpful to you.

54 English for Secretaries

C. Read the following answers to inquiries, to note how satisfactory
such letters would be to the addressee. Then write the inquiries to which
these letters are the replies.

(1)

Thank you for your letter of the

We hold no mail for you at the present time, but have entered
your forwarding address and will be pleased to readdress any mail
that may be sent to you in our care.

We are looking forward to the time when we will be asked to hold
mail pending your arrival.

(2)
Thank you for your letter of the

We can offer you a single room and bath, for one person, at $_

$ , $ , $ , and $ , a day; and a double room with

twin beds or double bed and bath at $ , $ , $ , S , '

and $ , a day, according to size and location of the rooms.

All rooms and suites in the Park Avenue wing of the hotel, from the
fifth to the seventeenth floor, are air-conditioned. Each room is
individually controlled by a local thermostat and you can regulate
the temperature yourself. If you prefer, we shall assign you to
accommodations in this section.

Beginning June the fifteenth and ending September the fifteenth,
we shall also have an all-inclusive plan to be known as "New York
Holiday." A folder describing this plan is enclosed, as well as a book-
let giving further information about The The rates quoted

in the "New York Holiday" booklet do not include air-conditioned
rooms. However, rooms of this type can be reserved under this
arrangement at a slightly higher rate.

We look forward to the pleasure of entertaining you in the near
future and if you will let us know which type of accommodations
best meet your requirements, we shall be glad to enter a definite
reservation for you.

(3)

The Club is always glad to answer inquiries such as

yours concerning its rules for membership.

The resident membership is limited to 1,000; the nonresident
membership, to 400.

Letters of Inquiry, Information, Order 55

The entrance fee for resident members is $500, payable on admis-
sion or in two equal installments at the option of the member, with
dues of $250 payable annually or $125 semiannually at the option
of the members.

The entrance fee for nonresident members is $150 payable on
admission, with dues of $125, payable annually or $62.50 semi-
annually.

Resident members are those residing or having their principal
place of business within fifty miles of New York City.

We trust that this information may be adequate and that you will
be interested in joining the Club.

D. Examine the following letters. Then write satisfactory answers to
them.

0)

We are writing to ask you to settle some questions of correct saluta-
tion. We frequently correspond with buyers of department stores,
where the buyers are often women.

1. When we do not know whether the buyer is married or single,
what should the salutation be?

2. When a letter is addressed to a company with attention called to
a woman buyer, what should the salutation be? For example:

Brown & Brown
500 Fifth Avenue
New York, N. Y.

Attention: Miss Hannah Murphy

Gentlemen?
Dear Madam?
Dear Miss?
Dear Mrs. Murphy?

Your help will be greatly appreciated.

(2)

More and more frequently in my work I am asked a question
that I am unable to answer to my satisfaction. I am, therefore, taking
the liberty of writing to you for advice.

The proper salutation to be used in writing to a firm of men, or
to several women associated in business, is well established. But

56 English for Secretaries

could you give me the proper form for use when addressing a group
composed of both men and women? The obvious "Gentlemen and
Mesdames" is so awkward that I feel there must be some better way.
There are times, especially in connection with legal work, when such
a salutation is necessary.

I was much interested in your book and hope it will be very
successful.

(3)

In expanding our business we are desirous of having an office in
the downtown financial district. Through your firm we should like
to rent quarters with the following specifications:

1. Four outside offices in a modern building; two suitable for
private use and two for the general office force

2. Rental under five hundred dollars a month

When you feel that you have something that will interest us, will
you telephone my secretary, Miss Louise Spencer, who will inspect
the offices during my absence in Cleveland.

Mr. Irving Reynolds, 200 Bronx River Road, Yonkers, N. Y., has
applied to us for financial help through our scholarship funds and
has given your name as reference.

As our funds for this purpose are limited and the demand is
unusually large this year, it is necessary for us to confine ourselves
to those students whose family background is such as to make a
college education difficult to attain. We shall appreciate it if you
can give us, confidentially, any information that will help us to
understand the situation and the needs of Mr. Reynolds.

(5)

May I trouble you lor the following information in regard to the
honor society IB your school?

1. What proportion of the school population belongs?

2. Are the members selected on a scholarship basis only? If not,
what are the other requirements?

3. How does the society function in the school?

4. Do you consider an honor society an asset to the members? to
the rest of the student body? If so, how?

Letters of Inquiry, Information, Order 57

This information will be a great help to Exville High School hi
deciding whether or not to organize an honor society.

E. Write any five of the following letters.

1. Write to Professor Robert Latham, Director of the Summer
Session, Blank University, to ask whether a course in Commercial Law
would be offered next summer and, if so, what the fee for such a course
would be.

2. As Miss Rachel Home, secretary of David Blake, President of the
Blake Society, Avon-by-the-Sea, New Jersey, write to a firm for an
estimate of installing an oil burner in a house of ten rooms.

3. Write to the Farm Agency (supply address) asking for a free list
of farms from Virginia to Maine.

4. Write an advertisement to the lost-and-found department of a
paper giving full information in regard to a lost article and offer a
reward to the finder.

5. Write to a department store for samples of material suitable for
window curtains for a living room. State approximate price you are
willing to pay a yard, the color desired, and any other particulars that
will help the store to select the kind of samples you would like.

6. As a secretary to a physician, write to a realty company asking
for information concerning offices in a business section of a city to which
the physician is planning to move.

7. Write the answer to the letter suggested above. Include full
details of three offices with the rentals.

8. Write a letter to a real estate dealer in Connecticut inquiring
whether he has on his list of small farms for sale one with livable colonial
house, modern improvements, near salt water. Price about $10,000.

9. Write to an authority on letter writing to ask information on some
point that might be troublesome for a secretary.

10. Assume that a secretary has asked you to write her giving the
correct placement of a reference line, an attention line, or a subject line.
Write to the secretary giving her the desired information.

1 1 . A friend has heard that you have taken a trip that she is planning
to take next summer. She has written you for details. Write an answer
to her request.

12. A friend has written to ask you to recommend three books such
as a secretary should have for ready reference. Write her, stating titles,
authors, publishers, price, and definite information about the books.

58 English for Secretaries

13. A friend has written asking you to recommend an abridged
dictionary for use in her office. Write a letter recommending the one
you have found best suited for such use.

14. An inexperienced secretary has written asking you to suggest a
practical book that will help in her everyday work. Write a letter recom-
mending a book or several books that you believe would be valuable
to her.

LETTERS ORDERING GOODS

Letters ordering goods must be so definite, clear, and
complete in detail, that there can be no possibility of mis-
understanding. Points to include are a description of the
article, the method of shipment if the buyer has a choice in
this matter, and the method of payment.

EXERCISE

Examine and criticize the following letters in regard to form, clear-
ness, completeness, punctuation, and capitalization. What changes are
needed in each letter to make it correct? Which letters in this group do
you consider acceptable as examples of good order letters except for a
mistake in form or in punctuation?

(1)

17 Maine Street,
Bangor, Maine
October 9, 19-
B. Altman & Co.

Fifth Avenue at 34 Street
New York, N. Y.
Gentlemen:

Please send me as soon as possible by American Express:
1 boys' reversible zipper jacket $10.95

1 spun rayon blouse, striped white and blue $4.00

1 pair black kid gloves $3 . 50

Total $18.45
I am enclosing a money order for $18.45.

Yours truly,

Mrs . Edward Smith
Enclosure

Letters of Inquiry, Information, Order 59

(2)

19 Otis Street
Medford, Mass.
April 25, 19

Superintendent of Documents
United States Government Printing Office
Washington, D. C.
Dear Sir:

Please send me the following pamphlets:

6 copies Occupational Hazards and Diagnostic Signs .60

(Labor Standards Division, Bulletin 41.)

3 copies Compilation of the Vitamin Values of Food . 75

(Agricultural Dept., Circular 638.)

Total $1.35
Enclosed you will find a money order.

Yours

L. K. DrysdaU
1 Enclosure

(3)

437 Cliff Avenue
Pclharn, N. Y.

August 28, 19
Mr. Luke Blake,

20 Woodland Place,

New Rochelle, N. Y.
Dear Sir

In accordance with our telephone conversation, I am sending
you on September the first one sofa and two chairs for repairs. All
three pieces are to have the upholstery and frames put in good con-
dition. The seat of the straight-back chair is to be raised about one
inch, and of the curved-back chair as much as possible.

The sofa is to be covered with #466 tapestry and trimmed with
special gimp. The two chairs are to be covered with #51376 damask
and trimmed with welts of the same material. Let us know how many
yards of material and gimp will be required.

I shall send for these pieces on Friday the tenth and shall be
prepared to pay for them at that time after inspection.

Yours truly,

Benjamin Lawson

60 English for Secretaries

(4)

200 Pine Street,
Orono, Maine,

December 18, 19.

Printer*' Ink Publishing Company, Inc.
185 Madison Avenue
New York, N. Y.
Gentlemen:

Please enter my order for two subscriptions to "Printers' Ink
Monthly," to be sent to the following:

Mr. George O'Donnell
348 S. Oakley Boulevard
Chicago, Illinois

Mr. Ernest Warren
Kent State University
Kent, Ohio

You will find enclosed my check for $4 in payment of both sub-
scriptions.

Yours

Mrs . Clara Wood
(5)

West Chester
Pennsylvania
June 15,1 9

Taylor and Brown Company
Tremont Street
Boston, Mass.
Gentlemen

Will you please send me the articles listed below from your May
catalog?

Catalog No. Quantity Article Price Total

14a 6 percale sheets $4.25 $25.50

16c 4 linen towels 1.50 6.00

21d 12 kitchen towels .30 3.60

18d 12 Damask napkins .50 6.00

TOTAL $41.10

Letters of Inquiry, Information, Order 61

I am enclosing a money order for the total amount of the purchase
($41.10). I should appreciate it if you would send the goods as soon
at possible.

Very truly yours,
Jtmts Stevenson
James Stevenson

Blue Earth
Minnesota
June 2, 19

The Brown-Scott Company

240 Hennepin Avenue

Minneapolis, Minn.

Gentlemen :

Will you please send me the following, and charge the merchandise

against my account with you?

Quantity Article Color Width Price Total

6 skeins Yarn Scarlet $.29 $1.74

6 yards Rayon Crepe Blue 36" .85 5.10

TOTAL $6.84

I am enclosing samples of both the yarn and the crepe. Your usual

prompt attention to this order will be appreciated.

Very truly yours,
Isabel Cook
(Mrs. John H. Co**)

Two samples

enclosed

LETTERS OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT

Letters of acknowledgment usually state the following: a
reference to the order and the date when it was received,
when and how it will be sent, a suggestion of substitution if
the exact material cannot be supplied, and thanks for the
order.

62 English for Secretaries

The following trite phrases should be guarded against.

1. Pursuant to yours of recent date

2. Same shall receive our prompt attention

3. We take pleasure in sending you

4. Yours of recent date at hand, etc.

5. Esteemed favor

6. In reply would say

7. Assuring you of our best attention

8. Awaiting your further orders

9. Beg to remain

EXERCISES

A. Examine and criticize in elass the following letters in regard to
wording, tone, and the effect on the correspondent.

a)

Your order of October 20 is received and will be given immed.

attention.

Thank you for your previous order of October 1 with check for
$10.50 enclosed. The goods have been forwarded to you by parcel
post. We trust you will receive them in satisfactory condition.

(2)

In response to your letter of September twenty-five, we are very
glad to send you a copy of our Personality Chart. We hope that you
may find it helpful in your educational work.

(3)

We can quote a price of $1.50 for one double-faced portiere,
using #80834, blue, for the hall side; and #42576, rose, for the bed-
room side, with one width of material to each side, and a wing, or
jib, added at the top for fullness. The portiere would be trimmed
down front and across base of both sides with fringe, and would be
looped high with folded band loop made of the blue on the hall side
and rose on the bedroom side.

If this estimate is satisfactory, we shall proceed with the work
as soon as we hear from you.

Letters of Inquiry, Information. Order 63

(4)

In reply to your letter of December nineteen, we are enclosing
herewith a list of schools that are offering correspondence courses
in business English.

I trust that you may be able to secure the desired information
from this list.

(5)

Thank you for your order of July third. We are sending today the
following, complying with your request as nearly as we can:

20 yards cream-colored marquisette 32 inches wide at $1 $20

12 sheets 90x70 at $2 24

12 Turkish towels 50 x 22 at SI _12

We hope that the goods will prove satisfactory. $56

(6)

In the shipment we sent you today, we included a slightly more
expensive curtain than the type you ordered because we have not in
stock at present the curtain specified. Since it will be at least four
or five weeks before the supply of the #1 2 comes in, we thought you
would rather have the curtains we are sending than wait so long.

However, if our order does not meet with your approval, please
return it at our expense. If you wish to keep it, please send us $5.75,
the difference in price.

(7)

Since we have many unfilled orders that were received before
yours, we find it impossible to ship your order of February 15 before
March 20.

We are sorry if this will inconvenience you, but trust you will
understand the cause of the delay and that we cannot discriminate
in favor of any customer.

(8)

Thank you very much for your order received December 9.
We are very sorry to inform you that we cannot fill your order for
Christmas delivery. Do you still wish us to proceed?

64 English for Secretaries

Your further instructions are awaited with interest. For your con-
venience in replying a self-addreised envelope is enclosed.

(9)

We acknowledge with thanks receipt of your letter of recent date,
and as requested, will ship the items as listed on the enclosed copy
of order from our store at 62 West 23rd Street.

As you will note, there is a balance of $.13 due us on this transac-
tion, which we shall appreciate your sending us at your convenience.

Hoping to have the pleasure of serving you again in the near
future, we are

B. Prepare letters of order and acknowledgment as follows:

1. Write for the following office furniture giving sufficient details to
insure the order's being filled satisfactorily: a desk, a rug, a table, six
chairs, and a cabinet.

2. Write the acknowledgment to the letter suggested above.

3. Write a letter to a publishing house ordering six novels to be sent
to a friend. Be sure to state correct titles and authors, as well as a definite
address for your friend.

4. Write a letter to a department store ordering on your charge
account the following articles to be sent to your summer address: towels,
bath mats, and washcloths. Only by stating size, quality, color, and
approximate price can you receive merchandise that will please you.

5. Write to a department store for the following items to be sent to
a friend, but charged to your account: one peasant linen set $2.00,
fringed Basque stripes; two organdy bedspreads $3.75, green figures and
piping on white, for single beds; two candlewick spreads about $4.25,
dots and flowers in rose on cream-colored muslin, for single beds.

6. Write the acknowledgment to the order stated above and suggest
a substitute for the candlewick spreads, all of which have been sold.

7. Order from the Rock Garden Nursery, Croton, N. Y., the follow-
ing plants, stating the number required and the method of shipment:
geraniums, fuchsias, and verbenas.

8. Write to a hotel by the sa or at the mountains asking for terms
for a family of four for the month of August. Explain whether you require
double or single rooms, with or without bath, and give any other details
you think nececsary.

Letters of Inquiry, Information, Order 65

9. Write the answer to the letter suggested above, offering several
possibilities at different rates.

10. Order by letter several articles you have seen advertised in a
newspaper. Give full information as to quantity, style, price, etc.

1 1 . Write an order to a department store requesting that the following
be sent to your summer address and charged to your account: face
powder, talcum powder, lipstick, rouge, and nail polish. Be definite,
stating make, color, price, and quantity desired.

12. Write a letter acknowledging the order given in the previous
problem. Assume that the store no longer carries the make of face powder
requested. Consider how a store would deal with such a situation, and
write a letter in accordance with business procedure.

CHAPTER IV

Letters of Claim and Adjustment

A LETTER of claim should be clear, concise, firm,
JCJL and courteous. The following outline may serve as a
guide: the reason for writing the letter, i.e., the claim; the
date of the order; the adjustment desired; the inconveni-
ence caused the writer or the company; a request for prompt
action.

EXERCISE

Bring to class examples of claim letters selected from
books or from among those actually received. Discuss them
and the examples below from these standpoints: Is the
problem stated clearly and courteously? Is the desired
correction explained definitely? Are dates, invoice number,
catalog number, or other definite information given? What
effect would the letter have upon the recipient?

(1)

The Benson Corporation
Toledo, Ohio

November 5, 19
Your File C-2731

Nelson Furniture Co.

8 South Michigan Avenue

Chicago, Illinois

Attention of Mr. L. Parks, Manager

Gentlemen :

On Tuesday, October third, I ordered from your firm a flat-topped

desk. This order was promised two weeks ago, but has not yet been

received.

66

Letters of Claim and Adjustment 67

I shall appreciate your prompt attention to this matter as our new

office is being opened next month, and we wish all furniture to be

in place at that time.

Yours truly,

The Benson Corporation

Leo Boynton

LB:S Leo Boynton, President

(2)

Norton Brothers
Bedford, N. Y.
January 3, 19
Prescott Typewriter Co.
45 Main Street
Brcwster, N. Y.
Attention of Mr. N. T. Benson
Gendemen:

On November 1 5 your representative, Mr. N. T. Benson, sold me
a Standard Portable Typewriter, No. 4B1 33392. The machine was
guaranteed against defects for six months from the date of delivery,
but it has given trouble ever since we bought it. The letters stick so
badly that we are unable to use the machine.

If you will send a service man at once to adjust this defect, I shall
appreciate it.

Very truly yours,
Howard Anderson
(3)

15 Marshall Street
Newton Centre, Mass.
June 5, 19

Smith Patterson Co.
52 Summer Street
Boston, Mass.
Gentlemen :

I wish to register a complaint about nondelivery of glasses pur-
chased by me and charged to my account.

The facts in this case are as follows:

68 English for Secretaries

September 7 purchased 12 tumblers and 12 small fruit-juice
glasses. Glasses received at my address on September 8. Examined
and found 4 of smaller glasses broken September 9. Letters sent to
you stating this fact and requesting driver to call and pick up these
glasses and leave replacements. September 10 driver called and
took broken glasses. September 29 no replacements. September 30
second letter sent. October 2 no glasses received, but no credit
on charge account.

Will you kindly let me know if you plan to replace glasses or to
credit my account.

Very truly yours,

Eleanor Stone

(Mrs. Howard Stone)

(4)

20 Main Street
Orono, Maine
June 1, 19

The Carson Company

173 Main Street

Bangor, Maine

Attention Adjustment Department

Gendemen:

May I call your attention to the following oversight made in

filling my order of May thirtieth.

I ordered

Quantity Article Color Size Price Total

4 yards crepe rose 36" $1.90 $ 7.60

12 yards organdy blue 36" .95 11.40

Total 19.00

I received

4 yards organdy rose 36" .95 3.80

12 yards crepe blue 36" 1.90 22.80

Total $26.60

I did not discover this error until after your delivery man had
departed. You will remember that I enclosed samples in my order
letter.

Letters of Claim and Adjustment 69

Will you please adjust both the merchandise and the charge as
promptly as possible. I shall be very much obliged to you.

Very truly yours,
Bertha Whitticr
(Mrs. Samuel A. Whittier)

ADJUSTMENT LETTERS

In writing a letter of adjustment, it is important to keep
in mind the following considerations.

Requirements: getting all the information on the case,
deciding on the course of action, deciding how to present
the decision in order to keep the customer's good will.

Characteristics: courtesy, sincerity, fairness, tact, the
desire to please and serve the correspondent.

Contents: explanation of error or misunderstanding,
statement of how adjustment is to be made, expression of
regret for error or inconvenience caused, an invitation for
future business.

Avoid such trite expressions as these: we beg to thank you
for your favor of the 26th instant, replying to your communication, as
indicated by our previous advices, contents duly noted, we beg to
remain, as per your favor, at a loss to know, it will never happen
again.

EXERCISES

A. Discuss in class the following statements taken from authorities
on letter writing.

1* To write a good adjustment letter is harder than to write a sales
letter.

2. If an adjustment is to be granted, it should, of course, be granted
cheerfully.

3. An old customer held is worth all that a new customer may be
worth and likely more.

4. Open an adjustment letter on the attractive tone of action and
courtesy.

70 English for Secretaries

5. In adjustment letters lies the opportunity to bind the buyer closer
to the seller.

6. In writing an adjustment letter, put yourself in place of an impa-
tient, disappointed, and dissatisfied customer.

7. Whether a claim is granted or refused, it should be handled in
such a way that the recipient of the letter will not be antagonized.

8. Earnestness has great value in writing adjustment letters. There
is no place for irony, humor, or lightness possible in other kinds of letters.

9. Adjustment letters are especially designed to continue business
relations, and, therefore, sarcasm or ill temper has no place in them.

B. Examine and discuss in class the following adjustment letters. Sug-
gest any changes in wording that you think would be an improvement.

I am very sorry that you did not receive the notices of our meetings
owing to an incorrect spelling of your name. This has been corrected.
Thank you for calling it to our attention.

(2)

We regret the necessity of your having to return to us our January
statement with attention directed to an error in the amount of your
recent return on zipper boots. We have adjusted the transaction
and attach hereto a corrected memorandum.

(3)

The dress that you returned to us recently has been forwarded to
the manufacturer for examination. His report is expected in a few
days, at which time we will communicate with you again.

Your indulgence in the interval would be appreciated. Be assured
that the matter is being followed diligently from this end.

(4)

Replying to your communication, we are writing to inform you
that we have issued a call for stationery delivered June 10, and will
make it over again for you in the correct size.

We sincerely regret the error and any annoyance or inconvenience
that the delay is causing you. We trust that our adjustment will be
satisfactory to you.

Letters of Claim and Adjustment 71

(5)

In reply to your inquiry regarding the shades we should have on
order for you, we regret that we apparently have no record of the
order.

Is it possible for you to advise us just who the saleswoman was that
should be handling your order? If not, if you can give us the following
information the pin-to-roller measurements, if the shades are to be
made with rollers, and also the color, if any particular shade was
desired we will refer the matter to our buyer and see that your
order is given prompt attention.

Please accept our sincere apologies for the trouble and inconveni-
ence we have caused you in this matter. We are enclosing a stamped
and self-addressed envelope in order to facilitate your reply.

(6)

In reply to your letter of August 12, we regret that the tray sent to
you last week was marred. We examine carefully all merchandise
that leaves our shop and try to be sure that everything is in perfect
condition; but occasionally mistakes will occur.

Our driver will call on August 1 6 to pick up the tray and deliver a
duplicate in perfect condition.

We are sorry for the inconvenience this has caused you.

(7)

Credit has been issued to your account for the damask in question
and this we trust is satisfactory.

We sincerely regret the delay in writing you and apologize for
any inconvenience caused in this connection.

(8)

We regret very much indeed to learn from your recent letter that
a Plum Pudding ordered by you to be sent to

Miss Helen Keith,
40 East 10th Street,
New York, N. Y.

has not been received.

72 English for Secretaries

We shall very much appreciate it if you will send us your receipt
covering this purchase, or will advise us from which store it was
ordered, so that we might make a thorough investigation of the
matter.

As we have 38 stores in greater New York with thousands of daily
transactions, you can readily appreciate that it is very difficult to
locate an order without complete details.

We have your note and we are very sorry indeed to learn about
the dress. Do by all means return it to us and we shall watch out for
it here. It is most unfortunate to have to put you to the trouble of
having to send it back but we are eager, as you must know, to be of
every possible service.

(10)

A brown felt hat which you bought here at Blank's and which was
worn from our shop at the time has come back to us. Since il has
been worn it really is not possible to do as you ask for there is no way
of disposing of the hat now.

In the circumstances, we felt you would want the hat returned to
you and it is going back now. You will have it again shortly and if
we can be of service, you have only to let us know.

Thank you for your note. We are very sorry indeed to learn about
the slip and we hope that you will be thoroughly pleased with the
one that has been sent now. It should be in your possession when this
message arrives, and the slip you returned has been credited.

We are very glad to be of service and we look forward to hearing
from you often.

(12)

After you left here the other day, I had the opportunity to go into
the matter of your coat thoroughly and I am glad to be able to tell
you that after examining it, it was found that it is made of the finest
wool. Miss Blank, the buyer, tells me that at the time this coat was
in our stock, it was one of our Women's Angle coats.

Letters of Claim and Adjustment 73

We do wish that it were possible to credit it and return it to our
stock; but, as it was pointed out when you were here, it is a coat that
was designed to be worn last spring. It is not customary, as you can
well realize, to put a coat in stock one season that was designed to
be worn during another. Had the coat been sent to us last spring,
we would have been glad to have accepted it. You cannot help
agreeing that there would be no way of disposing of it now for the
season for coats of this kind is past we are now selling winter
models.

May we urge you, therefore, to go over the situation once more for
we feel that then you will understand why we write as we do. We
are grateful to you for allowing us to present our position.

C. Write any four of the following letters.

1. Pink-glass salad plates were substituted for the green ones you
ordered. Ask for immediate adjustment and explanation.

2. Write the adjustment letter from the firm, giving an explanation
for the substitution.

3. You ordered monogrammed towels for a friend's birthday. They
did not arrive on time although they had been promised. Write the firm
for an explanation of the delay and for immediate attention to the order.

4. A delay in the shipment of Christmas stock has cost you hundreds
of dollars. Explain your case and ask for adjustment.

5. Write an answer to the letter stated above.

6. You ordered twelve rosebushes, but only eleven were sent,
although the bill listed twelve. Write the company and ask for an
adjustment.

7. The Beach Club you belonged to last year has asked you to renew
your membership. Write to the club explaining your dissatisfaction with
its management and your decision not to join again.

8. Write the answer from the Beach Club manager stating that un-
satisfactory conditions will be improved.

9. The committee soliciting funds for a celebration in your old home
town has asked you for a contribution. Write stating your decision not
to contribute and explain your dissatisfaction with a previous celebration.

10. Write a letter from the secretary of the Old Home Week Com-
mittee, explaining how the management of this celebration has striven
to avoid the previous mistakes and expects to make the coming celebra-
tion a success.

74 English for Secretaries

11. You have sent by a moving-van company some furniture you wish
to put into your summer home at Ogunquit, Maine. On its arrival, you
find that some of the furniture has been marred in transit. Write a letter
of claim to the company.

12. The Little Theater Company is to play for a week in Chicago.
The gowns and hats for the cast were ordered from the Essex Attire
Shop, 565 Madison Avenue, New York, but have not been received.
Write giving details of order and ask that the gowns be sent at once
by express.

13. In answer to this letter, give reasons for delay and assure the
Little Theater Company that the order will arrive in Chicago in two
days. Express regret for the delay.

CHAPTER V

Letters Relating to Sales

SALES LETTERS

SINCE business depends on sales and sales so often
depend on sales letters, many businessmen regard the
sales letter as the most important part of their correspond-
ence. It has been said that "good letters of all kinds help
to keep business; good selling letters make business."

Sales letters are so closely related to advertisements in
purpose, appeals, methods, and desired results that it is
worth examining a number of advertisements before trying
to write sales letters.

EXERCISES

A. Bring to class advertisements from newspapers and magazines on
furniture, clothes, books, and other commodities. Examine these to learn
how copywriters attempt to accomplish their purpose of inducing action.
Use the following questions as guides:

1. How is the beginning of the advertisement made interesting and
original?

2. How is curiosity aroused?

3. How is desire created?

4. How is the reader convinced that he should buy the article?

5. How is action made easy?

6. Is the wording trite or effective? Quote examples.

7. Do you find examples of questions, imperative sentences, exclama-
tions, or quotations used effectively?

8. In comparing several advertisements for the same commodity,
which do you think would most interest you as a buyer? Why?

7S

76 English for Secretaries

B. Topics for oral reports are listed below. Reports on these topics
will be more valuable and interesting if the students consult several
books on sales letters and read examples to the class to illustrate their
topics. These examples of sales letters may be original or selected from
actual letters or from books. The source, of course, should be mentioned.

Catching the Reader's Attention

Effective Opening Sentences

Arousing the Reader's Interest

Producing Belief in a Product

Inducing a Reader to Buy the Commodity

The Tone of the Sales Letter

Sins of Sales Letters

Effective Sales Letters

Tests of a Sales Letter

Considering the Class of Prospect Leisure, Business, Professional,
Trade, Laboring

Letters to Men and to Women: a Contrast

Sales Letters with Effective Appearance

An Effective Plan for Sales Letters

Dramatizing the Commodity

Bad Taste in Sales Letters

Effective Talking Points

Good Taste in Sales Letters

Effective Descriptions from Sales Letters

Clear Explanations from Sales Letters

The Use of Timely Topics in Sales Letters

Methods Used to Produce Action

Examples of Effective Closings from Sales Letters

SALES LETTER STYLE

For better understanding of prevailing practices in the
writing of sales letters it will be profitable to read the
analysis 1 given below. It is founded upon the study

... of 200 sales letters sent ... to hardware, paint, sporting goods,
automotive accessories and department stores. The study was made to

1 "Sales Letter Style," Printers 9 Ink Monthly, January, 1939.

Letters Relating to Sales 77

show prevailing practice in some of the physical aspects of letter con-
struction. It is not suggested that the most common practice is the cor-
rect practice, or that the uncommon practice is the one to avoid. Letter
writing is too fluid a medium to be bound by inflexible rules; too sus-
ceptible of individuality. Writers of sales letters, however, may be
interested in having some basis of comparison against which to check
their favorite salutations, closings, signature, forms and other compo-
nent elements of sales letters. To that end, the accompanying analysis is
offered.

Inside Address. Of the 200 sales letters surveyed only fifty-nine bore
inside addresses. Here the cost of fill-ins is, of course, the deciding factor
with the advertiser himself the best and only judge. It was noted that
several letters with poorly matched fill-ins would have stood to benefit
had the fill-ins been eliminated entirely.

Date. One hundred and fifty-five letters bore the conventional date
line consisting of month, day and year; four simply used the month and
year, and one the season and year. Forty were not dated at all.

Salutation. Below, in the order of their popular use, are the more than
two dozen salutations employed in the letters under analysis. The figure
alongside each salutation represents the number of times it occurred.
Noteworthy is the large percentage of letters without salutation of any
kind and the wide variety of forms devised.

SALUTATIONS

Gentlemen 84

No Salutation 46

Dear Mr. (or Miss) Smith 12

Dear Sir (or Sirs) 12

To All (name of product) Dealers 10

Dear Friend 4

To the Toilet Goods (or Window Shade, etc.) Buyer. . 4

Dear Madam 3

To Our Customers 3

To the Trade 3

Dear Buyer 2

Dear Mr. Retailer 2

Dear Customer 1

Dear Dealer 1

78 English for Secretaries

Dear Mr. Dealer 1

Dear Paint Store Owner 1

Dear Retailer 1

Mr. Body Shop Manager 1

Mr. Dealer 1

Mr. Hosiery Merchandiser 1

Mr. (name of product) Dealer 1

To All Dealers 1

To All Independent Retailers 1

To All Progressive Dealers 1

To Direct and Associate Dealers 1

To Our Authorized Dealers 1

To Our Retail Friends 1

Paragraphing. The most popular style of paragraphing is block,
leading the indented style 115 to 82. Three letters made use of a novelty
style which might be called reverse indentation, wherein the first line
of each paragraph is brought out to a point dirccdy beneath the saluta-
tion and each succeeding line is indented.

Special Headings. About 25 per cent of the letters (51 to be exact)
made use of a special heading of one kind or another. The special head-
ing is sometimes employed as a substitute for the salutation. It is placed
in no particular position sometimes at the left, sometimes at the right
and sometimes in the center. Specimen headings: "Sales Tested Values
Are Your Best Xmas Investments," "Proving a Cardinal Principle of
Merchandising." "Here's the Big News! . . . Now Let's Go!"

Complimentary Closing. Almost as varied as salutation forms are the
styles of complimentary closings that have been called into play. Curi-
ously, whereas forty-six letters failed to carry a salutation, only seven
omitted complimentary closings. Tradition rides high in this department
and the percentage of conventional closings is preponderantly high.

Signature. The accepted letter signature consists of the company
name, typewritten in caps, the name of the writer written in pen and ink
and the writer's title. A variation inserts the name of the writer, type-
written, between the penned signature and title.

EXERCISES

A. Read the following sales letters and judge them from the points
brought out in your reports on sales letters as suggested at the beginning
of this chapter.

Letters Relating to Sales 79

(i)

I am writing to tell you that there are some very attractive dinner
dresses here now in the colors you like and I shall be delighted to
show them to you whenever you find it convenient to come in. I do
hope that you are planning to be in town soon indeed I look
forward to being of service.

(2)

Since you are moving to our neighborhood may we take this
opportunity of introducing our services to you. Knowing that you
are confronted with many problems in getting settled, won't you
let us help you save time, energy, and unnecessary costs in planning
your new home?

On our premises we make fine upholstery, draperies, slipcovers,
and specially designed lamp shades. We also do excellent furniture
refinishing.

May our decorator call to discuss with you the furnishing or
decorating of your new apartment?

(3)

When you first moved to West Chester, we wrote to you inviting
you to call and become acquainted with our officers, and we wish to
remind you that when you are ready to make a local banking con-
nection, we hope you will give us the privilege of serving you and
your family.

Whatever you need a checking, checking-master, thrift, or
special interest account, a safe deposit box, or a loan you will find
every department thoroughly equipped to render you competent
and courteous service based upon careful and thoughtful considera-
tion of your individual requirements.

Looking forward to greeting you personally in the near future,
I am

(4) 1

How would you like to have your own library? Do you not have a
corner in your home that would make a perfect background for the
books which you would like to possess?

1 From The Business Education World, September, 1939.

80 English for Secretaries

Few joys can compare to the adventure of rummaging around old
bookstalls for those first editions of the books we should like to own.
The more interested we become in collecting, the more attention
will we give to styles of binding, printing, and general characteristics.
We will not be completely content with "any old copy." We shall
want either an absolute first edition or else the beautifully illustrated
edition published by Random House. Our sense of discrimination
usually grows with the study and purchase of each new volume.

(5)'

As you go through the morning mail, pick out the letter that you
consider the best and tell yourself why you have chosen it. The
answer doubtless will be that this particular letter was selected bc-
because it is legible, direct and convincing in style, distinctive in
quality, correct in its mechanical set up or arrangement, and friendly
in tone. Perhaps it has an individuality that gets attention and holds
interest.

It is not enough merely to write a letter. We should know and
practice the elements of good style and diction. Once we have
learned what constitutes a good letter, we must practice writing
until we gain facility in putting words and sentences interestingly
together. Then we may put individuality into the letter and make
the recipient feel "at home" with us.

Literature about our course of instruction will be sent to you on
return of the enclosed card.

(6) 1

If you have ever had the unpleasant experience of opening a closet
door and being met by a fluttering moth, you will probably be glad
to know something about No-moth.

It is a very unique device. Concentrated cedar oil with its fragrant
aroma seeps through a wooden porous cup out of a bottle that is
hung on the baseboard of your clothes closet. This fragrant odor of
cedar, while pleasant to us, is destructive to moths, and, as it spreads
through and permeates the entire closet, you have done much
toward eliminating the danger from these destructive pests.

The Business Education World, September, 1939.

Letters Relating to Sales 81

If you are not yet acquainted with No-moth protection, we
recommend that you give No-moth a trial now, when the moths arc
most dangerous. The contents of each No-moth will last you one
entire year.

The enclosed addressed postal card will assure your order im-
mediate and careful attention.

(7)

No doubt you and members of your club are thinking seriously of a
vacation spot during the summer. In Atlantic City you find all the
things that go to make up a perfect vacation. Here you may choose
between the full gamut of outdoor sports and the quiet and peace
so many are seeking as a relief from today's super activities home,
business, and patriotic. Whatever mixture of the strenuous and the
quiet you desire, it is yours here.

For example, along with bathing from rooms with private elevator
and tunnel to the beach, we now have cabanas. Beach lovers enjoy
the surf all day with luncheon served right in their cabana.
Bridge parties are frequent and favored, as arc social dances (now
with the added advantage, if desired, of instruction by the Harold
Wells Studios).

Then, too, true to our record as a family hotel, our hostesses relieve
parents by conducting beach parties and picnics for the children.
Similar parties, as well as fishing parties, are arranged for adults.

A member of our staff will be at the Hotel Nethcrland Plaza on
Tuesday and Wednesday, July 15-16, and will be happy indeed to
receive a call from you if she can help you or any of your friends and
associates in any way in completing arrangements for vacations.

(8)
Suggestion:

Mount your favorite broomstick and zoom through the October
skies to the Blank for Hallowe'en. The frost is on the pumpkin and
the hotel is on the alert to make history this Hallowe'en.

We have been rehearsing our entire cast of ghosts, goblins, owls,
black cats, and witches for the big annual event. Under the spell
of Libra, our fortune-teller is already getting that faraway look,
preparatory to revealing the fulfillment of your fondest hopes.

82 English for Secretaries

On the realistic side, there will be apples, doughnuts, and cider in
the spirit of the harvest moon. Doesn't this sound like fun?

Autumn is a lovely season in Atlantic City, as you know. The
crowds have thinned, and there's something in the very air that is
tonic to body and soul.

There will be music and dancing among the other festivities,
and, all in all, we are trying to make this the best Hallowe'en sea-
son we have ever had. Can you join us? We'd be delighted to have
you. A rate-card is enclosed, with space on the back for your reserva-
tion. Get it back to us as soon as you can, to be sure of the finest
accommodations.

(9)

It was nice having you with us, and we hope you will come again
soon.

We appreciate your patronage more than these few lines can tell
you. We want you to think of this hotel as your home by the season
and to come as often as you can.

If you have any suggestion for improvement of our service, I
personally shall be delighted to receive it. Incidentally, have you
two particular friends who ought to be getting our mailings?

Do come again soon, won't you?

B. Write one or more of the sales letters indicated in the directions
below. Before actually writing the letter, learn all you can about your
commodity, be enthusiastic about it, visualize it, jot down its selling
points, select not only a class but a person to whom you would make your
appeal, and consider the selling points and the tone that would arouse
his interest and finally induce him to buy your products. Then make a
careful outline.

The next step is an effective opening paragraph. Would a question,
an exclamation, a quotation, a statement of fact, a news item prove
most arresting?

What arguments or explanations will be most convincing to your
prospective buyer? How should these be arranged? How should they be
presented?

Finally, how are you going to change his approval into action that
will induce him to buy your commodity?

Letters Relating to Sales 83

1. Assume that you are the advertising manager of a school or
college publication. Write to a publisher, a sporting goods company,
or a neighborhood candy store, selling space in your paper.

2. Imagine your hobby to be photography, some form of collecting,
sewing, athletics, or some other interest. Write a letter selling a product
connected with this hobby.

3. Imagine that you are particularly interested in some improve-
ment for your community: more recreation centers, a swimming pool,
a library, tennis courts, a day nursery, a cleaner town, tree-lined streets,
slum clearance, free clinics. Write a letter to arouse the action of a group
that may bring about such a betterment.

4. As the owner of a country house, a camp, or a plot of land, write
such a letter to a city dweller that he will want to inspect your property
and finally buy it.

5. Write a letter addressed to secretarial students selling them a
book that would be helpful to them in their chosen occupation.

6. Write a form letter addressed to businessmen to sell an office
machine, a filing cabinet, or some other office equipment.

7. Assume that you specialize in graduation dresses. Write a sales
letter to the adviser of a senior class of a girls' school setting forth the
advantages of your material, styles, prices, and suggesting some special
inducement for persuading the girls to buy their graduation outfits from
you.

8. As the owner of a neighborhood bookstore, white elephant shop,
or antique store, write a form letter to new arrivals in the vicinity, trying
to interest them to patronize your store.

9. You wish to sell eggs and butter, vegetables, or fruit to people in
a near-by summer colony. Write a sales letter that will interest them in
your proposition of serving them.

10. Assume that you have a service, such as typing, bookkeeping,
filing, mending, dressmaking, to promote. Select a group that would be
interested in one of these services and write a sales letter to secure
patrons.

CHAPTER VI

Letters Relating to Credit and Collections

LETTERS OF CREDIT INFORMATION

When a company considers extending credit, the financial
standing of the prospective purchaser must be determined
before deciding whether credit should be granted and, if it
is granted, to what extent.

To learn this, investigation of the following qualifica-
tions is necessary: personal character, business ability,
financial standing. (Note that sometimes the financial
standing of firms may be determined through credit rating
books such as that issued by Dun & Bradstreet.)

Usually for a small account, a business house that is
asked to grant credit may simply write letters of inquiry
to several references supplied by the firm or by individuals
seeking credit.

EXERCISES

A. For an example of the type of letter just mentioned, read the
following. Then write an answer assuring the correspondent of Mrs.
Stevenson's ability to pay.

On April 15 Mrs. John Stevenson called at our branch store,
4406 Broadway, in order to purchase one of our electric sewing
machines, priced at $95. The machine was to be sold on the install-
ment plan $20, the first payment, to be remitted upon delivery,
and the remaining $75 to be paid in five monthly installments of
$15 each.

Mrs. Stevenson referred us to you for information regarding her
credit and ability to meet these installments.

84

Letters Relating to Credit and Collections, 85

We shall appreciate any information you can give us regarding
Mrs. Stevenson's financial standing, and shall consider it as confi-
dential.

B. Read the following letters, which illustrate actual business practice
in requesting credit information. Note how definite, compact, and courte-
ous these letters are.

a)

Last week we received a large order from The Paterson Depart-
ment Store, of Paterson, New Jersey, and your name has been given
as a reference. We would appreciate any information concerning
this firm's financial rating, responsibility, reliability, length of
association, and promptness that you may care to give us on the en-
closed form.

We trust we may be able to return this courtesy if the opportunity
should arise.

The enclosure
Credit standing?
Prompt or slow payment?
length of association?
Terms?

Are goods returned or countermanded often?
Have all accounts been settled?
Are unreasonable claims presented?
Are discounts taken when not entitled?
Remarks

(2)

We have been requested to send some of our books for ten days'
inspection to the person mentioned below, who informs us he is
employed by you. The present order involves $50.75.

He wishes to determine if the books will be of assistance to him
before paying or agreeing to pay for them, and we would like to
extend this examination privilege to him. Having once had the
advantage of this privilege many of our customers use it trequently,
which makes it necessary that we satisfy ourselves concerning their
credit reliability at the time of their first orders even though the
amount involved may be comparatively small.

86 English for Secretaries

Will you please return this letter with the information requested
below. We are holding the order until we hear from you and since
he is naturally anxious to have the books, we would appreciate very
much a reply by return mail.

We enclose a self-addressed reply envelope for your convenience
and we thank you now for your courtesy. You assume no responsi-
bility whatever in giving this information.

Mr.

Occupation

Address

How long in your employ? Age

Occupation Married

Have you found him reliable?-

Signa ture

(3)
Confidential

We have received an order for furniture valued at $40.00 from
Mr. Henry B. Small, of Avon, N. Y., who is a salesman in your
employ.

It will be appreciated greatly if you will jot down at the foot of
this letter your advice as to whether you would consider this in-
dividual a safe credit risk for the amount mentioned.

We should also like to know how long Mr. Small has been in your
employ.

(4)

Thank you for your order. We can have the goods on their way
to you within 24 hours of receipt of our regular order blank informa-
tion.

This information (which was not given in full on your order) is
required by our auditors, because of the large number of small
accounts in our retail mail-order department.

The few lines to be filled in are reproduced below. We are rather
proud of the brevity of this "credit" information we require of new
customers. Most of our mail-order customers, once having given this
information, have been on our books for years, taking advantage

Letters Relating to Credit and Collections 87

frequently of our free-examination plan, with speedy attention
every time at this end.

Will you please fill in the lines below, in full, so that we can get our
books right off to you? Some of our customers who temporarily can-
not fill in the "Position" and "Company" lines, send us the name
of a bank or store with whom they do business and this is usually
accepted by our auditors.

Name

Address

City and state

Posi tion __

Name of company.
References

(5)

Thank you for your order of December 24.

In filling orders on an on-approval basis it is necessary for our
credit file that we have the full name and address of your employer.
This information was not complete on the order you sent to us.

Will you please supply the information requested below so our
records will be complete. We can give your order prompt attention
as soon as we hear from you.

Please Print

Position

Employer

Employer's Address-

(6)

I have in my hands a copy of the book that you ordered a few
weeks ago. As I thumb through the pages of this stimulating book, I
am saying to myself that you surely had a good reason for sending us
your order. It is packed full of thought-provoking ideas that will
prove of distinct value to you. The enclosed circular will give you a
more detailed description of just what I mean.

88 English for Secretaries

When we first received your order, we suggested that since you
had not done business with us before on a credit basis it would
be necessary to fill in a coupon like the attached.

If you were in business on your own and I sent you an order by
mail for the first time, I am sure that you would want to know
something about me before you made your shipment.

Won't you, therefore, cooperate with us and send the information
we seek, so that we can hurry along the book you ordered.

Name

Address

City and state

Posi tion

Name of company

References

C. Read the following answer to a letter from a credit manager who
wished to know the standing of a prospective purchaser. Would the
recipient find such a letter satisfactory?

We are pleased to say on behalf of Mr. Henry C. Kernan, of 94
Oak Street, Ridgewood, New Jersey, that we have known and done
business with Mr. Kernan for the last six or eight years.

Our relations have always been agreeable and we have had numer-
ous business engagements with him; we have always found him to
be prompt and reliable and a man who considers his word his honor.

In his district and among the people throughout the region with
whom he is associated, he is well respected and considered morally
and financially responsible for his business engagements. We con-
sider him as having good business judgment and are pleased to
recommend him to those who may have business relations with
him.

D. Prepare the letters described in the following instructions.

1 . Assume that you are owner of an antique shop in Hyannis, Massa-
chusetts. Mrs. Archibald Bronson has written asking you to send her at
her home address in Pasadena, California, fifty dollars' worth of goods.

a. Write an order letter such as you might have received from Mrs.
Bronson.

Letters Relating to Credit and Collections 89

b. Write a letter to Mrs. Bronson requesting credit information.

c. Write Mrs. Bronson's answer giving references.

d. Write to Mrs. Bronson's references to obtain information on her
ability to pay for these goods.

e. Write an answer received from one of these references giving a
favorable opinion of Mrs. Bronson's ability to pay. A letter of this
kind should be so expressed that the writer makes it clear that he
assumes no responsibility.

2. You are credit manager of the Perfection Stationery Company.

a. Write a letter such as the company might receive ordering fifteen
dollars' worth of stationery with the request that a charge account
be opened for the purchaser, Mrs. Charles Wentworth, and that
the bill for the amount of this order be entered on the new account.

b. Write asking Mrs. Wentworth for credit information.

c. Write an answer from one of Mrs. Wentworth's references stating
that she is not a good credit risk. Such a letter, because of the law
of libel, must be expressed guardedly. Often such letters are so
cautiously worded that some such expression as "the person men-
tioned in your letter of " may be substituted for an actual

name.

LETTERS CONCERNING CHARGE ACCOUNTS

Business organizations sometimes write letters such as
the following to people whose patronage they desire. The
"enclosed card" to a bank and to individuals would doubt-
less ask for references that would establish the customer's
credit.

EXERCISES

A. Read the following examples of letters offering charge accounts to
note their personal tone and the cleverness of their appeal.

0)

Responsible names are always welcome on the books of a business
house.

Please know that we shall be very glad to charge your purchases
whenever you have occasion to call.

90 English for Secretaries

As our two stores are really one, the account is available at which-
ever is the more convenient for you Broadway at Liberty Street,
or Fifth Avenue at 41 Street.

(2)

It gives me great pleasure to extend to you an invitation to become
a charge patron of our company. There are no formalities
simply fill out and mail the enclosed card to me and our Department
of Accounts will notify you promptly.

Our private fall opening on Tuesday, September 16 will
be one of the most beautiful collections that we have ever shown
and I want you to consider this letter my personal invitation for you
to be present.

I earnestly hope that we may have the privilege of serving you.

(3)

One woman out of every five listed in "The Club Women of New
York" has a charge account in our store.

We should like to add your name to this distinguished roster and
know that we can provide you with smart fashions for every part of
your active day, at the lowest possible prices consistent with high
quality.

You will find a charge account in our store of real value, and we
have eliminated all formalities, other than the return of the enclosed
card for identification.

It will be a pleasure to be of service to you.

B. Write effective form letters to fit the following conditions.

1. As credit manager of a store specializing in children's wearing
apparel, you wish to send a form letter to mothers of the neighborhood,
offering a charge account. Suggest some special reason for opening an
account at this particular time.

2. Assume that you are manager of a furniture store about to send a
form letter to new residents of your neighborhood, offering charge
accounts and stating advantages of such an arrangement.

3. You are responsible for preparing a form letter for a publishing
house to send to teachers, offering to open a charge account for books.

C. Read the following actual letters sent to customers concerning their
charge accounts. Note the friendly, informal tone and the "you" atti-

Letters Relating to Credit and Collections 91

tude. The absence of trite expressions is typical of the best kind of

modern letters.

a)

I hesitate to write again for fear of annoying you, but I am sin-
cerely interested in knowing why you stopped doing business with
us. I should be grateful indeed if you would tell me.

(2)

Our records indicate that we haven't had the pleasure of serving
you for the past year, which must mean that we've given you some
cause to withhold your patronage from us.

We'd like to make good whatever's wrong and hope you'll use the
enclosed envelope to tell us how we can best do so.

Our spring stocks of clothing for men and boys are too good for
you to miss.

(3)

Your continued absence during the buying season is a matter of
deep concern to me. I like to keep in close touch with all our charge
customers and to do everything in my power to make it a real
pleasure to shop at our counters.

Our efforts to regain your patronage are but a slight indication
of our appreciation oi the favors you have shown us in the past and
nothing would please us more than to be given the privilege and
pleasure of serving you again.

The recent remodeling and enlarging of our store has enabled us
to expand many of our exclusive shops and to show greatly aug-
mented assortments of merchandise.

Please accept this letter as my personal invitation for you to come
in and resume the use of your charge account.

(4)

We like to consider each one of our charge customers as a good
friend, and it is our greatest wish always to hold her high regard
and esteem.

Our records show that apparently you have not recently used
your charge account with us. I am wondering whether our mer-

92 English for Secretaries

chandise or our service has failed to please you. It is a matter of con-
cern to me for this establishment is founded upon the ideals of service
and quality. I assure you that we want to keep your name on our
charge register and continue to render the type of service that will
please you.

If you will be kind enough to return the enclosed card, we can be
certain that you are correctly listed in our records. And we shall feel
honored to have you visit us again very soon.

(5)

The greatest asset which a business like ours can possibly have is
the good will of our old customers, for all good business is founded
more upon old friends than upon new ones.

It is, therefore, with regret that I note that we have not had the
privilege of serving you for some time. At least, your charge account
has not been used for several months.

It may be that you have overlooked its existence. At least, 1 hope
that it is not because you are disappointed in any way with the
Blank Company.

The new things, I think, are more beautiful than ever. I hope
you will drop in and like them, but at all events I sincerely trust that,
as one of our friends of long standing, you will let us know whether
or not there is anything we can do to please you better.

COLLECTION LETTERS

Consider and discuss the following statements by authori-
ties on collection letter writing.

1. A good collection letter must also be a sales letter.

2. The writer of successful collection letters must know
human nature. He must understand psychology and know
how to apply it.

3. Businessmen have long since learned that the presenta-
tion of a bill is one of the most delicate of arts. It calls very
often for a tact, a diplomacy worthy of an ambassador of
state.

Letters Relating to Credit and Collections 93

4. Of all the men and women who have chores to per-
form in business, none are more important than those who
handle credit problems and write collection letters.

5. The collection manager must combine the points of
view of the sales department and the credit department.
He must remember that his company is in business to make
sales, to obtain profits, and to hold good will.

EXERCISES

A. A variety of topics for oral reports is given in the list below. These
reports will be more valuable and interesting if students consult several
books on collection letters and read examples to the class to illustrate
their topics. The examples may be original or selected from actual letters,
or from books. The source, of course, should be mentioned.

The Purpose and the Importance of Collection Letters

Good and Poor Opening Paragraphs: a Contrast

The First Collection Letter

Tactless Collection Letters

Tactful Collection Letters

Letters to Dealers and to Consumers: a Comparison

Reasonable and Unreasonable Collection Letters: a Contrast

Adapting the Letter to the Individual Customer

Follow-up Collection Letters

Letters Appealing to Fairness and Pride

Sins of Collection Letters

Trite Wording in Collection Letter!

Formal Notifications

Personal Appeal*

Timely-topic Appeals

Threatening Collection Letters

Effective Appeals

Original Appeals

The Importance of Visualizing the Correspondent

General Cautions to Observe in Writing Collection Letters

Procedure followed by Department Stores in Collecting Accounts

B. Examine and discuss the following collection letters as a follow-up
on the reports already presented to the class.

94 English for Secretaries

0)

Last month you were good enough to say that you would send us
$10. on January 10.

We do not know whether or not you wanted us to send you a
formal reminder about your pledge. If you did, will you not
consider this letter in that light? Indeed, we would not write you
about your gift now were it not for the fact that we are closing the
campaign on the 16th of this month and would, if possible, like to
have your gift by then.

(2)

I shall be so grateful if you will take the time and trouble to get
your check to us in the very near future.

I do want to get my department's records in perfect order, and
much more than that, I hate to keep bothering you with bills.

Please save me that embarrassment.

(3)

Your generous subscription to the United Hospital Fund was
deeply appreciated by both the trustees of the fund and the hospitals.
It will help them materially to continue their service to the needy
sick.

The enclosed reply envelope is sent you for your convenience in
making the payment on your subscription, which our records indi-
cate you intended to make at this time.

(4)

Since you have always cooperated with us in the past, I feel we
may rely upon you now to help us maintain your standard of pay-
ment on your account.

Just send us your check for $95.75 in the enclosed envelope. This
will be helping both yourself and us.

(5)

Two weeks ago we sent you a pleasant reminder of a charge
against you on our books.

The Collection Manager tells me that your remittance has not
been received.

Letters Relating to Credit and Collections 95

Because it is my function to interest you in the sale of our books,
it is naturally a reflection on me if the collection department gets
the impression that you are not living up to the agreement we made
that payment would be made thirty days after shipment.

I know that it is not your intention to delay payment any longer,
so I am enclosing a self-addressed envelope ready to mail your
remittance in.

C. Read the following series of collection letters to note their con-
siderate tone and the omission of any hint as in the earlier letters that
the delinquent may not pay.

Restate the substance of each letter in outline form.

0)

About thirty days ago we filled your order in accordance with the
terms of our ten day free examination offer.

Since the period of examination, with the privilege of return,
expired some time ago, we assume that your failure to remit the
first payment on your account is a matter of oversight.

Accordingly, we show below the amount now due and request
that you send us your check or money order promptly.

You will, we feel sure, recognize that the service of free examina-
tion to all our customers on our long list of technical and business
books can only be maintained if those who send for books observe
the conditions of the agreement.
Amount $20.75
Payment now due $20.75

(2)

According to our records we have not yet received payment of
$20.75 which is now overdue.

You have, no doubt, received the original invoice, and our letter
of recent date explaining that the examination period has expired.

"Please" and "Thank you" are the wonder words of the English
language. When a really important matter has been overlooked
and a pleasant courteous reminder is received with a cheerful
"Please" and a hearty "Thank you," isn't it a pleasure to attend
to it?

So please send us this remittance by return mail. Thank you!

96 English for Secretaries

0)

Good morning!

To remind you that's all.

Just a short note to let you know that we missed your payment.
Anything wrong? If so tell us; because we are anxious to please in
all our dealings.

May we hear from you by return mail?

(4)

In looking over our accounts, I find that you owe a balance of
$20.75. Our collection department advises me that it has made
every effort to secure payment but that you have not responded.

Under the circumstances I can see no alternative but for me to
pass your account to our attorney with instructions to collect.
Before doing so, however, I am making this personal appeal,
believing that you will remit this amount, or at least make a part
payment now, advising when we may expect the balance.

Won't you please attend to this matter at once and thus keep
your credit with us unblemished? If there is any error in our records
I should be pleased to have you bring it to my attention and I shall
investigate immediately.

D. Write the credit and collection letters that you believe will best
satisfy the requirements of the following situations.

1. Mrs. Anthony Turner (supply address) owes the Dalton Paper
Company (supply address) for stationery amounting to $12.50. The
company has already written twice to Mrs. Turner. Write a third letter
asking her for payment.

2. Mr. McKay (supply address) has bought a dinette set on the
partial payment plan from the Donaldson Company (supply address).
The first payment, due in May, has not been received by the company.
Write a letter notifying Mr. McKay of this fact.

3. Mr. McKay replies that he has not received the extension leaves
for the table. Write a letter incorporating his complaint.

4. Write a letter from The Donaldson Company in answer to Mr.
McKay's complaint.

5. Your employer, sales manager of The Drew Publishing Company
(supply address), has sent three books on business English to a teacher
on the understanding that payment is to be made or the books returned

Letters Relating to Credit and Collections 97

unless enough copies are ordered for class use. As no answer has been
received from the teacher, write her a tactful letter reminding her of the
agreement.

6. Assume that your employer, the owner of the Enterprise Glove
Shop (supply address), has asked you to write a letter to a reference
given by Mrs. Alexander Cameron (supply address) in regard to accept-
ing her as a charge-account customer. Make your letter brief, clear, and
courteous.

7. Write the answer to the Enterprise Glove shop recommending
Mrs. Cameron as a charge-account customer.

8. Your employer has received a request for credit from Alfred Bryce
(supply address). Write a letter regretting that such a favor cannot be
granted.

9. Mrs. Charles McAllen, 390 Lorraine Street, Richmond, Virginia,
requests your employer, the owner of a dress shop (supply name and
address), to accept her as a charge-account customer. Write Mrs.
McAUen's letter and your employer's answer.

10. Your employer, who is opening a shoe store, has asked you to
write a letter offering charge accounts to a selected list of women. Write
the letter stating the advantages of such an account.

11. Write a letter from Mrs. Louis Van Allen accepting the offer of
the charge account stated above. In this she gives the name and address
of her bank and those of stores with which she has accounts.

12. Write Mrs. Van Allen a letter dated two years later, stating that
her account has been inactive for some time. Ask if the service has been
unsatisfactory. Express the desire of the store to please customers and
to have Mrs. Van Allen's patronage renewed.

13. Your employer, president of the Blair Oil Burner Company,
Yonkers, New York, writes to Raymond Burke, Carlisle, Pennsylvania,
whose monthly payment on his oil burner is past due. Urge him to send
a check at once.

14. The Cromwell Hat Company, Danbury, Connecticut, has re-
ceived an order for hats amounting to $325 from Blake & McHugh,
Moline, Illinois. Write to Blake & McHugh thanking them for the
order, but explaining that as the firm has no account with them and as
you have no information regarding their credit responsibility, you
cannot send the merchandise until you have some information regarding
the firm's financial standing.

98 English for Secretaries

BIBLIOGRAPHY

BUTTERFDELD, W. H. Successful Collection Letters. New York, McGraw-Hill
Book Company, Inc., 1941.

CHAPIN, A. F. Credit and Collection Principles and Practice. New York,
McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc., 1939.

FRAILEY, L. E. Effective Credit and Collection Letters. New York, Prentice-
Hall, Inc., 1941.

IRONS, W. H. Commercial Credit and Collection Practice, with Problems.
New York, The Ronald Press Company, 1942.

MARRA, W. J. Streamlined letters. St. Louis, National Retail Credit
Association, 1940.

SELLMAN, E. G. Effective Collection Letters That Bring in the Money Today.
New York, The Ronald Press Company, 1939.

CHAPTER VII

Letters of Application,, Reference,
Recommendation, Introductio n

THE LETTER OF APPLICATION

THE order usually observed in a letter of application
is the following: the reason for writing the applica-
tion, personal data, education and training, experience,
references, effective close to stimulate action. Although this
plan may be lacking in originality, it need not be dull or
commonplace. The language and the autobiographical
material give scope for individuality of both expression and
subject matter.

EXERCISES

A. Read the following article and letter of advice about writing a
letter of application. Use these suggestions in criticizing the letters of
application on pages 103 to 108 and in writing the letters in the exercise
on pages 108 and 109.

d) 1

Here are some suggestions which have aided many thousands to write
more effective application letters. They are suggestions rather than iron-
clad rules. We have seen letters that didn't follow all these points and
yet produced good results.

Some Things to Do

1. Before you write your letter, list all the characteristics and experi-
ences desirable for the job you want. You will have some of them.
Opposite each of the qualifications that you do possess, note how you
1 By Sidney and Mary Edlund, "Planning and Practice for Job-hunting
Students," The Business Education World, March, 1 941 .

99

100 English for Secretaries

can demonstrate to a prospect that you have it. For example, if the job
requires accuracy, you may be able to demonstrate this quality by your
grades in school, by written comments of others who have observed this
characteristic in you, by an example of work well done that required
unusual accuracy, and by the letter you write.

2. In your letter, address an individual. Use full name and give his
correct title.

3. Offer a service instead of looking for a job. For example, the young
person who wants a job as a salesclerk in a retail store can offer an unu-
sual service if he shows the proprietor that he has an idea of how to send
customers away happy. The secretary is offering a service if she demon-
strates not only her stenographic skills but also proves that she has
initiative and doeg not have to be told twice.

4. Indicate what you can do in a manner that appeals to your
prospect's self-interest.

5. Show you have an appreciation of the functions of the job you
are seeking.

6. If possible, show genuine interest in the work.

7. The courses you have taken in school are not so important as the
skills you have acquired in those courses. You may have taken a course
in bookkeeping, but the important thing is that you can satisfactorily
open and close a simple set of books.

8. The work you have done is not so important as the work your
experience fits you to do for your prospective employer.

9. Sell, first, that which is of most interest to your prospect. If you
are going after a stenographic job in an advertising agency, your opening
sentence should indicate your stenographic skill and your interest or ex-
perience in advertising. You may then devote a paragraph to demonstrat-
ing your stenographic skills, and another to your interest in advertising.

10. Be specific about the kind of job you want.

11. Be specific about your qualifications.

12. Be specific about the results you have obtained.

13. Use facts, examples, or statements by others rather than your
own opinions of yourself and your past work. For example, instead of
saying that you were a good salesclerk for Knox Shoe Store, it would be
better if you could state that on several Saturdays your sales were over
$100; that many returning customers asked specifically for you.

Letters of Application, Reference 101

14. To gain attention, be an individual. Stand out from the crowd.
Write a letter that no one else could sign because it describes you. You
will be different if you are specific and if you appeal to the interests of
the prospective employer.

15. The opening sentence, in particular, should arouse interest. This
is usually done not by generalizations, but by coining to the point at
once. For example "As your stenographer, I'll take your dictation
accurately; in a minimum time you will find on your desk letters that
you will like to sign."

16. Make a strong closing one that suggests action by the person
reading your letter.

17. Be your best self.

18. Be sincere.

19. Express yourself naturally; avoid stereotyped business phrases.

20. Use restraint and modesty in expressing opinions.

21. Strive for brevity. Edit and re-edit your letter. Gut out all wordi,
phrases, and sentences that do not help to show that you can do the
work well. We do not mean that your letter should be short. A long
letter may often be very useful, but it must continue to build interest
throughout.

22. Check carefully to see that the grammar, spelling, and punctua-
tion are correct.

23. Type your letter on good stationery (not social or hotel stationery).

(2) 1

Dear Senior:

You have asked me to tell you something about a letter a letter
which will for some of you be the most important one you will ever
write. A letter which will transport you to an active place on the pay roll,
instead of to some unhappy position between the folders of the A-Z files.
A letter which will insure an interview; a letter which may help to cro*
the hurdle of that interview which will open the door to the goal
"Career."

1 "Dear Senior," by Hyla Snider, Connecticut College, New London,
Conn., an impromptu letter to college seniors, which was used as part of a
talk on "The Application Letter," Printers' Ink Monthly, September, 1939.

102 English for Secretaries

You have asked me about "writing" a letter of application. That is
an easy task. The difficult thing is "thinking" such a letter. A lot of
thinking and a little writing is the proper proportion of any compound
which you might concoct. The rest of the recipe is as follows: Mix to-
gether a fair amount of enthusiasm, a dash of confidence, and a full
measure of your training and experience.

In casting about for a single word which should be descriptive of the
letter which you are to write, I have chosen the word "sparkle." It will
be necessary, however, to choose the proper meaning, the correct
shading, of this term. Webster says that "sparkle" means "a little spark"
"a gleam," "a flash." Also, it is "a scintillation." I believe that "a little
spark" is more meaningful for our purpose. A ready wit is the most
useful of gifts, but we should reserve that endowment for a more urgent
need. We should avoid, then, a proclivity for scintillation, but should
through what I hope is no more than natural expression- -inculcate a
little spark, so that the message will contain a bit of liveliness; so that it
cannot be termed "dull," "indifferent," or "lacking in character."

Do not write this letter at all if you are uninterested in, or vague about,
the achievement under consideration. Find the thing you wish to do,
the undertaking for which you are best prepared, and write a straight-
forward, sincere letter which tells why you think you vull be useful in
such a role. Curb your desire to express your interest in the position
sought because "it fascinates you," or "because 1 you have always wanted
to live in Boston."

When you have decided to enter a contest, consider the importance of
that competition. Remember that in a race of ten, nine are going to lose,
and that instead of nine, there may be ninety-nine. Write your letter
with a thought for the ninety-nine, who you know may share your
enthusiasm, your eagerness, and perhaps even your fitness, for the coveted
position. Dress your letter up, then, in good, but simple language; pre-
pare it with regard for accuracy and beauty, and send it along with a
hope and a prayer.

Sincerely,

B. Look up one of the following topics and make an oral report upon
it.

1 . The Importance of the Letter Picture'

2. Effective and Weak Opening Paragraphs

Letters of Application, Reference 103

3. Characteristics of Good Letters of Application

4. Examples of Effective Letters Read and Discussed

5. Characteristics of Poor Letters of Application

6. Examples of Colorless Letters Read and Discussed

7. Good and Poor Concluding Paragraphs Contrasted

8. Suggestions and Cautions for the Writer of an Application Letter
C. Read the following letter 1 to note its tabulated form and the specific

requirements demanded by the writer.

Dear Mr. Smith:

Will you help me to locate the right person for the position
described in this letter?

We wish to secure the services of an honest, superior, outstanding
woman to be the secretary to Mr. E. T. Johnson, manager of the
sales division of our company.

The following qualities arc necessary:

1 . Type at least sixty words a minute and take notes rapidly.

2. Use correct English in speaking and in writing.

3. Be able to plan and turn out work with dispatch.

4. Have dignity and charming manners.

5. Should not depend on politics for success.

6. Have training and previous experience in business.

7. Work with a constant desire for improvement.

These qualities are desirable:

1 . Be acquainted with the industrial problems of the city.

2. Be an active member of one or more educational clubs
and a religious organization.

3. Be between the ages of twenty-five and thirty, or younger.

4. Approximate height, 5 feet 5 inches. (This is important
because of the arrangement of the files.)

General duties of the position are:

1. Answer all daily correspondence.

2. Meet office visitors; answer telephone calls.

3. Keep files of customers and prospects.

1 FORKNER, L. H., OSBORNE, A. O., and O'BRIEN, J. E. Correlated Dictation
and Transcription. Boston, D. C. Heath and Company.

104 English for Secretaries

4. Make the daily appointment schedule.

Qheck on reports of salesmen and results obtained; submit

plans for work to be done.
6. Keep a simple record system of accounts, including itemized

statements of daily expenses in office.
7. Make weekly office reports.

The position is now open and will be filled as soon as possible. It will
pay $1500 a year, and expenses when traveling for the company. If the
person employed gives satisfaction, the salary may be raised at the end
of the first year.

Working conditions in our city are good; living expenses are reason-
able; opportunities for worthy use of leisure are numerous.

Please ask the person who makes application to give all the details
in the first letter and to enclose a good, clear photograph, which will
be returned within three days.

I shall greatly appreciate any assistance you give me in securing the
right person for this position.

Very truly yours,

D. Read the following letter to note the form of the heading used in
an answer to a newspaper advertisement in which a number is sub-
stituted for a name. How could the material in the body of the letter be
improved?

5 Cliff Way
Larchmont, New York
September 3, 19

N452

New York Times
Times Square
New York, N. Y.

Dear Sir:

Your advertisement hi The New York Times states that you are
looking for a stenographer who has some knowledge of business
office routine.

I am a graduate of the Somerville High School, Somerville, Massa-
chusetts. I have had three years' experience with the law firm of

Letters of Application, Reference 105

Graham and Graham, 500 Fifth Avenue, New York, where I worked
in the stenographic department. I can take dictation at ninety words
a minute and can transcribe my notes neatly and accurately. In
addition, I have studied two years of bookkeeping and have had
experience in geographical, chronological, alphabetical, and subject
filing. I can operate both the Monitor and the plug switchboard.

I shall gready appreciate an interview to permit you to test whether

or not I am fitted for the position.

Yours truly,
Ethel Cartfiild

E. Read the following letters and be able to give a definite opinion
of each. If you were an employer receiving these letters, which would
impress you favorably, which slightly, which unfavorably? Select two
applicants you would interview.

In answer to your advertisement in this morning's " Eagle*'
stating that you wish the services of an efficient stenographer, I wish
to make application for the position.

I have had two years' experience as a stenographer with Blake
Brothers, 911 West Van Buren Street, Chicago. Because of illness
hi my family, I find it necessary to move to California and must
resign from my position here.

Several members of Blake Brothers have given me letters of recom-
mendation in which they speak highly of my work and my ability.
I think that my educational background and my business experienc
would also meet with your approval.

May I have the privilege of an interview?

(2)

I read with particular interest your advertisement in this morn-
ing's Times, since I feel I am particularly fitted for the position now
open in your firm. May I state the reasons why?

1 . I am twenty-two years of age, ambitious, eager to learn and
to advance.

106 English for Secretaries

2. I feel my education should be an asset to me in my endeavor.
I was graduated from Exville High School, Exville, Maine, as
valedictorian of my class in 1940. This was supplemented by a
very thorough secretarial training at Pratt Business School,
400 Madison Avenue. Since that time, I have studied selected
subjects, such as Secretarial Correspondence at Columbia
University, Review of English Grammar at Hunter College,
and several courses a I the School of Good Speech.

3. My experience in a secretarial capacity with a Class "A"
real estate concern has given me a true understanding of real
estate, its problems, and phraseology. I was connected with this
firm for two and a half years, and during that time learned
every phase of the business.

This experience was preceded by a rather varied background
which has given me an insight into other lines. This back-
ground included secretarial positions in the U.S. Collection
Agency, the Bland Rayon Association, and the Woman's
Magazine.

4. Real estate is the field in which I am most interested and
happiest. Therefore, the long hours are no drawback. I should
be perfectly willing to work overtime when necessary.

5. My stenography has always been accurate and I take a particu-
lar delight in turning out work which is a credit to the firm I
represent.

May I have the opportunity of an appointment with you, at
which time I may further present my qualifications?

(3)

I have learned through Mr. Henry Brooks that you have a secretarial
position open in your office. I should like to be considered as an
applicant for this position.

Age Nineteen years

Education I am a graduate of Washington Gardner High School,
Albion, Michigan. In May I completed a two-year
secretarial course at Columbia University, New York
City. In this course were included stenography, type-

Letters of Application, Reference

107

writing, commercial Spanish, IJnglish composition,
and secretarial correspondence.

Experience After T was graduated from high school, 1 worked for
fourteen months as order clerk in the office of the (lily
Steel Products Company at Albion. This position,
which called for a high degree of accuracy, gave me a
thorough knowledge of office routine. I also worked
in that same office last summer. Among the positions
I filled at that time were those of secretary to the
president and purchasing agent of the company, file
clerk, and dictaphone operator. As a requisite of the
course at Columbia, I successfully completed the pre-
scribed period of office practice in one of the offices of
the University.

Special My work in English composition and secretarial

assets correspondence has taught me to write clearly and

concisely. As a result of my training in commercial
Spanish, I can translate accurately from Spanish
to English and from English to Spanish. I understand
the language and speak it correctly, although nor
rapidly.

References Mr. J. J. Miller, Room 509, Broadway and 115 Street,
New York City.

Mr. C. Reginald Smith, Treasurer, City Steel Products
Company, Albion, Michigan.

Rev. A. G. Sherman, 506 South Superior Street,
Albion, Michigan.

The position in your office is especially attractive to me since my
whole education has been planned with the hope that I might
obtain work in the foreign department of a well-known organization.

I shall be glad to call at your office for an interview at any time
convenient to vou.

(4)

Miss Mary Johnson, a friend of mine and a member of the
Women's City Club, has just sent me a copy of the notice posted on

108 English for Secretaries

the Club Bulletin Board regarding a secretarial position in your
office.

It just happens that at the preient time I am a secretary in a similar
organization. Because of the uncertainty of the prospect* for future
advancement in my present work and because of my experience
of the past five years, I am interested to learn more about this
position.

I was graduated from the Secretarial School of Simmons CoDege
in Boston, Massachusetts, hi 1 938. In the early fall of that year, I
left home, which is just outside of Boston, to take my first job as
secretary to the Rector of Trinity Church, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

This is a downtown church, with a community idea of service. In
connection with the church there is a cafeteria which serves about
1,300 girls each noon at a minimum cost, and also a girls' club with
a membership of about six hundred. As private secretary, I also
acquired some knowledge of social- work organization.

In 1940 I came to New York City as a secretary in the office
of the National Director of the Girl Scouts. During the past three
years, I havo worked in this office for the director, her assistants,
and various members of the Board of Directors. I have also handled
the mail of one of the Board members while she has been out of the
city.

I have given you this background to explain my belief that I can
qualify as a first-class stenographer and typist; that I have some
knowledge and training in social work and hi social secretarial
duties; and that my entire experience has been hi the social work
field.

As yet, I have not had a great many opportunities to demonstrate
executive ability, but I have enjoyed working with people and have
found it comparatively easy to get others to work with and for me.

If you would be interested to talk with me, I should be glad to
come to the office some noon hour between twelve and two o'clock,
or after five in the afternoon, whichever time is convenient for you
to sec me.

F. Write three or more of the letters concerning applications described
here.

1. Write an answer to the following advertisement:

Letters of Application, Reference 109

STENOGRAPHER Office offering permanent position: girl considering
future and security preferred; real estate or legal experience an advantage,
but not a necessity; state experience and salary desired. X230 Herald

2. Write a letter of application for a position as secretary to a president
of a publishing house. Assume that you are a college graduate and that
you have had special training and experience that fit you to hold such a
position.

3. Assuming that you are a business-school graduate without experi-
ence, write a letter applying for a position such as you think you could
fill. Give training and stress characteristics that would enable you to do
the work efficiently.

4. A popular novelist needs a stenographer who can type his dictation.
Show in a letter that you are qualified for the position.

5. A busy theatrical producer wishes a secretary possessing diplomacy
and tact. Write an effective application for the position.

6. A principal of a private school wishes a secretary who is a college
graduate interested in school problem*. Apply for the position, stating
your qualifications and your interest in such work.

7. Write an answer to the following advertisement:

SECRETARY-STENOGRAPHER wanted immediately permanent posi-
tion Maine city. Desirable qualities: mature in age and judgment with
initiative and pleasing personality, accurate and dependable. Law or adver-
tising agency experience helpful. Write fully giving salary requirements.
P. O. Box 21, Lewiston, Maine.

THE LETTER OF REFERENCE

When an employer receives a letter of application and is
pleasantly enough impressed by it to wish to learn more
about the applicant, he usually writes to the references,
inquiring about the prospective employee's ability, edu-
cation, and character. When the position is a subordinate
one, such a letter called a letter of reference is usually
brief, simply asking about the applicant's general training
and character; but, when the position is one of responsi-
bility requiring special qualifications, the letter may con-

110 English for Secretaries

tain many definite questions or a questionnaire may be
included.

EXERCISES

A. Read the following letter to note that since the position to be filled
is a comparatively unimportant one, the information asked for is of a
general character.

An application for a position in our stenographic department
has been sent to us by Mr. John Stanton, who has given your name
as a reference.

We should appreciate any information that you might be able to
give us in regard to Mr. Stanton's ability and character.

B. Read the following letter to note that since the position to be filled
is an important one, the information asked for is definite and detailed.

Olive Horton has applied to us for a position as correspondence
supervisor. On her application she stated that she had been in your
employ for three years and that she was looking for a new position
because the department in which she worked is being discontinued.

Since we require a record of character and ability of all applicants
we shall appreciate your answering the following questions concern-
ing Miss Horton.

1. Does her education and training fit her to hold the position of
correspondence supervisor?

2. Has she had experience in your firm in supervising an office
force?

3. Is she tactful in giving directions?

4. Is she well poised emotionally?

5. Can she adapt herself readily to changing situations?

6. Do you place full confidence in her integrity?

7. What do you consider her chief qualities of strength and
of weakness?

THE LETTER OF RECOMMENDATION

Request for a Letter of Recommendation. Usually

when an individual asks for a letter of recommendation,

he should include in such a request (1) the dates of his

connection with the company, (2) his position and salary

Letters of Application, Reference 111

while with the concern, (3) the kind of position he is apply-
for, (4) appreciation for the letter.

EXERCISE

1. Write to a former employer, Mr. A. R. Mason, explaining that
you wish to leave your present position to work as secretary with M.
Kinley & Company (supply address). Ask Mr. Mason to send a letter
of recommendation for you to M. Kinley Company.

2. Write to ask a former employer whom you have not seen for several
years to send you a general letter of recommendation.

General and Specific Letters of Recommendation.

Letters of recommendation are of two kinds: the general,
"To whom it may concern"; and the specific, written to
a definite person or firm often in answer to a request
regarding an applicant.

In the general letters, which carry less weight than the
specific, no inside address or complimentary close is used.
The words To whom it may concern, which represent the
salutation, are usually written either without capitalization
or with every letter capitalized, as TO WHOM IT MAY
CONCERN.

EXERCISE

Read the following letters and be able to give reasons for your opinion
of each. In judging them, take into consideration the following points:
clearness, conciseness, sincerity, effective use of words, originality of
expression, effect on the correspondent.

25 Maple Drive

Ridgefield, Conn.

June 5, 19

To whom it may concern:

Miss Clara Winter has been an invaluable secretary-housekeeper
to me. She is not only thoroughly trained and experienced; but she
has natural gifts that fit her to be of service to a busy woman with a

112 English for Secretaries

large household. She is loyal, dependable, patient, and sweet-
tempered. She adapts herself with entire satisfaction to every depart-
ment of the household. Miss Winter is an excellent shopper; and, on
occasions when she has chaperoned young people for me, she has
proved herself most acceptable, both to the young people and to me.
Few women can fill a resident-secretarialship as Miss Winter does
(so few, indeed, that I never found anyone else who was really
satisfactory) but I can think of no household however difficult
where she would not be valued in this capacity.

Deborah L, Johnson

(2)

TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:

Miss Gertrude Mabon has been connected with this company for
nearly seven years, commencing as stenographer and working up
to the position of private secretary and assistant manager in this
office. A change in the organization of the company makes it desir-
able for Miss Mabon to make a change in the near future, conse-
quently this letter in her behalf, hoping that it will be of assistance
to her in securing a position worthy of her ability.

Miss Mabon has practically had charge of our office force for a
number of years, and demonstrates her ability to handle people,
working with them in a pleasing and congenial manner.

I do not hesitate to recommend her for any position to which she
will aspire, because I know her to be a young woman of ability
along her line of work, with fine personality and character. Her
seven years with this organization have demonstrated that she is
honest, reliable, energetic, and worthy of the confidence of her
employer.

Gtorgt U. Ntvcri
GUN/lrs Treasurer

(3)

To whom it may concern:

Mis Barbara S. Lawrence hai been for two years my personal
secretary. She is now leaving me because I am unable to offer her
the assurance of increased salary, which her efficiency and ability
merit.

Letters of Application, Reference 113

During a year while I was absent in San Francisco, she was in
charge of my office and handled its work with skill and success.

Her memory, quick comprehension, attention to details, wide
experience, fidelity, accuracy, and ability to carry responsibility
have made her exceedingly valuable.

It is with deep personal regret that I am letting her go.

(4)

To whom it may concern:

This will serve to introduce the bearer of this letter, Miss Gladys
Peabody, who, after five years of employment with this company
as secretary and stenographer to the Eastern Manager, has tendered
her resignation in order that she may seek further advancement in
her profession.

Her resignation has been accepted with the keenest regret of her
employers and only because of the fact that she now occupies the
most advanced position available and the advancement to which
she is justly entitled cannot be provided.

Miss Pcabody's character and ability are such as to qualify her
for any secretarial position requiring unquestioned tact, honesty,
dependability, and loyalty. She is trustworthy, conscientious to a
high degree, extremely accurate, and efficient and has served her
employers during the past five years with an unusual degree of
loyalty and self-sacrifice.

It is with the greatest pleasure that I recommend her for any
position of extreme responsibility, knowing that she will make good
under any and all circumstances.

(5)

For the past ten years Miss Mary McBrecn has been my confi-
dential secretary. She is an exceptionally competent young woman,
possessed of unusual intelligence and a spkndid personality. I have
varied interests in my business, several of which I have recently
undertaken, and have found Miss McBreen as capable in each new
venture as in the old. She is an expert stenographer and a most
efficient secretary, having handled many details and a part of my
correspondence on her own initiative. She is honorable in all her

114 English for Secretaries

dealings and is a splendid character. I would not ask for a better
secretary than Miss McBreen has been to me.

I regret that she is leaving me, and I most heartily recommend
her in the highest terms to anvone seeking the services of an execu-
tive confidential secretary.

(6)

I am very glad, in reply to your letter of November 22, to recom-
mend Miss Helen Johnson. Miss Johnson obtained her Ph. D. from
this University a year ago under my direction and has since been
assisting me in my laboratory work.

She has shown herself capable of following directions in setting up
apparatus, as well as in carrying out important experiments without
aid. She is thoroughly grounded in the fundamentals of physics
and chemistry and would be entirely capable of conducting your
laboratory.

I heartily recommend Miss Johnson as a young woman of unusual
ability in the field of physical chemistry. She has proved so careful,
painstaking, capable, and enthusiastic that it has been a genuine
pleasure to work with her.

The Letter Refusing Recommendation. When recom-
mendation cannot properly and honestly be given, the
letter of refusal may be a brief and frank but courteous
statement of the reason why the request cannot be granted.

EXERCISE

Read the following examples to note how a letter refusing recom-
mendation might be worded.

In answer to your request for a recommendation to be sent to
Johnson and Johnson, I feel that I am not well enough acquainted
with your work and character to be able to write such a letter for
you.

You 4nay recall that you were with us a short time about six
weeksry-fluring which period I was called to our New England office.

Letters of Application, Reference 115

I had, therefore, little opportunity to observe your work or to arrive
at an estimate of your character or ability.

I am sorry that I cannot truthfully give you the recommendation
you desire.

(2)

In answer to your request for a recommendation from Exville
High School, I regret that I cannot furnish you with one. If you
review your work here, you will, I am sure, recognize the fact that I
could not conscientiously recommend a girl whose record bears the
following notes over and over: laie, tardy, homework not done,
discourteous attitude.

I am sorry that I am unable to do as you ask, but I regret still
more the fact that you did not make the most of your opportunities
in this school.

EXERCISE

Consider the case of each of the letters of recommendation called for
below, and make your letters such as you would be glad to receive under
similar circumstances.

1. Write a letter of recommendation for an exceptionally competent
accountant who is applying for the position of credit manager in a
department store.

2. Write a letter of recommendation for a high-school graduate
without experience who wishes work as a saleswoman in a dress shop.

3. Recommend a college graduate for a scholarship offered for a
year's study in Chile by a North American Federation.

4. As personnel director of a department store, write a letter of
recommendation for an employee who has applied for the position of
buyer, adjustment manager, or advertising manager of a department
store in another city.

5. In answer to a request for a general letter of recommendation,
write such a letter for a dressmaker, a milliner, or an upholsterer.

6. Write a recommendation for a friend's son, who wishes a summer
position. Assume that the boy is inexperienced, but that he is intelligent,
healthy, and reliable.

7. A college instructor has been asked by a placement bureau to
write a recommendation for an applicant for a secretarial position.

116 English for Secretaries

Write the letter, stressing the type of work done by the applicant in
college, her social background, and training, which especially fit her for
the position.

8. Write a letter of recommendation for a chauffeur, a gardener, or
a caretaker, who is going to another state.

9. Write a letter to a friend recommending a hotel, a club, or a
sanitarium.

10. Write a letter recommending a play, a book, or a concert to a
friend who has asked your opinion.

THE LETTER OF INTRODUCTION

Letters of introduction are closely related to letters of
recommendation. The purpose is sometimes the same the
securing of a position for the person recommended or
introduced. The letter of introduction, however, often
serves simply to bring together friends or acquaintances for
some mutual advantage sometimes business, sometimes
social.

Examples

Walter Hines Page writes to Theodore Roosevelt intro-
ducing the Archbishop of York: 1

Dear Mr. Roosevelt:

The Archbishop of York goes to the United States to make some
observations of us and of our ways and to deliver addresses on the
invitation of some one of our church organizations; a fortunate event
for ui and, I have ventured to tell him, for him also.

During his brief stay in our country, I wish him to make your
acquaintance, and I have given him a card of introduction to you,
and thus I humbly serve you both.

The Archbishop is a man and a brother, a humble, learned,
earnest, companionable fellow, with most charming manners and

BUBTOH J. Uft and Litters of Walter Hines Page. Boston,
Houghtoa Mifflin Company.

Letters of Application, Reference 117

an attractive personality, a good friend of mine, which argues much
for him and (I think) implies also something in my behalf. You will
enjoy him.

I am, dear Mr. Roosevelt,

Sincerely yours,
Walter H. Page

James Russell Lowell introduces William Dean Howells
to Nathaniel Hawthorne: 1

My dear Hawthorne,

I have no masonic claim upon you except community of tobacco,
and the young man who brings this does not smoke.

But he wants to look at you, which will do you no harm, and him
a great deal of good.

His name is Howells, and he is a fine young fellow, and has written
several poems in the "Atlantic," which of ccjurse you have never
read, because you don't do such things yourself, and are old enough
to know better.

When I think how much you might have profited by the perusal
of certain verses of somebody who shall be nameless but, no
matter! If my judgment is good for anything, this youth has more in
him than any of our younger fellows in the way of rhyme.

Of course he can't hope to rival the Consult Planco men. Therefor*
Ut him look at you, and charge it

To yours always,
J. R. Lowell

EXERCISES

Write a letter of introduction suitable to each of the following cases.

1. Write a letter to a friend, the owner of the Gift Mart of Atlantic
City, introducing Miss Margaret Bennett, who is planning a trip to
Mexico to collect unusual merchandise suitable for gift shops.

2. A friend wishes to obtain some information concerning details of
personnel management in a department store. Introduce him by letter

1 From Letters of James Russell Lowell, cd. by Charles Eliot Norton. Ntw
York, Harper & Brothers.

118 English for Secretaries

to the manager of such a department, asking that he be granted an
interview.

3. Assuming that you are a publisher, write a letter to a publishing
house, introducing a writer whose manuscript seems to you excellent
but not the type of work published by your company.

4. As the author of a successful book, write a letter to a literary
acquaintance introducing a young writer of promise.

5. Write a letter to a business acquaintance, to a society woman, or
to a politician, introducing a young newspaper writer who wishes an
interview.

6. Assuming that a friend has asked your advice in regard to an
architect for a summer house, write a letter introducing an architect
who has had special training in planning such houses.

7. Assuming that you are a real estate broker, write a letter to a
broker in a distant city introducing a client who wishes to buy a home in
a good residential neighborhood.

8. Write a letter introducing a young friend from Connecticut who is
moving to Pasadena to an old friend now living in that city.

CHAPTER VIII

Interdepartmental Notes, Semibusiness

Letters, Personal Letters and Notes

(informal. Formal)

INTERDEPARTMENTAL NOTES

IN LARGE organizations, notes of inquiry and informa-
tion are frequently sent from one department to
another. Such notes should carry the name of the addressee,
when necessary the name of his department or his room
number, the name of the writer (not his initials), and the
date. The word Dear in the salutation, and the compli-
mentary closing, Tours sincerely, are usually omitted.

Since different organizations may have different pro-
cedures for interdepartmental notes, the new employee
should become familiar with the particular forms used.

Examples
Miss Cook

Printing schedules for the catalog are as follows: June 23, two
machines; June 26, ten machines.

C. S. Kelly
June 20

Mrs. Stone

Would you be willing to act as chairman of a committee to
arrange a luncheon in June for Miss Allen, who is leaving us to take
a position in Dallas?

Edith Archibald
May third

119

120 English for Secretaries

SEMIBUSINESS AND SOCIAL CORRESPONDENCE

As a secretary may be called on by her employer to write
letters that are of a semi business or even of a social nature,
she should know the correct form for such letters, which
differs from business correspondence in make-up, as well
as in tone and subject.

Form of the Semibusiness Letter

The Heading. Like the business letter, the semibusiness
letter may be typewritten, but the formal appearance is
usually modified by placing the inside address in the lower
left-hand corner flush with the margin instead of above
the salutation or by omitting the inside address entirely.
The date line is usually placed, as in a business letter, flush
with the left-hand margin below the letterhead, or below
the address on paper without a letterhead.

The Salutation. The salutation in a semibusiness letter
should never carry such a formal greeting as Gentlemen,
Dear Sir, or My dear Mr. Blank, but should read Dear Mr.
Blank, Dear Mrs. Blank, or Dear Miss Blank.

The Inside Address. When an inside address is used, the
punctuation following the salutation should be a colon;
when the inside address is omitted, the punctuation may be
a colon or a comma depending on th tone and the subject
of the letter.

The CompKmtntory Closing. The formality of business
closings such as Tours fruly or Vary brtdy yours are inappropri-
ate for a semibusiness letter. Very sincerely yours, Faithfully
yours, and Cordially yours are more suitable and more con-

Interdepartmental Notes, Semibusiness Letters 121

sistent with the personal tone the writer wishes to
convey.

Block or Indented Style. In these semibusiness letters block
style, modified block style, or indented may be used; but
probably the modified block style, that is, the block form
in letter parts with the indented form in the body of the
letter, is the most popular. This looks less businesslike than
the extreme block style and many business men consider
it more up-to-date and more attractive than the consist-
ently indented style.

The Subject of the Semibusiness Letter. Letters of
this type embrace a wide variety of subjects. Some of the
most usual, probably, are letters relating to club matters,
as invitations to speakers, acceptance or refusal to address
associations; invitations, notes of acceptance and regret
to functions that could not be classified as purely social;
letters of congratulation to acquaintances who have won
recognition in business, politics, or professional life; letters
of appreciation in answer to such letters of congratulation;
letters expressing gratitude.

The Tone of the Semibusiness Letter. To prescribe
the tone of such letters would be presumptuous and absurd,
as the best letters of this type express the personality of the
writer and, therefore, cannot be run into a mold. Origi-
nality of ideas and expression, sincerity, friendliness, but
not cheap cordiality, and avoidance of stiffness and of
stereotyped expression should characterize these letters
which steer a middle course between the formality of the
strictly business letter and the informal, personal tone of
purely social correspondence.

122 English for Secretaries

EXERCISES

A. Examine the following notes to compare them in form and tone
with business letters.

(1)

200 Euclid Avenue,
Cleveland, Ohio,

September 24, 19 .
Dear Miss Palmer:

The members of our Friday Club invite you to give your lecture
on Latin American costumes and customs before our group on the
afternoon of October seventh or November eighth at three o'clock.
We hope that your many engagements will not prevent you from
accepting our invitation and that you will let me know your terms
for the lecture.

Yours sincerely,
Mary Haycrajt

President

Miss Anita Palmer,
Hotel St. Clair,
Columbus, Ohio.

(2)

350 Fifth Avenue
New York, N. Y.

September 10, 19-
Dear Miss Whitcomb:

Welcome back to town, to work, and to your friends. I hope to
hear when I call upon you that you have had a pleasant and restful
vacation and are looking forward to the winter with the best of
spirits.

I know you will be interested in the new art books I have to show
you on September seventeenth when I shall call at your office.

Cordially yours,

C. H. Dana

Miss Florence Whitcomb

Haaren High School

New York, N. Y.

Interdepartmental Notes, Semibusiness Letters 123

(3)

5 Cliff Way,

Larchmont, N. Y.,

May 1, 19 .
Dear Mrs. Leslie:

Since Mr. Tilden has been called to Boston because of the serious
illness of his daughter, he will be unable to be present at the luncheon
given by the Civic Improvement Society, May fifth. He wishes me
to tell you that he regrets causing you the inconvenience of finding
a speaker at the last minute and that nothing of a trivial nature
would interfere with his plans to be present at the dinner.

Yours sincerely,
Ernestine Canfield

Ernestine Canfield
Secretary to Mr. Tilden
Mrs. Edward Leslie,
128 Broad Street,
Bloomfield, N. J.

(4)

1417 Sixth Street,
Minneapolis, Minn.,

March 20, 19.
Dear Mrs. Patterson:

Dr. Peabody is out of town at present and is not expected back
until the first of April, at which time I shall be glad to call to his
attention your letter and invitation to address your organization.

Yours sincerely,
Lillian Campbell

Lillian Campbell
Secretary to Dr. Peabody
Mrs. Richard Patterson,
2615 Park Avenue,
Minneapolis, Minn.

B. Read the following answers to invitations, which may serve as
models on which to pattern later exercises. Headings, salutations, com-
plimentary closes, and signatures are omitted here. For correct form, see
the examples in Exercise A.

124 English for Secretaries

0)

It would give me much pleasure to sing at the Community Club
on May seventh; but, unfortunately, as I have a tentative engage-
ment for that afternoon, I cannot accept your kind invitation.

I realize how important it is for you to arrange the club programs
well in advance. If it would be possible for you to leave this date
open until April twentieth, I might be able to give an affirmative
answer as I should so like to do. If leaving this open so late would
embarrass you, don't hesitate to make other more definite plans.

(2)

Dr. Cornelia Peabody has asked me to inform you that she i*
pleased to accept your invitation to address the Community Club on
May twelfth at four o'clock on Problems of Modern Mothers.

(3)

I am gratified by your kind invitation to address the Community
Club on a topic relating to village improvement. If circumstances
permitted, I should be glad to accept your invitation, as I am thor-
oughly interested in Westchester County and should be pleased to
cooperate with the Club in suggesting ways of beautifying those
places you mention as not conforming to Scarsdale standards. I am
looking forward to so full a calendar for the next few months, how-
ever, that I have decided not to accept any invitations to speak until
next October.

I wish the Club the best of success in its work and trust that
through its efforts your town may continue to be known throughout
Greater New York as one of the most beautiful in the country.

(4)

Will you please present to the club my regrets that I cannot be
present at the regular meeting to be held on June twentieth, as an
unexpected trip out of town to speak at a political meeting makes
my absence necessary.

I am looking forward to attending the annual flower show and
should appreciate your sending me six tickets for the dinner and
dance to be given on October second. You will find enclosed my
check for $15.

Interdepartmental Notes, Semibusiness Letters 125

C. Write the notes of appreciation and congratulation that would fit
the situations suggested in the following instructions. Be sure that all
necessary parts are included and correctly placed.

1. Write a note of appreciation to a business acquaintance who has
sent you a book or an article that you had expressed a desire to read.

2. Write a note of appreciation to a business acquaintance who sent
you a game, a book, fruit, a radio, or some other gift while you were ill
in the hospital.

3. On leaving Detroit for a better position in Chicago, you were
presented with a gift by the office force. Write a note of appreciation.

4. Write a note of appreciation to the president of your company
who increased your salary before he started on his vacation.

5. Write a note of appreciation to your employer for his granting
you an extra week's vacation with pay.

6. Write a note of appreciation to a business acquaintance for a letter
of recommendation that influenced another company to employ you
in a more responsible, better paying position.

7. You have been selected to represent your company in Chile.
Write a letter of appreciation to a business acquaintance who called the
attention of the Board of Directors to your qualifications for the position.

8. As a businessman, write a letter of appreciation to a friend in a
distant city who introduced you to a firm that, on his recommendation,
employed you as secretary, credit manager, or accountant.

9. Write a note to the editor of a newspaper congratulating him on
the stand his paper has taken on an important municipal question.

10. Write a note of congratulation to a former employer who has
recently become the president of an important business organization.

1 1 . Write a letter of congratulation to an acquaintance who has been
recently appointed to public office.

12. Write a note congratulating a news commentator or a columnist
on his clear, fair-minded presentation of some particular news.

D. Write the notes of invitation acceptance, and regret that would
fit the requirements of the situations suggested in the following instruc-
tions. Be sure that all necessary parts are included and correctly placed.

1. Write an invitation to an acquaintance to have luncheon and
meet several prominent men who are interested in a civic, an educa-
tional, or a social program for your town or city.

2. Write a note accepting this invitation.

126 English for Secretaries

3. Write a note expressing appreciation of the invitation to the
luncheon and regretting your inability to attend.

4. Write an invitation to a prominent lecturer to address a club.
State the amount usually paid by the club for such services.

5. Write a note of regret from the lecturer stating why it is impossible
to accept the invitation and suggest that it might be possible to speak at
some later meeting.

6. Assume that your company has been asked if a group of business-
men might inspect your factory. Write a cordial letter inviting the group
and suggest the best hours for such a visit.

7. Write an invitation to an authority on gardens to speak at a tea
to be given by a garden club.

8. As a member of a club, write to the president accepting an invita-
tion to speak on one of your hobbies.

9. Write an invitation to a city official to speak before a business-
man's organization.

10. Write an invitation to a prominent doctor to be present at a
business or professional women's dinner and to make the address of the
evening.

11. Write a note of acceptance or of regret such as the doctor might
write if invited to speak before a medical association.

12. Write a note of regret to a hostess who has invited your employer
to a dinner in honor of a distinguished scientist.

13. Write a note of regret to a business acquaintance of your em-
ployer's explaining his inability to accept a week-end visit to the country.

14. Write a note of regret canceling an engagement of your employer's
to have luncheon with a business acquaintance.

E. Write the letters concerning appointments that are indicated in
the following instructions.

1. Write a letter to a president of a business or a literary club, asking
for an appointment to discuss a course of lectures you have been asked
to deliver.

2. As secretary to the head of a publishing firm, write a letter post-
poning an appointment with an author who has already had his ap-
pointment arranged for a certain day.

3. In the name of your chief, write a letter asking for an appointment
on a certain day with the Mayor of your city to discuss a municipal
matter of importance.

Interdepartmental Notes, Semibusiness Letters 127

4. As secretary of the Mayor, answer this letter, stating that the date
requested is already taken for another appointment, and suggest a later
hour when the Mayor will be free.

5. As secretary of a government official, write to a businessman in
Baltimore, asking him to come to Washington to meet your chief, who
wishes to discuss with him a bill that is before Congress.

6. As secretary to a banker, write a letter to directors of the bank,
asking that a special meeting of the board be arranged for a certain date.

7. As secretary to the president of a business firm, write a letter to a
salesman asking him to call at a certain time for an interview. Write a
second letter, changing the date for the interview.

8. You wish to visit a college to obtain information for a magazine
article. Write to the president asking for such a privilege.

9. You, as an investigator of youthful delinquency, wish to discuss
cases with a high-school dean in a distant city. Write to the dean for an
appointment.

10. Write a note confirming an appointment made by telephone
for an interviewer to call on your employer.

PERSONAL LETTERS AND NOTES

Formerly, it was considered poor taste to typewrite per-
sonal letters. Emily Post explains this attitude as arising
from the fact that "such letters were always dictated to a
stenographer, which naturally brought a stranger into the
picture. . . . But in the present day, when most people
themselves use a typewriter, this objection no longer holds
true."

The Form of the Personal Letter. The heading that
is, the street, the city, the state, and the date line may be
placed as usual on the right, above the body of the letter.
Today, when personal stationery often carries the address
at the top of the page, the date line may be written below
the address, the last item forming the right-hand margin for
the letter. To give a less formal appearance, the date is fre-
quently written below the letter at the left-hand margin, as

1 28 English for Secretaries

June 9, 1943, June 9, June ninth, or simply the day, as
Thursday.

Informal Notes for Social Occasions. Informal notes,
such as notes of invitation, notes of acceptance and regret,
notes of condolence, should be handwritten by the corre-
spondent, not by the secretary, except in the case of a social
secretary who takes over the burden of correspondence for
her employer and would indicate her position under her
signature.

Examples

Dear Mrs. Jervis,

Will it be possible for you and Mr. Jervis to join ui at a dance at
the Southboro Country Club on Friday evening, the tenth of
November? We hope that you have no engagement for that evening
and that we may call for you at nine o'clock.

Your* sincerely,

Jan* Lovatt
Pleasant Avenue
October twelfth

Dear Mrs. Mansfield,

Mr. Graham and I are delighted to accept your kind invitation
to dine with you on June third and to meet your friends, Mr. and
Mrs. Montgomery. We are looking forward to an enjoyable evening.

Yours sincerely,

Marjorit Fenton Graham
3 Old Army Road
May twenty-fifth

Gorham, Maine,
May 15, 19.
Dear Miss Bailey,

Your letter, with explicit directions for my transcontinental trip,
Aas reached me in time for me to make icveral changes in my

Interdepartmental Notes, Semibusiness Letters 129

schedule. I am very grateful for the care with which you have laid
out my route and for the helpful list of hotels you have appended.

The only reward I can hold out to you for your advice and counsel
is that I promise not to bore you by relating every detail of my trip
en my return!

Yours sincerely,
Louise Morris

Dear Harriet,

I am now able to sit up in my hospital bed and to hold a pen in a
somewhat trembling hand. I am glad to be able to thank you at
last for the many delightful books you have sent me. They have not
only made the weary hours pass more quickly, but they are also
books that I am glad to own and to reread.

Let me express again my gratitude for your kindness and for the
care you have taken to select the type of books in which I am
particularly interested.

Yours sincerely,

Emily

15 Evergreen Avenue
Tuesday afternoon

EXERCISE

Your employer, Alice Eaton French (Mrs. Francis M. French),
President of the Woman's Gommunitv Club, ;?s well as the head of a
business organization, has decided to spend the morning catching up
with her social correspondence. As her secretary, write four of the fol-
lowing notes, adding the correct letter parts for social correspondence.

1. An informal invitation to a friend to spend the week end at Mrs.
French's country home.

2. An invitation to a friend to luncheon and a matinee.

3. An acceptance to an invitation from an old friend to dinner and
bridge.

4. A note of regret at inability to accept an invitation to the theater.

5. A note of appreciation for flowers, a book, a vase, or some other
birthday gift.

6. A note to a friend in a hospital.

130 English for Secretaries

7. A note of appreciation to a friend for a week-end visit.

8. A note congratulating a close friend or a relative on an achieve-
ment, such as obtaining a degree, securing an important position,
painting a picture, or writing a magazine article or a book.

9. A letter of congratulation to a relative who has been awarded a
fellowship for a year's study in South America.

10. A letter of congratulation to a friend who has been promoted to
an important business position.

Formal Notes. Since a secretary is often called upon
to write formal notes, she should be familiar with the correct
form. The formal invitations a businessman would send out,
however, would be engraved, and, therefore, neither he nor
his secretary need be overly concerned about this form, as a
good engraver will know what is correct in stationery, in
wording, and in arrangement.

Invitations of a social nature would ordinarily be sent to
a man and his wife, addressed to his home rather than to his
office, and answered by his wife; but in large cities where a
man's business associates do not know his home address or
his family, formal invitations are addressed to him at his
office. Possibly, too, a man is a bachelor, a widower, or
divorced, so that invitations are sent to him and must be
answered by him or by his secretary.

Double note paper, never business paper, should be used
for formal correspondence and such notes must be hand-
written. Indention such as is found in the engraved invita-
tion is preferred, but not required. The wording of the
answer should follow the wording of the invitation.

SPECIAL REMINDERS FOR FORMAL NOTES

1. Omit the heading both the address of the writer
and the date line.

Interdepartmental Notes, Semibusiness Letters 131

2. Omit the salutation, the complimentary closing, and
the signature.

3. In answering formal notes, use wording identical with
that of the invitation.

4. In answering formal notes, use indentions similar to
those of the invitation or write the answer in block para-
graph form.

5. Do not omit surnames or titles:

Correct: Mr. and Mrs. Robert French

Correct: The Reverend and Mrs. Lawrence Stevenson

Correct: Doctor and Mrs. Fulton R. Sutherland

6. Do not abbreviate such words as Doctor, Governor, or
Reverend.

7. Do not abbreviate avenue, boulevard, or street. The street
number may be in figures or written out: 29 Hancock Street,
Twenty-nine Hancock Street, or Twenty Nine Hancock Street.

8. The name of the state may be omitted when invita-
tions are sent to guests in the same city or when it is other-
wise unnecessary. When used, however, the name of the
state should never be abbreviated.

9. In very formal notes, such as wedding invitations, the
hour, the day, and the year are written out, instead of being
given in figures, as on January twenty-fifth at eight- thirty, on
Tuesday the twenty-fifth of January at eight-thirty, nineteen
hundred and forty-three, one thousand nine hundred and forty-three.

10. When a reply is desired, this is signified by writing
below the invitation to the left: A reply is requested, The favor

of an answer is requested, Kindly send response to ,

Kindly reply to , R.s.v.p., orR.S.V.P.

Suppose a man received a note like the following and gave
it to his secretary to answer, note how she should express

132 English for Secretaries

his acceptance of the invitation or his regret at his inability
to attend.

Invitation

Mr. and Mrs. Warren Harrington

request the pleasure of

Mr. Roger Van Alien* s

company at the

Twenty Fifth Anniversary of their Marriage

on Wednesday, the seventh of June

at nine o'clock

Ten Cliff Way

The favor of an answer is requested

-*>**

An Acceptance

(Form duplicating indentions used in invitation)

Mr. Roger Van Allen

accepts with pleasure

the kind invitation of

Mr. and Mrs. Warren Harrington

to be present on the
Twenty Fifth Anniversary of their Marriage

A Note of Regret

(Form written without indentions)

Mr. Roger Van Allen regrets that he is unable to accept the kind
invitation of Mr. and Mrs. Warren Harrington to be present on the
Twenty Fifth Anniversary of their marriage

Suppose an invitation like the following is received; notice
how the secretary might answer it.

Interdepartmental Notes, Semibusiness Letters 133

Invitation

The Faculty

of the

University of Exville

have the honor to invite

Mr. Peter Grant Stanley

to be present at the

Inauguration of
President Elizabeth Zabriskie

at Blanktown, Wisconsin

on Thursday, the sixth of October

at four o'clock

The favor of a reply is requested

Answer

Mr. Peter Grant Stanley
regrets that he is unable to be present at the

Inauguration of
President Elizabeth Zabriskie

at the

University of Exville

on Thursday, the sixth of October

nineteen hundred and forty-four

In sending regrets, the hour is omitted. The reason for not
attending may or may not be given. The usual one of having
a previous engagement is often included since the note seems
less brusque with this addition.

Invitations with the word your instead of the hand-
written name are in good form, but must be answered in the
third person throughout as though the name of the person
invited had occurred on the invitation.

134 English for Secretaries

Invitation

(Using the second person instead of the guest's name)

On behalf of the Trustees of Exville College

Dean Mary Louise Hutchins
requests the pleasure of your company

at the Alumnae Luncheon

Saturday, June the eighth, at one o'clock

in Roosevelt Hall

Please reply to Dean Hutchins

not later than May the twenty -ninth

EXERCISE

Using the formal notes above as examples, write the notes and an-
nouncements indicated below.

1. Write a formal note of acceptance to Dean Hutchins' invitation.

2. Write a formal note of regret at your inability to attend a wedding
breakfast.

3. Write a formal invitation such as the Secretary of Labor of the
United States or some other high government official might send out
inviting you to the dedication of a building for the Department of Labor.
Such invitations would, of course, be engraved; but a secretary should,
nevertheless, know the correct form.

4. In the name of a club, write a formal invitation to a reception to
meet a person distinguished for his knowledge of world affairs.

5. Write an announcement to be sent from a university office, in-
viting principals, advisers, and deans of high schools to a luncheon.

6. Write a formal announcement of the opening of a new shop for
women's accessories, to be sent to a selected group of patrons.

7. Write an announcement to be sent in the name of the officers and
trustees of a bank, inviting depositors to view the newly enlarged banking
office on its opening day.

8. Write an announcement to be sent to prominent people, requesting
the pleasure of their company at the opening reception of the annual
exhibition of the Artists' League. Give complete information of time
and place.

Interdepartmental Notes, Semibusiness Letters 135

BIBLIOGRAPHY

HARRIMAN, GRACE. Mrs. Oliver Harrimarfs Book of Etiquette; a Modern
Guide to the Best Social Form. New York, Greenberg, Publisher, Inc.,
1942.

POST, EMILY. Etiquette; the Blue Book of Modern Usage. New York, Funk &
Wagnalls Company, 1940.

TAINTOR, S. A., and MONRO, K. M. The Handbook oj Social Correspond-
ence; Notes, Letters, and Announcements Jor Various Occasions. New York,
The Macmillan Company, 1936.

TAINTOR, S. A., and MONRO, K. M., comps. The Book oj Modern Letters.
New York, The Macmillan Company, 1933.

CHAPTER IX

Outlines, Precis, the Writing of Minutes,

the Preparation of Manuscripts for

Publication, Proofreading

OUTLINES

Definition. An outline is the topical arrangement of
subject matter, divided in accordance with the importance
of the ideas into main heads and subheadings.

Value to the Secretary. The secretary will find making
outlines valuable as a preliminary step in writing a precis or
abstract because they will clarify her understanding of what
she reads and show the relation of ideas and their relative
importance. She will also find them helpful in planning
letters and in drawing up reports because they aid logical
thinking and provide a framework for a more expanded
treatment.

Directions

1. Use central ideas for main topics.

2. Place details in subtopics, indenting these to the right
of the main topic.

3. Be consistent in the form used. Main topics must all be
sentences or must all be phrases. Subtopics also must con-
form to one pattern.

4. Use numerals and letters to show the relations between
ideas.

136

Outlines, Precis, the Writing of Minutes 137

5. Never use one sub topic only. If a topic is to be
divided, it must have at least two subdivisions.

Example

I. Main topic

A. Subtopic

B. Subtopic
II. Main topic

.4. Subtopic

1. Sub-subtopic

2. Sub-subtopic

a. Fourth rank

b. Fourth rank

1) Fifth rank

2) Fifth rank

a) Sixth rank

b) Sixth rank

(1) Seventh rank

(2) Seventh rank
B. Subtopic

EXERCISE

Write the outlines indicated in the following instructions.

1 . Make an outline of a news article.

2. Outline a sales letter or a letter to an editor.

3. Present a report in outline form, showing the advantages and the
disadvantages of using a certain business machine.

4. Present in outline form the advantages and disadvantages of an
office building that your employer is considering for occupancy.

5. Make an outline for a speech that your employer plans to make
before an association, to induce the members to hold a convention in
his city.

PRECIS

Definition. A precis is a clear, accurate condensation of
material. It is really an outline expressed in paragraphs

138 English for Secretaries

instead of indented form. It should retain the essential
ideas of the original reduced to about a third the length.

Value to the Secretary. Since a secretary is often
called on to make digests of letters, technical reports, articles
occurring in periodicals, or even of books, she must know
how to condense such material.

Directions

1. Read the material thoughtfully to grasp the central
idea.

2. Reread the material to distinguish the essential from
the iionessential ideas, so that details not absolutely neces-
sary to an understanding of the passage may be omitted.

3. Omit adjectives, examples, quotations, comparison,
figures of speech, and repetitions used in the original for
emphasis.

4. Take brief notes on the significant points. These may
well be in outline form.

5. Guided by these notes, write a summary that will
reproduce the author's ideas. Avoid giving your own point
of view.

6. Reread your precis and compare it with the original. Be
sure that you have covered the main points so that a person
reading your summary would grasp the thought of the
original.

EXERCISES

A. Write a prcis of each of the following paragraphs.

1. Sensing the hunger of men for old-age protection, the Federal
Government enacted a Social Security Act. By an income tax levied
upon the pay envelope of the worker and a like amount of income tax
for each such worker levied upon his employer, this Act empowers the
Treasury to amass certain large sums toward old-age pensions. The

Outlines, Precis, the Writing of Minutes 139

maximum pension is, however, very small. It is to be as much as $85
a month only in very rare cases. Nevertheless, as applied to wage workers
whose savings are often occasional, the Act has started an enforced and
continuous saving for and on behalf of the wage worker.

2. The conventions of writing arc many and troublesome. Some of
them, such as those of spelling and capitalization, really do not matter
very much, intrinsically. But they are firmly established social habits;
other people judge us by those things; the sensible man conforms. Other
writing conventions most of them, in fact have a more practical basis.
The purpose of writing is to convey thought, and it is able to accomplish
its purpose by the use of symbols words, sentence structures, punctua-
tion, numerals, abbreviations which have the same meaning to the
reader as they have to the writer. People have a common agreement, a
convention, about these symbols. When, in writing, you violate any part
of this convention, you at once put your meaning in doubt. If you don't
use the signs the reader understands, how can he get your meaning?
You simply do not accomplish your purpose of giving your thought to
the reader. Besides, you suffer the usual loss of the convention-breaker,
in that you may be considered queer, ignorant, or an outlaw. 1

3. The files form a vital part of the records of every office. The object
of filing letters and papers is not simply to dispose of them the waste-
basket could serve that purpose but to provide a temporary or perma-
nent storage space for papers and letters, and to make it easy to find
those papers or letters when they are wanted. The average businessman
is not expected to remember the prices quoted, the contracts accepted,
or the letters written, if he can depend upon the office files and records to
furnish him instantly the information that he desires. These records may
consist of correspondence, miscellaneous information, <jr financial data.
A good filing method is one that is adapted to the business, that can be
depended upon for accuracy, and that will produce at once the informa-
tion wanted. Different kinds of records may require different methods
of indexing or a certain kind of equipment, but the purpose is the same
to make the desired information immediately available. 2

B. Write a precis of a recent newspaper editorial or feature article.

1 OLIVER, LESLIE M. Technical Exposition. New York, McGraw-Hill Book
Company, Inc.

2 ROBINSON, E. M. Training for the Modern Office. New York, McGraw-Hill
Book Company, Inc.

140 English for Secretaries

C. Write a precis of a magazine article that you have found interesting
or valuable.

THE WRITING OF MINUTES

Definition. Minutes are the official records of meetings
of an organization and of the transactions as they occur in
the meetings.

Procedure. It is the duty of the secretary to take notes
on the proceedings and then to write these in the connected
form of minutes leaving out nonessentials, such as irrelevant
discussion. Since the minutes are the official record, which
may be referred to in case of misunderstanding, dispute, or
uncertainty, they must be complete, clear, concise, and
exact.

After the minutes have been read, corrected, and ap-
proved by the organization, they should then be written in
the minute book, after which no changes should be made.

Essentials. Since essentials differ in some particulars
according to the organization, a secretary, when possible,
should examine minutes recorded by previous secretaries.
The following suggestions constitute the usual order and
data to be included.

1. The kind of meeting

2. The name of the organization

3. The date, hour, and place of meeting

4. The presiding officer

5. The number or the names of persons present

6. The reading of the previous minutes with their
acceptance

7. Action on unfinished business

8. New business, such as motions both lost and ap-
proved. Those withdrawn without vote may be omitted.

Outlines, Precis, the Writing of Minutes 141

9. Record of discussion

10. Record of number of votes for or against a motion
when indicated on ballot, and sometimes also when indi-
cated by show of hands or by standing

11. The time of adjournment

Example

MINUTES OF THE 1941 BUSINESS MEETING

American Association of University Teachers of Insurance
New York, December 29, 1941

President McCahan opened the meeting at 12:30 P.M. by ex-
pressing his appreciation to the officers and committee members
who had so generously co-operated with him in carrying on the
work of the Association during the past year.

It was moved and seconded that the reports of the various com-
mittees be approved. This motion was carried. These reports
included: (List follows.)

The Nominating Committee, consisting of Professor Robert
Riegel, Chairman, and Professors A. H. Mowbray and George W.
Goble, submitted the following nominations:

President: Edison G. Bowers

Vice-president: Frank G. Dickinson

Secretary-treasurer: Chester A. Kline

Member of Executive Committee: Harry J. Loman

vTerm to expire in 1944)

The report of the Nominating Committee was accepted. There
being no other nominations, the officers and committee members
named were declared elected.

The President reviewed the action of the Executive Committee,
taken at its meeting earlier in the d.'iy, in requiring the sponsorship
of any proposed Associate Member by an Active Member. This
action by the Executive Commit Lee was approved. He also stated
that the Executive Committee had just approved extending invita-
tions to the following to become Associate Members: (List follows.)

142 English for Secretaries

The President also informed the members of the discussion re-
garding the Insurance Book Reviews, which took place at the
morning meeting of the Executive Committee. Professor Riegel
stated that, in view of the usefulness of this literature to the various
members, he moved that the Association should appropriate not
more than $75.00, to be used by the Secretary or the Publications
Committee, if they deemed it wise, in sending out this publication
under the Association's own name. This motion was approved.

The Treasurer's preliminary report was approved.

The Secretary was authorized to print the Annual Proceedings
and to pay the necessary costs in this connection.

President McCahan then turned the meeting over to the Presi-
dent-elect, Professor Edison L. Bowers, who closed the meeting with
an expression of appreciation for the honor which the members
had conferred upon him.

The meeting adjourned at 1 :45 P.M.

EXERCISE

Write minutes appropriate for the records of the organizations
described in the following instructions.

1. Assume that you were chosen secretary of a class you attended
recendy. Write minutes of a meeting, including all important details.

2. As secretary of a social, literary, or garden club, write minutes of a
business meeting such a club might hold.

3. In the absence of the secretary of a charitable organization, you
were called upon to take her place at a business mooting in which officers
of the ensuing year were elected. Write the minutes, including all
important transactions.

4. As secretary of a business organization, write the minutes of a
meeting at which the following matters were presented: the president's
report, committees* reports, the adoption of an amendment to the
by-laws.

THE PREPARATION OF MANUSCRIPTS FOR PUBLICATION

Paper and Form. Typewrite material in double space
on one side of good bond paper, 8 by 1 1 inches.

Outlines, Pr6cis, the Writing of Minutes 143

Leave margins on all sides: 1H inches at the top and at
the left, 1 inch at the right and 1 inch at the bottom of the
page.

Paging. Number all sheets consecutively. While the
manuscript is in preparation, sheets should be numbered
lightly in pencil to provide for additional pages at the final
reading. If, however, additional pages have to be added to
a long manuscript already numbered, these may be inserted
in the proper places and lettered, as 234#, 376#, 376/;, 376r.

Number the chapters, starting each on a new page.

Inserts. Inserts, such as long quotations cut from books,
magazines, or newspapers, should be pasted never pinned
or clipped to pages of the same kind of paper on which
the manuscript is typed.

Underlining. Do not underline words without con-
sidering the following: a single underlining in typed matter
means italics in printed material; a double underlining
means small capitals; and a triple underlining means large
capitals.

Criticizing Manuscripts before Submitting Them.
Read manuscripts carefully as a whole before submitting
them. Only in this way can inconsistencies and mistakes be
discovered and weeded out. Corrections in copy should be
made so clear that they will not be misunderstood by the
printer.

Addressing and Mailing. Do not fold or roll a manu-
script. In mailing it, place it flat in a box or in a strong
envelope. Address it carefully, write the return address
legibly, and be sure that the correct amount of postage is
attached.

Send the original copy to the publisher, with the author's
name and address on the first and the last page, and

144 English for Secretaries

keep a carbon copy by way of protection against loss of the
original.

A Letter to the Publisher. Unless arrangements have
previously been made with a publisher, a brief letter should
accompany the manuscript, explaining that the author
hopes the material will meet with the approval of the editor
and will be considered for publication.

Indexing. Since secretaries may be required to compile
indexes, it is well for them to be familiar with an appropriate
form, such as the following. For more detailed information,
a booklet published by the New York State Library and
the University of the State of New York (Library School
Bulletin 50), entitled Indexing: Principles, Rules and Examples,
is an excellent guide.

The following example should prove helpful:

INDEX

Addams, Jane, 144
Adult probation law, 85
Agencies, charity, 112, 126, 154

Alphabetize according health, 135-141, 225-237, 272
to main words, not i n large cities, 136, 226-231

prepositions .

for scientific research, 235

Almshouses, municipal, 146
Alphabetize abbrevi- ATOP 19R
ations as if spelled A- 1 -^-^-* lz: >
out American Journal of Sociology, 63

B vitamin, 229

Book title precedes Babies ' Milk Fund > 15
common noun Baby, Care of the, 230

Baby, care of, teaching, 229-231

and mother, special clinic for, 230

visiting nurses, 56, 229
Bedside nursing, 234
Big Brothers' Organization, 153
Big Sisters' Organization, 152

Outlines, Precis, the Writing of Minutes 145
PROOFREADER'S MARKS

A Insert the letter, word, or punctuation mark indicated,
() Insert or substitute a period at the place indicated.
^y Insert an apostrophe.

Insert quotation marks.
*-/ Insert a hyphen.

^L Make a space at the point indicated.
^^ Close up or join separated letters or words.
$* Delete or take out.
g^ Change from capital to small letter*
Change to capital letter.
Change to small caps.
Change to italics.
,j Change to roman type.

Wrong font letter,
^ Transpose.
I' {__,....! Words or letters inclosed by lino should change places.

*y Paragraph here.
f(0 *ff No paragraph here.

. Restore word or sentence mistakenly marked out.
^^ Q y 4 Is this right?
^ Broken letter.
f* Move to left.
i Move to right.
J Push down space.

146 English for Secretaries

A CORRECTED PROOF SHEET

Fourscor^ and seven years ago our fathers brought
forth on this Continent a new nation, conceived in

JLiberty, and dedicated to the proposition that all
m^n are created equal. * Now we are engaged in a
great civil war, testing whether that nation, or any
so conceived and so dedicated, can long endure.
We *Vc met on a great battle-field of that war. We
have come to dedicate a portion of that field as a

4aet- resting-place for those who here gave their live^
that that nation might live-might live. It is altoge-
ther fitting and proper that we should do this.
But, v 'm*a V Iarger sense, we cannot dedicate, we can
not consecrate, we cannot hallow this ground. The
br/ave men, living and dead, who strugled here
have consecrated it far above oijfr poor power to add
"""or detract. The world w|ll little note, nor long re-
member what we say here, but it can never forget
what they did here. It is for us, the living, rather
to be fhere/cicdicatecj)to the unfinished work which
they who fought here have thus far so nobly advanced
it is rather for us to be h/re dedicated to the great
task remaining before us( that for these honored
dead we take increased ^Devotion to that cause for
which they gave the last full measure of devotion/ that
we fcfe-highly resolvefthat these dead shall not have

died in vain; that this nationjfand that government of

. * . *^ *, *s . **/ *^t *^ i *" n***
the people^py the people, for the people, shall not

perish from the earth.

Part Two

CHAPTER X

Capitalization and the Writing of Figures

CAPITALIZATION

THE secretary must be so sure of technical matters
required in her daily work that she will not need to
puzzle over them. Among these essentials stands capitaliza-
tion, a thorough knowledge of which is necessary for the
writer of business correspondence.

1. Capitalize the names of the months and the days of
the week, the names of holy days and of holidays; but do
not capitalize the seasons: June, Wednesday, Christmas,
Memorial Day, summer.

2. Capitalize names of individuals, as Helen Keller, Jacob
Riis. When foreign particles, such as da, de, la, van, occur in
American names, it is advisable, whenever possible, to check
individual usage. Usually, however, these particles are
capitalized in American and British names.

3. Capitalize a title when it precedes a name or when it
refers to an office of honor: Captain Pritchard, Professor
Stilwell, Chief Justice of the Supreme Court, the Governor
of Illinois.

4. When an official title follows a name and is closely con-
nected with the name of a person, the principal words of the

147

148 English for Secretaries

title are capitalized: Thomas E. Dewey, Governor of New Tork
in 1943; Joseph B. Eastman, Director of Transportation.

5. When a title thai is not official occurs in a sentence, do
not capitalize it even though it is one of distinction. When it
occurs in the inside address or in the signature of a letter, it
should be capitalized.

In a sentence:

Marion Brown, personnel director, was present.

Arnold Bates, credit manager, signed the letter.

Niles Tranirncll, president of A73C, spoke at the convention.

The Reverend Thomas Brown, rector of St. John's Church, presided.

In an inside address:

Mr. Arnold Bates, Credit Manager
Norton Hardware Company
Norwalk, Connecticut

In a signature:

Yours truly,
Arnold Bates
Credit Manager

6. Capitalize degrees, as M.D.\ initials standing for
proper names, as F.D.R.\ and other abbreviations if they
represent a word usually capitalized, as N.H. (New
Hampshire).

EXERCISES

A. Explain in class the capitalization or lack of capitalization of the
italicized words in each of the following sentences. There is good author-
ity for the usage given in the examples belr/w.

1. Raymond Fuller, acting manager, spoke over CBS.

2. The Mayor will give a radio talk at 3 o'clock from Grade Mansion,
his residence, at Eighty-eighth Street and East River.

Capitalization and the Writing of Figures 149

3. Doctor M. B. Blank, Commissioner of Hospitals, made a tour of
investigation of the institutions of the West Side on Monday.

4. Thomas D. Thacher, a former president of the Association of the Bar
of the City of New Tork 9 was chairman of the Charter Revision Commission.

5. Mr. Morgan, Chief Clerk of the Board of Elections, developed a
reputation as an expert on election laws.

6. Cloaked with broad authority by Congress, the boards have re-
duced costs and profits.

7. Under the city charter, John S. McGowan, President of the Board of
Alderman, took over the office of Mayor at the death of his superior officer.

8. When a building is converted into a national Monte Carlo, its use-
fulness is destroyed.

9. The National Association of Home Builders has endorsed a plan for
small loans.

10. The federation represents sixteen national retail organizations.

11. Mr. Brown was chosen chairman without consulting any of the
county committees.

12. Mr. Jones is president of the Monmouth County Organization.

13. From an exchange of ideas will come a plan to be submitted to
National Selective Service headquarters.

14. The speakers at the luncheon will be Mr. Henry Blank, president
of the City Council; Mr. James Mann, president and publisher vf The Weekly
News; and Mrs. Charles Randolph, founder and vice-president of the club.

B. Rewrite the following sentences inserting capitals wherever they
are needed.

1. The secretary of agriculture warns us that whichever path we take
there must be much readjustment.

2. I heard that the governors of three states walked in the procession
at commencement.

3. The pope supported the president's declaration that not the people
of the world but their political leaders are to be accused of endangering
peace.

4. The unpretentious secretary, making no claims to knowing much
about the war department, summoned the general staff officers and told
them he was depending on their experience.

5. The secretary of state of the preceding administration would
become president unless congress appointed a successor to the dead
president-elect.

150 English for Secretaries

6. Dr. Howe was a member of the New York county medical society,
the medical society of the state of New York, and a fellow of the american
college of surgeons.

7. A reception committee was announced this week for a lecture to
be given by Elizabeth Morton at Dyckman hall on Friday evening,
October tenth, under the auspices of the american foundation for the
blind.

8. The committee called the governor's attention to the recommenda-
tion of the committee of forty-four for restoration of full statutory aid.

9. Mr. and mrs. clarence de camp gave a tea dance yesterday to
present their daughter, miss helcn de camp, to society.

10. County clerk-elect jcnkin r. hockcrt, of queens, will be sworn in
next monday by supreme court justice henry g. wenzel in the county
clerk's office in Jamaica.

1 1 . Gold medals of the society of arts and sciences were bestowed upon
madison grant, president of the bronx parkway commission ; william white
niles, vice-president; frank h. bethrll, treasurer; and jay downer, secre-
tary and chief engineer.

12. At a meeting of the board of representatives of the high-school
teachers association held in dines hall on January twelfth die report of
the commissioner of investigation was discussed.

7. Capitalize the names of buildings, monuments,
squares, parks, and thoroughfares: Avcry Library, Bunker Hill
Monument^ Union Square, Bryant Park, Chestnut Street. Many
directories, newspapers, and magazines do not capitalize
such words as avenue, boulevard, square, and the like, even
when they are used with proper nouns. This is called the
"down" style of capitalization.

8. Capitalize geographical names: Peru, Montreal, Hudson
River, Atlantic Ocean, Rocly Mountains, Puvcc Edward Island.

9. Do not capitalize city, town, or village in such ex-
pressions as the following: the city of Chicago, the town of
Avon, the village of Pel ham.

10. Capitalize association, church, club, college, company,
school, and like words when used with a proper name: First

Capitalization and the Writing of Figures 151

Baptist Church, Larchmont Yacht Club, Mount Holyoke College,
Wallace Stone Company, Roosevelt High School. Here again the
"down" style of capitalization advocates writing club,
college, and the like, without the capitals, even with the
name of the organization. When such words are used alone,
they should not be capitalized unless they stand for definite
organizations: a tennis club, a woman's college, a church fair.

EXAMPLES OF DIVIDED USAGE

Usage Advocated by Some

Newspapers Literary Usage

Green mountains Green Mountains

Hudson river Hudson River

Maple street Maple Street

Tenth avenue Tenth Avenue

United Trading company United Trading Company

Vassar college Vassar College

West End synagogue West End Synagogue

Few newspapers, however, would advocate lake Ontario,
university of Maine, or W.M.Foster and company.

In correspondence the literary usage is better because it
is clearer and readers are more accustomed to it.

1 1 . Capitalize state when it is used with a name or in place
of a name: the State laws, the State of Kentucky, New Jersey
State.

12. Capitalize east, west, north, and south, also adjectives
and nouns derived from them, when they refer to geo-
graphical parts of the country; but lower-case such words
when they denote mere direction.

The West took a decided stand on this question.
We walked east to Sutton Place.

152 English for Secretaries

13. When adjectives derived from regional names arc
merely descriptive, they should not be capitalized: oriental
customs, southern climate, tropical fruits.

14. Capitalize eastern, western, northern, southern, etc.,
when they form part of a proper name to designate a world
division: Eastern Asia, Southwestern Europe; but lower-case
such words when they indicate parts of states: western
Florida, northern Minnesota.

15. Capitalize nouns that refer to inhabitants of different
sections of the United States: Easterner, Northerner, Southerner,
Westerner.

EXERCISE

Rewrite the following sentences with correct capitalization.

1 . Mr. andrew brown traveled through northern labrador, the gasp^
peninsula, and new england.

2. What are the countries comprising the commonwealth of free
nations belonging to the british empire?

3. The route follows the custer battlefield highway and takes us bacl
through Montana, the scene of the custer indian massacre, and the blacl
hills of south dakota.

4. Safety precautions taken in south pole expeditions were presentee
to the committee.

5. The spirit f st. louis, one of the world's most famous airplanes
is in the Smithsonian institution at Washington.

6. The governor spent thanksgiving day poring over pension billi
sent to him from capitol hill.

7. All evidence found so far shows that our a b c's were first used
by the ancient nations who dwelt around the eastern shores of th<
mediterranean.

8. So many are the books that have been written about africa thai
the dark continent seems now as familiar as one's own backyard.

9. During early autumn begins the greatest migration in the world
Starting within the arctic circle, billions of waterfowl fly toward the
hospitable south.

Capitalization and the Writing of Figures 153

10. This country buys brazilian coffee, cuban sugar, Venezuelan oil,
and other products of latin america.

11. Two thousand sportsmen from thirty-nine different countries met
at los angeles in the tenth olympiad.

12. The secretary of the Smithsonian institution reported to the
national academy of sciences that weather substantially repeats itself
every twenty-three years.

13. In carnegie hall thousands of people listened to the philharmonic
concert.

14. The faculty club of the harvard graduate school of business
administration announced the winners of the bok advertising awards.

15. The oldest greek letter fraternity in America, kappa alpha, was
founded at union college in 1825.

16. Mr. Smith was graduated from the forest hills high school in
1900 and from the university of Cincinnati four years later.

17. Miss Marshall attended Miss Thurston's school and was grad-
uated from radcliffe college last year.

18. The annual Christmas party for children of world war veterans in
hospitals in the New York area was given yesterday afternoon by the
women's oversea's service league at sloane house.

19. Mrs. Lawrence Riggs of the cosmopolitan club, Mrs. Ransom
Hooker of the women's city club, and Miss Katherine Allen of the pen
and brush club spoke on behalf of their organizations.

20. Mrs. Rufus Osborne, jr., gave a dinner in the grill room in the
hotel ambassador last night in honor of Miss Laura st. John, who was
introduced to society by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Paul st. John at a
tea on Sunday at their residence, Lenox drive, Greenwich.

21. The wind shifted to the northwest with a velocity of six miles an
hour and started to blow the fog away.

22. That niagara falls was reduced to a trickle by an east wind will
not astonish those who have, known how powerful an east wind can be.

23. The temperature has fallen in the lake region, the ohio and middle
mississippi valleys, the appalachian region, and the west gulf states.

24. Eastern New York: Partly cloudy with warmer weather in ex-
treme south and colder in extreme north tonight.

25. A definite change to warmer weather has set in and is noticeable
in the rising temperature throughout the east and middle west.

154 English for Secretaries

26. Another cold wave, now forming in the Canadian northwest,
probably will strike soon after this one ends.

27. An american shop looks to aztec design and navajo colors for
current inspiration in southern sportswear.

28. These disturbances have been attended by rain over much of the
eastern half of the United States and in the north pacific states, and by
snow in the northern rocky mountains, north dakota, and northwestern
minnesota.

16. Capitalize board, bureau, commission, committee, depart-
ment, service, and like words when they form part of the name
of organized bodies: the War Production Board, the Bureau
of Weights and Measures, the Maritime Commission, the Treas-
ury Department, the Office of Child Education.

17. Capitalize federal and state courts when used with a
definite name, as Federal Coordinator of Transportation, the
United States Supreme Court, the State Court of Appeals.

18. Capitalize nation when it is a synonym for the United
States or when used with a name to designate a definite
nation or group of nations: the Nations honor, The United
Nations.

19. Capitalize national when it precedes any capitalized
word, as National Capital; when it is a synonym for the
United States, as National Government; or when it is part of
a title, as National Board of Review.

20. Capitalize army and navy and their organizations and
branches when referring to those of the United States, as
the Regular Army, the United States Navy, Field Artillery, Coast
Guard.

EXERCISE

Explain orally why the use of capitalization or the lack of capitaliza-
tion in each of the italicized words or phrases is correct.

1. All five of the crew of an Army bomber from Hendricks Field were
killed when the plane crashed near here last night, the Army announced.

Capitalization and the Writing of Figures 155

2. The ship was being repaired at the Key Highway Yards of the
Bethlehem Steel Company.

3. The New York State Association of Architects will hold a two-day
meeting at the Architectural League, 115 East Fortieth Street, Friday and
Saturday, Oct. 30 and 31.

4. John Arnold, real estate broker, of Lynbrook, L. I., completing a
transatlantic flight, arrived in London yesterday.

5. Eighty applicants for jobs as patrolmen took preliminary physical
examinations and X-ray tests yesterday in the office of Chief Surgeon
Charles J. Dillon, at Police Headquarters, and then went to the Health
Department for tests.

6. The annual Silver Spoon tea dance and dinner of the Spence Alumnae
Society will be held on the afternoon and evening of Nov. 6 at the Stork
Club for the benefit of the Spence Adoption Nursery.

7. The second session of the nine- week consumers' training course
sponsored by the Brooklyn Civilian Defense Volunteer Office, will be held
tomorrow at 2 p.m. at the Brooklyn Museum. The subject will be "Sources
of Information on Consumer Problems"

8. Plans have been completed for an ice-skating carnival to be held
under auspices of the New Totk City Women's Council of the Navy League
of f/ir I r nitcd States on the afternoon of Nov. 5 at the Figure Skating Club
< if New York atop Madison Square Gat den. Proceeds from the carnival will
be turned over to the Seamen's Church Institute of New York for the purchase
of Clirhtmas kits for men in the Narv,

0. Henry Baldwin, jr., wns born in i"e\tnn New York; but he now
lives in the South.

10. When he visited the 7 ;<-/?/ \r l.mt .*/'**?/, the Commissioner of Patents
had The New York Time* mailed to him regularly.

11. Ernest Blank, J) ., heed of the information agency, said he had met
with no difficulty in enforcing the PH s.v/r /'/'v orders.

12. The Secretary of the Tien wry, th<" Acting Secretary of Staff, and the
Speaker of the House were Republicans.

21. Capitalize government when it is used in reference to the
United States Government or to any foreign government:
National Government, the Canadian Government.

22. Capitalize the word cabinet, when referring to the Cabi-
net of the President of the United States: Cabinet members.

156 English for Secretaries

23. Capitalize constitution when referring to the Consti-
tution of the United States: the signers of the Constitution; when
it follows the name of any state of the United States: the
Massachusetts Constitution; or when it follows the name of any
foreign power: the Mexican Constitution.

Lower-case the word constitution when it precedes the
name of a foreign country or when it is used in a general
sense: constitution of Argentina, constitution of the Masons.

24. Capitalize the names of all government bodies, domes-
tic or foreign; municipal, staje, or national; legislative,
executive, or judicial: Iowa State Legislature y House of Parlia-
ment^ Municipal Court, Congress (of the United States), Senate
(of the United States).

25. Capitalize the names of political parties: Democrats >
Republicans. Opinions differ in regard to the capitalization
of the word party. Both Republican Party and Republican party
have good authority.

EXERCISE

Write the following sentences, supplying capitals wherever they
are needed.

1. When the army took over the air mails, it gave the army air corps
a new experience.

2. Today George Washington is the symbol of the nation's hope and
confidence.

3. the mayor-elect named a new secretary for the board of trans-
portation.

4. the board of education announced yesterday the opening of
evening classes.

5. He was appointed to the commission of fine arts because he was a
prominent member of the american institute of architects.

6. In the final rush, the board of estimate added two projects for
which federal loans will be needed.

Capitalization and the Writing of Figures 157

7. The sixty-second annual meeting of the department of super-
intendence of the national education association was held in Wash-
ington, D. C.

8. The committee of twenty on outdoor cleanliness intends to present
to the mayor a memorandum for raising the efficiency of the sanitation
department.

9. The present law provides that congress at a joint meeting of the
senate and the house poll the electoral ballots on the second Wednesday
in February.

10. the first step in the cutting of the budget should be taken by the
board of aldermen. Later on, the budget can be reopened with the aid
of the state legislature.

1 1 . The right of the federal government to fix minimum prices under
the national industrial recovery act was upheld by the judge of the
United States district court.

12. The chief of the navy's bureau of public relations spoke at the
pre-navy day luncheon sponsored by Pittsburgh's three newspapers and
the chamber of commerce.

13. the board of governors of the real estate board and the board of
directors of the management division attended in a body, as did the
trustees of the knickerbocker hospital.

14. The national labor board called the department of justice to
proceed against the company for violation of the national industrial act
and presidential orders thereunder.

26. Capitalize trade names of manufactured products:
Dutch Cleanser, Savita; but lower-case the words following a
trade name that are not part of the name: Ivory soap, Elgin
watch.

27. Capitalize abbreviations of courses or subjects listed
in catalogs: A H 32 (American history) ; but do not capital-
ize courses of study unless they are derived from proper
nouns: algebra, stenography, English, American history.

28. Capitalize most adjectives derived from proper nouns:
California^ North American. There are so many exceptions to

158 English for Secretaries

this rule that when one is in doubt it is advisable to consult
a dictionary. Note the following words, which should not be
capitalized: chinaware., India rubber, portland cement.

Capitalization Following the Semicolon

29. Do not capitalize a word that follows a semicolon
unless it is a proper noun.

a. For quarter ended March 31, net income $236,132; for like 1942
quarter, net income $295,236.

b. The newspaper touches more people's lives than any other
modern tool of communication; its influence is comparable to
that of the movies or the radio.

c. The demonstration was arranged by Alice Blake, Piedmont High
School; Janet Robertson, Berkeley High School; and Frank
Kirby, Brookdale High School.

Capitalization Following the Colon

30. As a rule, do not capitalize the part of a sentence
that follows a colon unless it is a complete statement or
tabulated matter.

a. The questions on which we must decide today are these: first,
what representatives should be sent to the Philadelphia confer-
ence; and second, what instructions should be given to them.

b. These are the three causes for the lack of enthusiasm shown by
the club members: uninteresting programs, excessive dues, and
undesirable club rooms.

31. Capitalize the first words of a long, formal quotation
or of an independent passage or sentence when it follows a
colon.

a. Lee Galloway describes the functions of an office as follows:
"The organization of a business is the mechanism by means of
which the plans and orders of its executives are carried out.
The factory management ..."

Capitalization and the Writing of Figures 159

b. A claim letter that makes unreasonable demands does one of
two things: It antagonizes the recipient, or it convinces him
that the grounds of complaint are unwarranted.

32. In tabulated material, capitalize the first word of
each item following a colon.

Operations to be provided for in filing arc the following:

1. Collecting the papers to be filed

2. Classifying and arranging this material

EXERCISES

A. Examine the following sentences th.it illustrate the use of capital-
i/ation following the colon. Be able to give reasons for the style used in
each case.

1. Railroading is not a variety of outdoor sport: it is a service.

2. The following question came up for discussion: What policy should
be adopted?

3. Three causes of absence among workers are the following: illness,
problems of the home, transportation difficulties.

4. The functions of speech in business are: (1) to transmit informa-
tion; (2) to assist in making the organization run more smoothly and
effectively.

5. We quote from comments regarding the new officers taken from
Mr. Brown's official report: "It is with optimism and confidence that
we look forward to a most successful year under the presidency of Alex-
ander Wentworth."

6. The machine is used for the following purposes:

a. To classify and analyze the foreign business

b. To analyze receipts and disbursements by states

c. To classify the data by year

7. The general convention staff and committee chairmen were as
follows:

Director: Joseph Gray, Redwood City

Assistant Directors: William Robertson, Sacramento; Henry

Pettibone, Oakland; and Halsey Shaw, San Francisco
Chairmen: Charles Henderson, San Francisco; Lester Mead,

Pasadena

160 English for Secretaries

8. There are many ways by which letters and other forms of com-
munication may be duplicated, but all of them are based on one of four
principles, viz.: the printing principle by means of the multigraph; the
impression method by means of the typewriter with carbon copies; the
ordinary stencil and the mimeograph; and the photographic principle
by means of the photostat.

B. Assume that the following sentences occur in letters. Tell whether
you would write the italicized words with or without capitals.

1. Walter S. Cromwell is president of the Andrew Iron and Steel
company.

2. Alexander P. Fuller, economist and financier > was director of the
department.

3. Richard Cooper, a banker in St. Paul, wrote an article entitled
banking yesterday and today.

4. On our trip west, we drove through the black hills, a spectacular
region in north Dakota.

5. The lake states, in fact most of the middle states, escaped the storm.

6. While we were in the tropics, the heat was intense.

7. Our order included royal baking powder, whole wheat bread, quaker
oats, and white rose tea.

8. I understand that senator Herbert Luke has promised every effort
to 'provide adequate care for civilians.

9. Dr. Francis Brown, chairman of the directing board, said there are
shortages of physicians in both the south and the north.

10. Frank O'Hara, president of the Laurel Gardens association, has sent
a letter to the mayor outlining suggestions for improvement.

C. Rewrite the following sentences, supplying capitals wherever they
are needed.

1. At the ritz tower ten holders of the congressional medal of honor
and fifteen winners of the distinguished service cross had luncheon.

2. A constitutional amendment to change the method of electing a
president is to be pressed at the coming session of congress.

3. His father entered the employ of the government and, while there,
became the head of the weather bureau in the department of agriculture.

4. Once a week the cabinet, as such, meets with the president in the
historic cabinet room of the white house.

5. Increased activity in the market for united states government
securities developed yesterday.

Capitalization and the Writing of Figures 161

6. The administration deserves a place in history for unprecedented
courage and leadership.

7. Both republican and democratic leaders signed the agreement.

8. The governor told friends that Mr. Bern's speech at the governors'
conference was the ablest speech he had ever heard delivered at a meeting
of state executives.

9. The government was congratulated on the opportunity for work-
ing out a new basis for the development of commercial and military air
services.

10. The president called on congress to make a vigorous investigation.

11. The treasury department took title to the new post-office site in
September.

12. The constitution does not secure to any one liberty to conduct his
business in such fashion as to inflict injury upon the public at large or
upon any substantial group of people.

13. As the constitution now stands, voters choose electors. If a presi-
dential candidate receives a majority of the electoral votes in any state,
all the electoral votes of that state are cast for him.

14. The administration proceeded with the conviction that anything
in the national life which concerns the welfare of the nation's citizens
may be an obligation upon the national government.

15. Upholding the right of public criticism of the courts, judge white
of the supreme court of the united states addressed the students of the
harvard law school and many members of the massachusetts bar.

16. The civil service commission reported to the governor that the
state's pay roll for the first four months of this fiscal year is $520,580
lower than in the similar period last year.

17. The president of the senate appointed three committees: foreign
relations committee, harbors and rivers committee, committee on public
safety.

18. The following commissioners were present at the conference:
commissioner-general of immigration, commissioner of patents, com-
missioners of the district of Columbia.

19. The executive committee of the women's overseas service league
honored the national president of the organization at a dinner yesterday
at the mayflower.

20. Our January sale includes innumerable patterns, designs, and
styles: service plates of spode and coalport, fine glass from France and

162 English for Secretaries

Bohemia, cups and saucers of many famous makes including crown Staf-
fordshire and aynsley.

D. How should a secretary capitalize the following terms when they
occur within a sentence? Assume that the dictator disapproves of the
"down" style of capitalization,

a cool summer home on lake erie

a member of the board of education

on Wednesday, the first of may

a catholic priest from south arnerica

a minister associated with the somerville baptist church

a Jewish rabbi from the southwest

two members of congress

the secretary of state of the preceding administration

a youthful californian in the american line-up

on memorial day or on the fourth of July

in the national capital on columbus day

the welfare of the nation's citizens

the iowa state legislature

the democratic national convention

tenth avenue at fifty-ninth street

the senator from texas

five cabinet members

our national government

a city playground in central park

suggestions for a tennis club

the order of the sacred heart

a high-school pupil on the morris basketball team

the state of fiorida, the state requirements

the american academy of arts and letters

the cabinet room of the white house

the board of estimate at this January meeting

the english department in room 405

a transatlantic liner off the new england ro^st

rand, mcnally and company's ready-reference atlas of the world

a high-school principal in the city of ncwark

dr. black, a teacher of american history

diamond crystal shaker salt

alderman Boylan, a staunch republican

Capitalization and the Writing of Figures 1 63

a professor of mathematics in Alfred college

a storm in mid-atlantic

Angelo colletti, a noted surgeon of the presbyterian church hospital

professor Barlow Grant, geologist and engineer

tropical fruits at the Jefferson market

Spanish, algebra, and science

the mayor of Boston with three policemen

an editor of good housekeeping.

33. Capitalize the first word of a direct quotation that is
a complete sentence.

Professor Lee states, "With business writing, the quality of readable-
ness is particularly important."

34. Do not capitalize the first word of a direct quotation
if it is introduced directly in the text.

It was said by Roosevelt that "no people on earth have more cause
to be thankful than ours."

35. Do not capitalize that part of a quotation resumed
within the same sentence.

"Good writing" he continued, "seems addressed to the reader
personally."

36. Do not capitalize the first words of an indirect
question or statement.

lie asked what was the meaning of the party's steady growth to

power.
We were told that any man can master the mechanics of writing.

37. Capitalize all principal words in titles of books, head-
ings, magazines, newspapers, plays, poems, reports, and
pictures, as Enriched Teaching of English in the Junior and
Senior High School. Library practice does not follow this rule,
but capitalizes only the first word in titles, as Enriclied teach-

164 English for Secretaries

ing of English in the junior and senior high school. Modern usage
in letters and advertisements frequently advocates capitaliz-
ing every letter in a title, as ENRICHED TEACHING OF ENGLISH

IN THE JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL.

38. Capitalize the article the when it is a part of a proper
name or of a title of a book, a person, a picture; or when
it is a part of the legal name of an institution, a company,
or a corporation: The Merchant of Venice, The Macmillan
Company.

EXERCISES

A. Change the following sentences to direct discourse, being careful
to capitalize and punctuate correctly.

1. Professor Aurner says that to learn how people think and act is
one of the responsibilities of the business writer.

2. The correspondent supervisor told us that it is well to remember
that certain business papers from the standpoint of their owners are
priceless.

3. The director declared that language is not only an essential tool of
life, but a tool that can be used to fit all other tools.

4. Mr. Carr asserted that surveys are now being made in the west
involving people who have little in common beyond the fact that they
all breath the same air and are american citizens.

5. Nicholas Murray Butler is reported to have said that thinking is
the most unpopular indoor sport in America.

B. In the following sentences insert capitals, quotation marks, and
other punctuation marks wherever they are needed.

1. Words, said Miss Walker, cannot be confined to the pages of books
they not only portray the personalities of their users, but they themselves
are living entities.

2. The transcription supervisors association of New York writes your
attitude toward the job, the work habits you form, and the development
of personality traits that make you a well-balanced individual will all
have a bearing on your success.

3. Any man who worries about his business too much, said the
financier, should change it. He is not in the right place.

Capitalization and the Writing of Figures 165

4. In an article business students study charm, published in the busi-
ness education world, the statement is made attractive appearance,
effective speech, and charming manners must be added to business effi-
ciency to make the business woman outstandingly successful.

5. The chairman summed up the major production of the coming
spring this way: getting the supplies of material and finished parts to the
factories where they're needed most at the time when they're needed.

6. The following paragraph appeared in the New York herald tribune:
the Columbia broadcasting system, of which Dr. Greet is speech con-
sultant, has notified its announcers as a rule say rash-un. The national
broadcasting company announcers as a rule say rash-un, the blue network
refers to ray-shuns, and the mutual broadcasting system lets the announcers
decide for themselves.

THE WRITING OF FIGURES

1. In general, spell out all numbers under one hundred.

He worked as a bookkeeper for twenty-foe years.

2. Spell out round numbers.

About three hundred applicants passed the written examination.

3. Spell out fractions when they occur alone: one half;
but write fractions in figures when they occur in a mixed
number: 8}.

4. Fractions used as adjectives are hyphened: two-thirds
rule; but when used as nouns fractions are written without
the hyphen: two thirds of the profits.

5. Numbers in the same sentence should be expressed
entirely in words or entirely in figures unless the result
would be confusing.

The company engaged 4 typists for 2 months at $20 a month.

or

The company engaged Jour typists for two months at twenty dollars
a month.

166 English for Secretaries

6. Spell out numbers coming at the beginning of a
sentence even when other numbers in a sentence are given in

figures.

Three cans of evaporated milk are sold for 24 cents.

7. Do not place next to each other two numbers refer-
ring to different things: three 9-foot rugs; not 3 9-foot rugs.

Correct: In 1943 fifteen colleges offered scholarships.
Allowable: In 1943, 15 colleges offered scholarships.
Incorrect: In 1943 15 colleges offered scholarships.

8. Use figures in general for chapters, pages, exercises,
and the like:

Chapter VIII or Chapter 8, Exercise 21

9. Use an apostrophe and s to form the plural of num-
bers.

There are two 9's in the last column.

10. In general, write sums of money in figures, especially
if both dollars and cents occur: $95.72. In letters, write out
amounts of less than one dollar unless such amounts occur in
tabulations, as in order letters.

11. In writing a column of figures, as in tabulations, use
the dollar sign only with the first item and with the total.

$235.00

6.72

19.41

$261.13

12. Write an even number of dollars without the period
and without the ciphers when such a sum occurs in a
sentence.

He paid $65 for his typewriter.

Capitalization and the Writing of Figures 167

When the sum occurs in a column of figures where any
item contains cents, the ciphers must be added. (See Rule

no

13. Except in legal documents, do not use both figures
and words. When it is necessary to use both, they may be
written as follows:

forty dollars ($40), or forty (40) dollars, not forty ($40) dollars

14. Enumerations of weights and measures, and distances
except fractions of a mile, are written in figures:

25 pounds^ 6 ounces; 3 quarts, 1 point; 2jeet, 4 inches; but three quarters
of a mile

15. In sentences occurring in letters write June tenth, the
tenth of June, jutis 17, but not June \1lh.

16. In general, spell out the time of day in letters and
other text material.

The manager will arrive at ten o'clock.

17. Use A.M. or a.m., P.M. or p.m. with figures:

9:30 A.M., not nine-thirty A.M.

Do not use the abbreviations when the time is spelled out.

Correct: He spoke over the radio at three in the afternoon.
Correct: He spoke over the radio at 3 P.M.
Incorrect: He spoke over the radio at three P.M.

EXERCISE

Write the numbers of the following sentences on your answer paper.
If the sentence is written as it should be in a business letter, place the word
correct after the number. If the sentence is incorrecdy written for business
correspondence, rewrite it.

1. The treasurer lived for more than 20 years at 575 10 Avenue.

1 68 English for Secretaries

2. The business meeting will be held on Friday, November 5, at
1 1 in the morning.

3. The manager, who was 68 years old, retired on May 17th.

4. He spent 45 cents for paper and pencils.

5. The store hours are from 9:30 A.M. to 5 P.M. daily exceot Thurs-
day.

6. They paid $45 for their new lamp.

7. 1,500 pupils will be graduated on June 23rd.

8. The tellers took back a $10,000 purchase money mortgage.

9. After controlling the seven-story loft building at 47 Pike Street
for 2 years, the Blank Realty Corporation sold the property for a $6,000
consideration.

10. The bank took back a three thousand purchase money mortgage
for ten years for this property, which is assessed at $1 1 ,000.

11. This five-story building, containing 2 stores and twenty four-room
apartments, is assessed for $33,000.

12. The convention was attended by 50 salesmen from Baltimore,
25 from Philadelphia, and 30 from Newark.

13. The hours for day workers were cut from 50 to forty-six and for
nightmen from 55 to 50 a week.

14. The report of the three -man panel stated that the hourly rates
ran from a low of 32 to a hi^h of 61 cents.

15. The brokers explained that in 13 months they disposed of the four-
story building at 94th Street with a profit of $10,572.

16. We spent $85.75 for furniture, $90 for rent, and $10 for gas last
February.

17. 850 men were employed by our factory last year at an average
wage of twenty-five ($25) a week.

18. From 9 to 10 on the morning of December 10, we received thirty-
one telephone calls and 4 telegrams.

19. ITie year 1941 will be long remembered by Americans.

20. In 1943 my 2 partners each contributed five hundred dollar* to
the Red Cross.

CHAPTER XI

Punctuation

THE PERIOD
In Sentences

1 . Place a period at the end of each declarative and im-
perative sentence.

a. The letters will be ready to mail at five o'clock.

b. Enclose a check for $5.75 in this letter.

Elliptical phrases, which are equivalent to sentences,
are followed by periods, as Freezes. Over a million quarts a day.

In much modern writing, particularly in fiction and in
advertisements, subordinate clauses, phrases, or even
separate words are followed by periods. This is usually for
emphasis or for vividness. Such punctuation used by ex-
perienced writers for a definite purpose is, of course, not
advocated for common practice.

a. Safe, sound, and unanswerable.

b. Imbecile! But a learned, and, alas, indispensable imbecile.

c. A little town surrounded by walls, set in a broad flat valley
between hills.

The "comma blunder," the substitution of a comma for a
period, must be guarded against.

Right: We are still in an industrial era. Business is the biggest voca-
tional interest in America. Our problems are largely economic.
Therefore great teachers are needed.

169

170 English for Secretaries

Wrong: We are still in an industrial era, business is the biggest voca-
tional interest in America, our problems are largely economic,
therefore great teachers are needed.

2. Place a period, not an interrogation point, at the end
of an indirect question.

The manager asked where the meeting would be held in June.

3. Place a period after a request, even though it is in the
form of a question.

May I send you the bulletin of our summer camp.

A request may be distinguished from a question by deter-
mining the purpose of the sentence. If the statement seeks
information and requires an answer, it is clearly a question
and should be followed by an interrogation point; but if the
statement is a mere request expressed in interrogative form
out of courtesy, it should be followed by a period. Many
examples of the latter usage occur in letters where requests
are often phrased as questions.

a. What can I do to make my sales letters more effective? (This is
clearly a question and, therefore, must be followed by an
interrogation point.)

b. May I call your attention to a mistake in my monthly statement.
(Since this is a request expressed in interrogative form, it should
be followed by a period.)

In Tabulated Material

1 . Place a period after Roman and Arabic numerals, after
capital and small letters, when they occur in a table of
contents, in an outline, or in other enumerative parts of
a list, but omit the period after letters or figures in paren-
theses in such lists.

Punctuation 171

TESTS OF A GOOD INVESTMENT

1 . Safety of principal

A. Risk

1. Credit

2. Market

3. Unpredictable

B. Measurement of safety

1. Kind of contract

2. Assets

3. Earning power

a. Factors affecting earning power

(1) Management

(2) Economic conditions

2. In a list or in an outline omit the period after an item
expressed by a word or a phrase, as in the preceding exam-
ple; but punctuate such items with the proper punctuation
mark when they occur as declarative or interrogative
sentences. In the following outline, for example, a period is
placed after a declarative sentence.

DUTIES OF THE SECRETARY

I. In large organizations

A. She should collect the employer's confidential mail and take
care of it.

B. She should check for signatures, correct address, and enclosures.

C. She should separate carbon copies and attach them to the
original letters.

II. In small organizations

Imperative sentences in an outline may or may not be
followed by a period. In most modern usage the period is
omitted.

1 72 English for Secretaries ]

SUGGESTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE TELEPHONE

Answer promptly
Identify yourself
Ask questions tactfully
End calls courteously

In Headings

Do not place periods after headings of chapters, sub-
headings, headlines, or after items on a tide page.

Do not place periods in lists of names and the like occur-
ring in columns unless abbreviations follow the name.

a. The following members were present:

John Thompson
Fred Korey
Arnold Grove, M.D.

b. The machines were listed thus:

Calculators

Adding and listing machines
Transcribing machines
Duplicating machines

c. The Exhibitors

American Book Company

Burroughs Adding Machine Company

Ginn and Company

Royal Typewriter Company, Inc.

With Abbreviations

1. Periods follow most abbreviations: bal., Mr., P.M. (see
pages 172-173). Modern usage allows the omission of periods
after letters designating certain organizations, as WPB; after
initials used as are those of typist and dictator at the close of
a letter, as RTL: TSB; or after initials representing personal
names, as HGW y which are also correcdy written with
periods, as H.G.W. When the surname is given, as H. G.

Punctuation 173

Wells, periods must be placed after initials. Periods are
omitted after the call letters of broadcasting stations: WABC,

British usage omits the period after Mr. and Mrs.;
French usage omits the period after Mme. and Mile.

2. The period is retained after an abbreviation when
other punctuation marks immediately follow it, except at
the end of a sentence, where one period is sufficient.

a. Albert Burke, M.D., a native of Vermont

b. Jones lived in Paterson, N.J.; Fiske, in Alston, Mass.

3. Care should be taken not to confuse abbreviations
with foreign words or phrases that require no period: in re,
in toto, per diem, per cent, per se.

4. Periods are usually omitted after abbreviations of
weights and measures in the metric system: 3 eg (centigram),
4 dm (decimeter), or abbreviations of a unit based on the
metric system: kv (kilovolt), kc (kilocycle), v (volt), w
(watt).

5. Do not place a period after a letter when it designates
a class or stands for an unidentified person.

a. Class A associations are those with a membership of 500.

b. A walked 7 miles; B, 6 miles.

When, however, a letter stands for an actual name, it
should be followed by a period.

Mr. M. (for Mr. Morris) has paid his monthly interest
In Signatures

Omit periods after the signatures in letters.

Yours truly,
Arthur Brooks
General Manager

174 English for Secretaries

With Figures

1. Either a colon or a period may be placed between
figures denoting hours and minutes: 2:08 or 2.08.

2. Place a period to set off decimals: $1.33, .48

Do not use a period after a whole number representing a
sum of money.

My check for $500. is enclosed.

3. The period should be omitted after Roman numerals
unless they occur in a list:

Rule XIII Exercise III Vol. VII George V
For Omission of Words

Three periods may be written in succession to show that
material is omitted.

Many communications may be form letters . . . but to send a form
letter when a specially typed letter should be used is often the most
mistaken economy.

With Parentheses

1. Place a period after material within parentheses when
such material is an independent imperative or declarative
sentence.

He spent three years in France. (The exact dates are uncertain.)
Later he returned to America.

2. Place the period outside the parentheses when the
material is not an independent sentence but is part of the
preceding statement.

a. Trim stock to 19% inches (one side).

b. A bill for the relief of John Y. Smith; without amendment
(Kept. No. 582).

Punctuation 175

With Quotation Marks

Place a period inside quotation marks.

The article states, "After the survey was completed, the difficulty of
interpretation remained."

This seems illogical when the quoted matter is a word or a
phrase at the end of a sentence; but because of better ap-
pearance it is generally adopted in printing.

Right: It requires a great many "yesterdays" to make one "today."
Right: An invaluable book for the secretary is "CrowelPs Dictionary
of English Grammar."

THE COMMA

It has been truly said, "Take care of the commas and the
other stops will take care of themselves." But to take care of
this "puny little stop" is no easy matter, as absolute rules for
its use are often difficult to make. Modern practice tends
toward economy in all punctuation, particularly in the use
of the comma, as may be seen by comparing thr punctuation
in a present-day magazine or book with that of even twenty-
five years ago. There is no better way of learning how to
punctuate than by noting actual use in modern publications.

Use of the Comma to Set off Words

1. Use a comma to separate words in a series.

Preferred usage: Social-service workers, physicians, and nurses
approved die health program.

Accepted usage: Social-service workers, physicians and nurses ap-
proved the health program.

2. Do not use a comma when the conjunction connects
all the words in a series.

We all extol the vigor and ambition and enthusiasm of youth.

176 English for Secretaries

3. Use a comma to separate pairs of words in a series.

Official and nonofficial, national and state agencies attended the
Chicago convention on health.

4. Use a comma to set off parenthetical words.
He, however, hesitated to decide so serious a question.

5. Use a comma to set off a transitional word.

a. Secondly, the spelling is incorrect.

b. Specifically, the form provides spaces for all the records.

6. Use a comma to indicate the omission of a word.

Professor Brown held the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Doctor
of Philosophy; Professor Jones, those of Bachelor of Science
and Doctor of Public Health.

7. Use a comma to separate the name of a person or his
title from the rest of the sentence, to set off words in apposi-
tion and inverted names in reference lists.

a. Patience, Mr. Beckley, is advised on both sides.

b. The purpose of this motion, Madam Chairman, is plain.

c. Times Square, cross-roads of the world, is again held up as a
danger spot.

d. Barker, Violet, The Youthful Spirit

8. Use a comma to separate a name from a tide that
follows it.

a. James Rowland, principal of Clinton High School.

b. Joseph Lane, M.D.

9. Use a comma after a proper noun that is followed by
another proper noun when they refer to two places or to two
people.

a. Canada, the United States looks upon as a friend.

b. To John, James was a hero.

Punctuation 177

10. Use a comma to separate two or more adjectives
preceding a noun when each one modifies the noun.

He is an honest, industrious worker.

11. Do not use a comma between two adjectives when
such punctuation would destroy the relationship intended:
a quiet summer evening^ striped wool socks.

EXERCISE

Tell where commas should be inserted in the following sentences.

1. Proofreaders must be accurate, intelligent and well informed.

2. Writers editors and publishers depend on proofreaders to detect
and note typographic errors.

3. Mistakes in spelling punctuation capitalization and grammar are
made even by careful writers.

4. The proofreader must recognize such errors mark them on the
proof and check her suggestions when the proof is returned from the
writer.

5. Poor spacing broken type and inconsistencies in form must also
be designated.

6. The publication of newspapers magazines and books is a highly
specialized field.

7. Proofreaders copy readers and editors aim to turn out perfect work.

8. Only through their knowledge care and effort can anything like
perfection be attained.

9. The ordinary general reader little suspects the work that has gone
into every magazine newspaper and book.

10. Let him examine the next book he reads note its make-up and
marvel at its correctness of form and appearance.

1 1. A proofreader must also possess good judgment and close observa-
tion an excellent memory and accurate knowledge an eye for mkmte
detail and a sense of proportion.

12. I believe sir that the word junior may be written jr. or Jr. after
the surname.

13. Certainly Mr. Miles both the "up" and the "down" style of
capitalization may be considered correct

178 English for Secretaries

14. Conservative writers editors and publishers however usually
prefer the "up" 1 style.

1 5. Many books magazines and newspapers on the contrary look upon
the "up" style as pedantic and old-fashioned.

16. Consistency in the use of punctuation marks capitals abbreviations
and figures is essential.

17. Good usage indeed often sanctions a wide variety of forms.

Use of the Comma to Set off Phrases

1 . Use a comma to set off a phrase denoting residence or
position.

a. Mrs. P. B. Graham, 128 Broad Street, Bloomfield, N. J.

b. Miss Helen Cooke of Needham, Mass., or Miss Helen Cooke, of
Necdham, Mass.

2. Use a comma in dates when the exact date is given:
February 26, 1945. When only the month and the year are
given, the comma may either be used or omitted: February,
1945, or February 1945.

3. Use a comma after the salutation in a friendly letter.

4. Use a comma to set off the complimentary close in a
letter.

5. Use a comma to set off figures in groups of more than
four: 31,064.

6. Use a comma to set off most introductory phrases.
This is not a hard and fast rule but must be applied with
discrimination. The following suggestions may prove help-
ful in making decisions on this point.

a. Use commas after all absolute phrases and after all
introductory verbal phrases.

1. Generally speaking, our public library system is the beat in the
world.

2. To succeed in secretarial work, one must be accurate and intelli-
gent.

Punctuation 179

b. Use commas after introductory prepositional phrases
only when they are long or not closely connected with
the rest of the sentence or the omission of the comma
would cause misunderstanding.

1. In order to provide a rough check on the effects of leadership
and technical courses on the men who took them, a rating form
was evolved.

2. In the chapter devoted to fibers and fabrics, several facts gen-
erally unknown to consumers are included.

3. At last something clear has come out of the conference.

4. For three years we have paid these bills promptly.

5. After dictating, the employer turned the report over to the
secretary.

7. Do not use a comma to set off a short contrasting
phrase introduced by such words, as but or though.

a. It is true but regrettable.

b. The manager is just though severe.

8. Use a comma to set off descriptive phrases following
the noun they modify.

The lecturer, pale with fatigue, read his notes slowly.

9. Use a comma to set off phrases in a series.

All enjoyed the scenery in Arizona, in New Mexico, and in Utah.

10. Use a comma to set off nonres trie tive phrases.
The stenographer, working too slowly, failed to finish the report.

11. The terms i.e., to wit, vii., namely, Jor example, and the
like:

a. Such an expression, when it is used to introduce a
word or a phrase that is parenthetical, is preceded by a
comma.

180 English for Secretaries

1. It is assumed that a modern office is equipped with desirable
office machines, namely, calculators, comptometers, and adding
machines.

2. The following subjects are recommended as requirements for
study by the secretary, viz., grammar, spelling, punctuation.

3. Several of our holidays, for example, Lincoln's Birthday and the
Fourth of July, come on Friday this year.

4. The course should be broad enough in scope to include the four
accepted divisions of retail-store activity, namely, store opera-
tion, merchandising, sales promotion, and accounting control.

b. When such an expression introduces a principal clause,
it is preceded by a semicolon and followed by a comma.

1. There is a great difference between the two boys; namely, one is
temperamental, and the other is practical.

2. Periodic reports may be either public or private; that is, they
may deal with the affairs of a community or of a business
organization.

EXERCISES

A. In the following sentences insert capitals and punctuation wherever
necessary.

1. Mr. Meredith Allen of 48 Washington Street Hartford was born
on Friday October 13 1870.

2. Mr. and Mrs. Francis Paine gave a reception for Mrs. Elizabeth
Long widow of Peter Long well-known explorer and naturalist.

3. James Henderson treasurer of the Brown Lumber Company
arrived in Boston Monday morning.

4. Furthermore they asserted that enactment of the bill would curtail
trading drastically.

5. On September 15 1943 Alexander Booth became general manager.

6. The maimed the halt and the blind as every student of history
knows have scaled the heights of fame in spite of their handicaps.

7. Mrs. Howe declaring that her appointment was for Tuesday in-
sisted upon seeing the director.

8. The chairman denied according to Mr. Bell that the Westchestei
Association had voted for a new parkway.

Punctuation 181

9. Professor Arnold author of several books on banking will make the
address on Monday March 15.

10. The decision was made in January 1943 by Hobson Grant the
executor of Miss Johnson's estate.

11. Lowell Tilden partner in the law firm of McNeil O'Donnell and
Company 225 Broadway reported on the improved financial outlook.

12. John Tarrington left the following bequests $10,000 to Andrew
Baker his secretary and $5,000 each to Helen Markham and Clara
Jameson employees in his home.

13. Captain John H. Thompson for many years a leader in military
training has been retired from the active list.

14. A powerful swimmer Mr. Eugene Standard won renown as a long
distance swimmer and water-polo player.

15. John Carpenter of 500 Fifth Avenue president of the P. K. Car-
penter Inc. furniture and upholstery dealers made the opening speech at
the Washington convention.

16. Miss Evelyn Morris daughter of the late Pratt Morris founder of
the Morris restaurants donated 10 per cent of the profits of her business
during April to the endowment fund.

B. Rewrite the following excerpts, capitalizing and punctuating each
correctly.

1. The test of your intelligence is your ability to take hold of your own
life just as it is to know yourself make an estimate of your situation things
that seem difficult at first will become easy rise above your failures
excellence cannot be reached by merely looking for defects

2. Do your job to the best of your ability never belittle what you are
doing success doesn't consist of doing something marvelous but in doing
everything well

3. The art of talking is one of the most valuable equipments a business-
man can have nearly all work that is above mere routine and physical
labor involves talking and the success of the work often depends on the
ability to carry the point in conversation the difference between a skilled
and an unskilled talker is very great

4. Be loyal to your company be ready at all times to do what you
consider to be to its best interests buy its products and promote the sale
of them among others care for company property as though it were your
own cooperate with other employees

5. Day after day night after night it goes on a secretary lifts the phone
from its hook gives the word to the operator the signal flashes down the

182 English for Secretaries

line connections are made a secretary steps into the executive office and
says "the call is ready"

C. Assume that a secretary has had the following dictated to her. Write
each group so carefully that the dictator will find no mistake in
punctuation.

1 . Will you look into this matter and let us have your comments

2. May we suggest that you immediately notify the bank to cancel
this check

3. It is always a matter of considerable concern to us when we find
ourselves unable to meet the wish of a valued customer

4. We sincerely urge you to buy now our coat collection has never
been lovelier and you can be sure that each coat bearing a Perkins label
is the finest quality obtainable at its price

5. I hope I have answered your question satisfactorily do not hesitate
to write whenever a question comes up that is puzzling I shall do my
best to help you

6. Our expert Dry Gold Storage affords your furs excellent cleaning
and protection and it has the added convenience of allowing you to with-
draw any article as many times as you wish at no additional charge

7. Easter comes early this year April tenth have you planned your
new Easter outfit at Dudley's you'll find plenty of inspiration we're
abounding in exciting new Easter fashions at our usual reasonable prices

8. We do hope you have enjoyed wearing the clothes you purchased
this past year from us now that hot summer weather is on the way you're
undoubtedly thinking of storage for your winter things and this year
you'll want to be surer than ever that they are guarded from moths dust
and damage

9. The next three points in order of frequency were "vocational
efficiency" "study habits" and "preparation for American citizenship"

10. The biggest single financial investment your community makes is
in its public schools as a taxpayer and businessman you have a vested
interest in our youth for they will become your future employees Amer-
ica's citizens their attitude toward work and toward democracy itself will
largely depend upon the kind of start they get

D. Write the following sentences, inserting commas wherever necessary.

1. A shortage of at least $4100 was found in the accounts.

2. Men generally speaking look for jobs in their own line.

3. In the annual report recommendations were made for an endow-
ment fund.

Punctuation 183

4. In accordance with our conversation this afternoon I am enclosing
a booklet.

5. Frequent use of dramatization in the classroom i.e. of a court
trial of lawmaking bodies in action increases interest.

6. We regret that as it has become necessary for us to revise our
previous promise made for delivery we have changed the time to the
week of June fourth.

7. In view of our increasing costs we regret it has been found neces-
sary to advance this price to thirty cents a yard.

8. We are holding your order pending authorization to ship at this
new price.

9. To be fair it must be said that we are slowly bringing ourselves to
face the truth.

10. To show the scope of the secretary's work in the offices a list of
her duties was drawn up by the supervisor.

11. Obviously women are not more industrious than men or more
willing or more courageous or less affected by what people will say.

12. The social secretary has charge of the servants and laundry in fact
of everything that comes along.

1 3. By means of illustrated telegrams it is now possible to picture what
you sell. To the attention-compelling quality of a well-worded telegram
it is therefore possible to add a picture that helps tell the story.

14. Recendy however the city's Department of Commerce reported
progress in its campaign to bring about an effective control of city travel
which it regards as essential both in peace and in war.

15. Anyone of any age seeking to know the work around him may
with the help of the suggestions offered here follow the paths that the
pioneers of astronomy trod.

16. In the average business organization the cost of writing letters
fluctuates from day to day and from letter to letter.

Use of the Comma to Set off Clauses

1 . Use commas to set off parenthetical clauses.

Meanwhile, however irked the politicians may be, the voters are
having a field day.

2. Use a comma after a dependent adverbial clause which
precedes the main clause if the meaning is not clear without

1 84 English for Secretaries

the comma. Such clauses are introduced most often by

as, if, since, and when.

Comma needed: As arriving delegates poured from the train, the wel-
coming committee rushed forward to meet them.

Comma unnecessary: When the secretary had finished typing the
letters she placed them on the desk.

3. Use a comma to precede a dependent clause intro-
duced by /or, since, as, when the clause gives a reason.

Claim cannot be made for any loss due to the carrier's delay, since
the railroad does not guarantee the time of delivery of shipments.

4. Conservative usage advocates commas to separate the
members of a compound sentence when the clauses are
short and closely connected and contain no commas;
modern usage often omits the comma in such sentences
when the meaning is clear without it.

a. A mistake is an opportunity to make a correction, and this fact

should be stressed in adjustment letters.
6. A loan is a debt and a debt is a promise to be kept.

5. Use a comma to set off a nonrestrictive or descriptive
adjective clause. Such a clause is one that is not needed to
make the meaning clear.

Mr. Taylor, who was a mediator for the organizations, settled the
strike satisfactorily for both sides.

6. Do not use a comma to set off a restrictive adjective
clause. Such a clause is one that is needed to make the
meaning clear.

The firm dismissed all executives who disapproved of the new
management.

Punctuation 185

7. Use a comma to set off informal direct quotations from
the rest of the sentence.

"Lack of courtesy," declares Mr. Fairchild, "is the most costly
thing in business." He continues, "No other thing costs so little
as courtesy and is worth so much."

EXERCISES

A. Tell where punctuation should be inserted in the following sentences.

1. Although he was warned of the danger he paid no attention to it.

2. After the speaker had finished the address the meeting was thrown
open for discussion.

3. Mr. Williams who is the financial manager feels that conditions
will improve next spring.

4. If man had observed nature's inventions more closely he would
have made some of his own devices thousands of years before he did.

5. Mr. Brown who is a stamp collector himself started Mr. Simpson
on his collection with a $2000 purchase of about 8000 varieties of stamps.

6. If there is anything in the theory of private enterprise we have no
right to expect private individuals to run railroads for our convenience
at a loss.

7. A new step that is indicative of improvement in the capital market
was taken today.

8. The city's snow-shoveling army was hampered by the cold which
firmly shod the city's streets in rutted snow and ice.

9. A predicted rise in temperature late today which is likely to bring
snow the Weather Bureau said will be but a slight reaction from the
subnormal cold.

10. Although people may admit to themselves their many obligations
they resent being reminded of them by others.

11. Every medical secretary will be called upon to do a good deal of
typing which will include correspondence case records and index cards.

12. The best collection man is he who so trains his customers to pay
promptly that the necessity to use collection methods is reduced to the
minimum.

13. In an order as in every business letter the writer should try to save
the reader's time and effort.

186 English for Secretaries

14. The errors that were made in typing the director's report were due
to carelessness.

15. As he is accurate quick and reliable his work is held in high esteem
by the president.

16. "If the secretary possesses good judgment" says an authority on
secretarial duties "he can very easily weed out the callers that are
unimportant."

17. The merchandise statement that you requested is enclosed.

18. If Mr. Sanders should resign a lively contest for the office would
result.

19. Please send the original delivery sheet here after it has served its
purpose it will be returned to you.

20. Letters of credit form a convenient and practical method of carry-
ing funds during an extended tour. If you arc planning a short trip
arrange to carry express checks.

21. When assembling your fall wardrobe you'll find a Chapin charge
account a wonderful convenience why not open one today just sign on the
dotted line.

22. With new knowledge techniques skills methods and attitudes
constantly being discovered and explored there is before us a constantly
changing world which challenges those who are brave enough to answer
the call.

B. Write the following sentences taken from business letters and
advertisements, and supply the necessary punctuation.

1. Your letter came about a week ago but I have delayed writing
until I could get opinions from several people regarding the question
you ask.

2. If the Washington's Birthday holiday period is any barometer for
business at the shore during this year we can all of us look forward to a
very wonderful season.

3. Courtesy is in the spirit rather than in the expression polite
phrasing in itself is not sufficient it must be backed by the proper mental
attitute courtesy is politeness plus kindness.

4. Visualize the policyholder as you sit at your desk dictating the
letter imagine the policyholder to be seated opposite you and dictate
your letter as you would talk to him your letters should be democratic
in spirit a democratic attitude is the ability to understand and to respect
the other man's point of view.

Punctuation 187

5. For your convenience in making reservation we are enclosing a
schedule of our special attention rates which we are offering to your
group all you need do is designate on the card the number in your
party type of accommodations desired date of arrival and departure
and whatever your request may be it will have our best attention.

6. Next is the added advantage of selecting your coat leisurely making
a small down payment then taking ten months between now and
next winter to pay the balance we keep your coat safe in our scientific
fur vaults until then at no extra charge you pay no interest or carrying
charges of any kind there are no extras !

7. There are included fascinating real-life stories about the leading
composers which take the reader behind the scenes and show him the
patterns of life the emotions and the human associations that helped
to create the world's great music.

8. This letter does not go to you unawares. Your name is one of a
group that the New Republic spent the summer collecting a group which
comprises so far as we can judge not radicals or conservatives or any
other sort of doctrinaires but just thoughtful Americans.

9. Not so very long ago stenography was associated mainly with what
might be termed office routine the secretary reported for work in the
morning took time out for lunch and left at a regular hour each night
the office itself was the focal point for all business transactions.

10. Although general business knowledge is desirable it is important
that young people who expect to meet the competition of today develop
special skill and ability in some particular phase of business office work
for instance although many have a slight knowledge of machine calcula-
tion few are really skilled.

THE SEMICOLON

The semicolon is more than a comma but less than a
period. It is often used instead of a period to separate two
sentences that might be separated by a period but are closely
connected in meaning.

This phase of our training must not be superficial; it must be deep
and sound.

188 English for Secretaries

1. Use a semicolon between the clauses of a compound
sentence when the conjunction is omitted or when the
connection is not close.

Insulation can be best put into the walls of a house during construc-
tion; its later addition may not be so effective.

2. Use a semicolon to separate coordinate clauses when
they are long or when they contain commas.

Storm windows should be provided on the exposed side of the house
at the very least; but for real results, every window in the house
should have protection.

Note, however, that when the coordinate clauses are
short and closely connected, and contain no commas, all
punctuation may be omitted or a comma may be used be-
tween the two clauses. In a survey made by Sterling Andrus
Leonard, the author cites the opinions of seventy-six book,
newspaper, and magazine editors on the punctuation of the
sentence, "I have no fears and I anticipate no regrets."

Out of a total of 76 judges, 8 reject punctuation before and in a com-
pound sentence of two short clauses; 13 prefer no punctuation; 41
tolerate the omission of punctuation; 14 require the comma;
23 prefer the comma; 17 tolerate the comma. 1

3. Use the semicolon in lists of names with titles or
addresses and in other lists which would not be clear if
separated only by commas.

The speakers were Miss Elizabeth Betts, manager of Dalton and
Blake, Litde Rock, Ark.; Edward Slater, personnel director of
The Arnold Company, Des Moines, Iowa; and James McGinnis,
president of McGinnis and O'Donnell, Trenton, N. J.

1 From LEONARD, STERLING ANDRUS. Current English Usage. Chicago, The
National Council of Teachers of English.

Punctuation 189

4. For the semicolon with for example, as follows, namely,
and similar expressions, see page 180.

EXERCISES

A. Examine the following sentences and be able to explain the
punctuation of each.

1. We dislike their plan, but there seemed no alternative.

2. The result was a surprise; hence there was a moment of un-
certainty.

3. Three sets of standard tests have been prepared: (a) for local,
county, or subdistrict contests; (b) for district or sectional contests;
(c) for state or final contests.

4. The bookkeeper is checking his accounts carefully, for he expects
the auditors today.

5. Finally, the Senate adjourned for the Christmas holidays.

6. Both the Democratic and the Republican members defended the
bill, after which it was passed by a vote of 98 to 37.

7. Congress has debated the bill for several days; however, the
members have not reached any agreement.

8. You have to keep your eyes open and catch hold of things; they'll
not catch hold of you.

9. A bill that provided for the appointment of the State Social
Welfare Commissioner by the Governor instead of by the State Board of
Social Welfare was killed in both houses.

10. We have one passport, freedom; one objective, victory, total and
unmistakable; and one purpose, a just and lasting peace.

11. It seems to me, therefore, that whatever we do about vocational
training and there is much to be done we must make sure that every
business student understands what business is, how it has developed,
how it serves us, what are its defects.

12. A young man has always had to help make his opportunity, and
he must do that today, as ever. But young men fail more nowadays than
they used to, because they expect to reap almost as soon as they sow.

13. Good salesmanship does call for strong natural endowments, but
most people have these endowments in some degree.

14. It can be said from the findings of this survey that women are
discriminated against in two respects: a higher standard of performance

190 English for Secretaries

is required of them than is required of men, and women are paid less
than men for work of equal rank.

B. In the following sentences insert punctuation wherever it is needed.

1. Mr. Cunningham did not seek office the office sought him.

2. Let the people deal with facts not promises with sworn testimony
not propaganda.

3. The bank's deposits decreased 10 per cent the number of its
depositors 5 per cent.

4. Building the habit of good English usage is not always easy yet it
is precisely this habit that is so vitally necessary to business success.

5. Your payment of $6.00 has been credited $2.30 to the July
electric bill $1.80 to the August electric bill and $1.90 to your mer-
chandise account.

6. Commerce has stimulated exploration and invention it has acted
as a civilizing influence developing understanding and good will among
nations and it has precipitated war.

7. The businessman of the future will meet new conditions each day
so each day he must come to his day's work with a mind and will ready
for the unexpected.

8. As a consumer the student has certain choices to make as he
comes in contact with life situations consequently the student should be
given an opportunity to solve his problems and to make his own choices.

9. In all important fields of human activities there are needed men
and women who can get along with each other and with their superiors
and subordinates men and women who can stand ridicule and criti-
cism and can persevere in the face of jealousy and friction who will not
wilt under discouragement nor flare up in anger and pitch their jobs.

10. This report includes discussions by C. R. Brown general editor
of the Brown Book Company Grace Pen ton of the Randolph Vocational
School Exville Missouri and Bliss Arnold credit manager of Johnson
and Johnson, St. Louis.

11. Poor salesmen may be good people, always on time loyal and
ready to help but they lack the ambition to study their work which is the
mark of an expert salesman.

12. We need not render ourselves anxious about the exceptional
student he is all right. He has been thrown into the sea but he does not
need any life preserver he does not need to be coddled he will swim he
was not born to be drowned.

Punctuation 191

THE COLON

1 . Use a colon after a formal salutation in a letter.

Gentlemen: Dear Sir: Dear Mr. James:

2. Use a colon or a period between figures to denote
hours and minutes, as 3:30 or 3.30.

3. Use a colon to introduce a list.

a. In a catalog:

The Commercial Extension, School of Commerce, Omaha.
Two terms: June 9 to July 16; July 17 to August 22.

b. In an announcement:

The following officers were elected for 1943-1944:
President: R. P. Dunn, Huntington Beach, California.
Treasurer: R. F. Betts, Ontario, California.

c. In a news article and in business correspondence:

The following officers have been elected for the coming year: presi-
dent, Lillie Freeman; vice-president, Lenore Traynor; secretary,
Irene Stern.

4. The colon is usually omitted when the matter following
the verb logically completes the sentence.

Among those at the Lafayette Centenary Exhibition were repre-
sentatives of the Colonial Dames of America, the Society of the
Sons of the Revolution, the Society of the Cincinnati, and the
Sons of the American Revolution.

5. Use a colon to introduce a clause or a phrase that sup-
plements a preceding statement.

a. Everything seems favorable for increased production: the work-
men are experienced, the morale is excellent, and the machinery
is new.

1 92 English for Secretaries

b. The following was adopted by unanimous vote:

Whereas, in the opinion of the members of this association the
projected dictionary is a much-needed work of reference; and

Whereas, it is imperative that the dictionary be prepared under
such direction as will guarantee its scholarly character; be it

Resolved, That the American Political Science Association take
note . . . etc.

c. The brief lists five constitutional objections to Section 11 of the
act, asserting:

1. That it is not a regulation of interstate commerce;

2. That it invades the reserved powers of the states;

3. That it contains no standards of guidance, and hence is an
unconstitutional delegation of legislation authority;

4. That it violates, etc.

d. Russell Sage said that the best way for a young man who is
without friends or influence to begin is by observing the follow-
ing: first, to get a position; second, to keep his mouth shut; third,
to observe; fourth, to be faithful; fifth, to make his employer
think he would be lost in a fog without him; sixth, to be polite.

e. Major purposes for the proposed division would be:

1. To serve as a clearinghouse for information affecting the
problems of youth;

2. To stimulate communities to make more effective provision
for youth.

6. Use a colon to introduce a long, formal quotation.

John D. Rockefeller gives the following advice to a man starting out
in life: "If you aim for a large, broadgauged success, do not begin
your business career, whether you sell your labor or are an inde-
pendent producer, with the idea of getting from the world by
hook or crook all you can. In your choice of your profession or
your business employment, let your first thought be the following:
Where can I fit in so that I may be the most effective in the work
of the world?"

EXERCISE

Read the following sentences, supplying punctuation wherever it \i
needed.

Punctuation 193

1. The five major regions embrace (a) Northeastern United States
and eastern Canada (b) midwestern United States (c) receiving ports
on the great lakes and the St Lawrence River (d) southeastern and
southern United States (e) western United States and western Canada.

2. It is helpful when introducing the insertion of paper to count the
steps thus (a) To place paper next to paper guide (b) to get fingers and
thumb under cylinder knob (c) to twirl paper in machine and (d) to
remove paper.

3. The new officers of the Association are as follows

Chairman Robert Baxter head of commercial department Exville High

School
Treasurer Louis Anthony head of commercial department Blank High

School
Secretary Harry Baumont office machines instructor Roosevelt High

School

4. The following three grand prizes were awarded

Division 1 John Hay High School Cleveland Ohio
Division 2 Henager Business College Salt Lake City Utah
Division 3 University of Washington Seattle

5. There are those who would divide business education objectives
into three divisions business education for the consumer business educa-
tion for a vocation and business education for social relationships

THE QUESTION MARK (INTERROGATION POINT)

1. Place a question mark at the end of a direct question.

a. Where would you find the age of the President of the United States?

b. The secretary asked, "Who may be a member of the National
Council of Business Education?"

2. Place a period, not a question mark, at the end of an
indirect question.

The visitor asked how her life insurance could be tied up with her
Social Security.

3. Place a question mark after several questions in a
series to make them stand out forcefully. If the questions

194 English for Secretaries

are not emphatic, commas are preferred between them with
the question mark at the end.

a. Have you any idea what the habit of being loyal is worth?

Do you know what it means to your happiness? To your own
success?

b. What is the capital of Peru, of Chile, of Venezuela?

4. Place a question mark after a quoted question coming
at the end of a sentence.

The subject of the address is "What Basic Consumer Information
and Attitudes Are Needed by All Commercial Students?"

5. Place a question mark after a date or other matter to
express doubt as to its accuracy.

a. Your letter of January 6 (?) was delayed.

b. The services of the Transcription Club carried on from 1934-
1936 (?) proved valuable.

6. When a question mark occurs within a sentence, it is
never followed by a comma, a semicolon, or a period.

The store was first located downtown at Thirteenth Street (?) and
later moved to Fifty-eighth Street.

EXERCISE

In the following sentences supply punctuation wherever it is needed.

1. May we receive your order tomorrow

2. May I ask you to send me a list of your latest fiction

3. May I congratulate you on the excellent dinner served to our
club last Wednesday

4. May I take up with you the matter of late delivery of your mail
to your bank

5. Have you ever wished you could apply voluntarily for life in-
surance without dealing through an agent

6. Can you maintain a conversation in a pleasing voice can you
walk with ease and poise can you tell a story can you sing play an
instrument can you dance can you drive

Punctuation 195

7. Graduating business students have two problems to solve before
they can confidently present themselves for an employment interview
(a) What shall I wear (b) What shall I say

8. On the day of your interview, judge your costume as a whole by
standing before a mirror and asking yourself the following questions

a. Docs my costume have an appearance of oneness

b. Does the costume look as if it belonged to me or does it look bor-
rowed

c. Do I feel comfortable in the costume

9. Do you enjoy meeting people whose experiences have given them
unusual things to tell do you like to talk with men and women who have
thought things through not necessarily to your own conclusions but
keenly or from an arresting new angle

10. What more fitting subject could be selected for the convention
than "Modernizing Business Education"

11. Again I go to the businessman for my support what are the facts
the understandings the attitudes the interests the ideals that businessmen
would like their employees to have

12. Consider the following questions do we need to give more or less
attention to typewriting in our high-school business curriculum does our
course link up closely enough with actual business requirements

THE EXCLAMATION POINT

1 . Use the exclamation point after expressions of strong
emotion.

a. "I object!" roared the lawyer.

b. Our holiday greetings to you, friends and fellow workers!

2. Use the exclamation mark after a word, a phrase, or a
sentence to express surprise.

a. What! a portable typewriter for twenty dollars!
30 per cent Savings Now!

b. "Serve America Now So you Can See America Later!" advised
the Greyhound Line.

1 96 English for Secretaries

EXERCISE

Tell how the following phrases or sentences should be punctuated
if they occurred in advertisements.

1. Probably the happiest woman in the world is one coming home
with a new spring dress or hat

2. Box types fitted types warm sturdy smart with collars of rayon
velveteen

3. Not only all-wool but all new wool quality that can take it

4. Shoes for dress shoes for business shoes for sportswear

5. How few men and women express themselves clearly how many of
us are misunderstood when we talk and when we write

QUOTATION MARKS

1 . Use double quotation marks to enclose a direct quota-
tion.

a. "Will you finish the report today?" asked the supervisor.

b. "All sorts of smart accessories,*' said the buyer, "mark the newest
costumes."

c. Mr. Richberg declared, "The economic conditions of this century
have no duplicate in history."

2. Do not use quotation marks to set off indirect quota-
tions.

a. After the lecture was over, I went up to him immediately to ask
him if I could have a talk with him.

b. He said that he would be very glad to talk with me.

3. Quotation marks are used to enclose titles of books,
individual poems, paintings, and magazines.

a. A collection called "Three Masters of English Drama" contains
Shaw's "Caesar and Cleopatra," Shakespeare's "Julius Caesar,"
and Dryden's "All for Love."

b. The most valuable painting, "The Fisherman," sold for $40,000.

Punctuation 197

Many modern publications prefer italics indicated in
manuscript by underlining, rather than quotation marks, to
indicate titles.

a. The greatest manservant in literature since the days of Sam
Weller is to be found in Thank You, Jeeves! by P. G. Wodehouse.

b. Grace for This Day, condensed from Good Housekeeping, appeared
in the January number of The Reader's Digest.

4. Use single quotation marks to enclose quoted matter
within a quotation.

"With my first title, The Forge, 5 " T. S. Stribling says, "I tried to
suggest the actual physical up-building of the South; and with my
second, The Store,' I aimed at the commercial development"

5. Use quotation marks or underline the words to indi-
cate italics to set off from the context any quoted or
emphasized word or short phrase.

a. Do not say "my residence" for "my house," or "retire" for "go
to bed."

b. Advertising is not only a help, it is the helpmate.

c. The difference of opinion rests on the meaning of the words
"business vocational efficiency."

d. Various Scotch words, e.g., "cosy," "bairn," "wee," have been
added to what one may call our "nursery vocabulary."

Quotation Marks with other Punctuation Marks

1. Quotation marks are always placed outside the period
and the comma (see examples above).

2. Quotation marks are always placed inside the semi-
colon.

a. Have you noticed that parts of your notes can be read upside
down with entirely different meanings or no meanings at all?

198 English for Secretaries

For instance, in Gregg shorthand, "read" becomes "deck";
"back" becomes "rave"; . . .

b. In a brief statement he declared that he had no political ambi-
tions whatever; that any suggestion to the contrary "must be
regarded as merely amiable gestures of good will dictated by
friendship"; that his only hope and ambition is for victory in the
war; that when the war is over he expects to retire into private
life.

EXERCISES

A. Write the following sentences, supplying capitals and punctuation
wherever necessary and paying particular attention to quotation marks.

1. The program consisted of short talks on The Present Day Family
Changing Ideals of Behavior and The Use of Leisure

2. Knowledge of social usage is often a factor in happiness and
success said Dr. Ruth Strang of Teachers College

3. The mood in which most of the House voted Aye took no account
of the meaning or consequences of the measure

4. In order to test preferences on radio programs a questionnaire
has been sent out containing two questions what do you dislike on the
air and what do you like on the air

5. In November the articles liked best by readers were! teachers are
citizens do we want to prevent crime and what are taxes for

6. The speaker declared that our goal should be the greatest possible
freedom and security for every American citizen

7. Our generation said the speaker faces new events and new ideas
bound to support destroy or modify the current beliefs about right and
wrong

8. Something is wrong when not every man has an opportunity to
work and earn his livelihood said the senator

9. Chairman Fletcher of the Senate Banking and Currency Com-
mittee once remarked no rules regulations laws restrictions or whatnot
can prevent a man from being a fool or a knave if he chooses to be a fool
or a knave

10. Inclusion in club programs of some form of welfare and health
activity is the plan of practically every club group in the state declared
the welfare chairman of the New York state federation of women's clubs.

Punctuation 199

B. Write the following quotations, supplying the correct punctuation.

1. Men who make their living by writing study words as a painter
studies colors on his palette as the steel-worker studies the constituents
of his metal writes James Melvin Lee

2. Robert Louis Stevenson believed that the first merit which attracts
in the pages of good writers or the talk of a brilliant conversationalist is
its apt choice and contrast of the words employed.

3. The speaker declared facility in writing clean-cut accurate in-
formative reports would be of great value to every secretary. Secretarial
work she continued will include courses in shorthand and typewriting
and instruction in the use of office machines filing and handling of
correspondence.

4. Charles R. Barnett says we convey our ideas to other men by words
either spoken or written if we do not speak or write correctly that is
according to the rules of English we are liable to be misunderstood and
to suffer inconvenience the loss of time and often the loss of money.

5. The good old advertising term human-interest writes John B.
Opdycke in the Language of Advertising applies especially to the study
of English words there is an engaging human-interest attaching to most
of our words that should of itself prompt to an intensive study of them
and an intellectual curiosity about them.

6. The language used in a business letter says Carl Naether should be
selected with the purpose of expressing the character and personality of
one distinct person besides the kind of words used the manner in which
they are used the construction and length of sentences and paragraphs
lend business writing individuality and charm.

7. Another piece of good advice in regard to words is the following
given by Walter H. Page go over the words you use to see if they be the
best dont fall into merely current phrases if you have a long word see
if a native short one can be put in its place which will be more natural
and stronger avoid a Latin vocabulary and use a plain English one.

8. The stenographer should know how to use words says W. L.
Mason for it is by the use of words he makes his living there is no more
common complaint made against a poor stenographer than that he
misuses words either he abuses them by transposing their letters or he
mutilates them by disembowelling or dismembering them or substituting
wrong words for right ones.

200 English for Secretaries

THE APOSTROPHE

1 . Use the apostrophe in contractions in the place of the
omitted letter or letters: don't, we're; and in place of the
first two figures for the year: the Class of '46.

2. Use the apostrophe or the apostrophe and s to indicate
the possessive of nouns: John's typewriter. For further use of
the apostrophe with the possessive case, see pages 218-219.

3. As a rule, the possessive form in apostrophe and s
should be confined to persons: the history of America is pre-
ferable to America's history; the legs of the table, not the table's
legs. However certain idiomatic expressions, generally
expressing a period of time, are used in the possessive: a
day's pay, a week's rest, two months' work, three^wr/ interest.

4. Use the apostrophe and s to form the plural of figures
and letters of the alphabet: 6's, n's.

5. Use the apostrophe and s to form the plural of a word
used as a word.

There are too many nofs in that sentence.

6. Do not use an apostrophe in abbreviations to show the
omission of a letter or letters: bus, Dept., Messrs., Supt.

EXERCISES

A. Write the numbers of the following phrases on your answer paper.
After each number, write C if the apostrophe is correctly used; rewrite
the phrase correctly if it is incorrect as it stands.

1. the boy's face

2. the boys' faces

3. the employee's homes

4. Samuel Clemen's Tom Sawyer

5. Bess's paper

6. each days' assignment

7. Jane Addam's autobiography

Punctuation 201

8. Wilson's and Harding's policies

9. the attorney-general's signature

10. Abamowitz' dress shop

11. Hoover and Roosevelt's platform

12. the children's department

13. Canada and New York's coastlines

14. five month's tuition

15. four day's march

16. six years' guaranty

17. Henry Brown, Jr's, secretary

18. today's program

19. a week's report

20. one month's course

21. The Womans' Home Companion

B. Write the following phrases and insert an apostrophe or an apos-
trophe and s ('*) wherever needed.

1. four hours work

2. the Navys ultimate objective

3. the Postmaster-Generals office

4. Mr. Lewis new novel

5. New York States inheritance tax

6. the Board of Aldermens decision

7. one anothers plans

8. Admiral Richard E. Byrds flagship

9. womans right to vote

10. the editor-in-chiefs opinion

11. a gen tlemans agreement

12. the governments project

13. Professor Hopkins suggestion

14. the Presidents committee

15. the squadrons personnel

16. Commander McGinnis request

17. Dr. and Mrs. Henrys efforts

18. Jones and Companys goods

19. the bankers (plural) four-year plan

20. other peoples money

21. ladies dresses

22. Rule and Warren Companys sales

202 English for Secretaries

23. clubwomcns efforts

24. babies diseases

25. Philip Bowen, Jr., secretary

26. two months cruise

27. the citizens budget commission

28. Bell and Edisons inventions

29. each others beliefs

30. four engineers estimates

31. Jane and Elsies mothers

32. the American Legions demand

33. every days reports

34. Mr. Dickenson and Mr. Alberts families

35. the babys top

C. Write the following sentences, inserting an apostrophe or an
apostrophe and s wherever needed.

1. After five hours deliberation, the jury convicted the two men.

2. Federal employees salaries must be looked after and corrected.

3. The storm lashed Portugals coast for several days.

4. Details of the values will be found in tomorrows Times.

5. The armys week-end sports events attracted many visitors.

6. Travelers checks totaling $730 were found in his possession.

7. A program of forty minutes duration was arranged for the girls.

8. At the Presidents birthday ball a "surprise number" will be the
evenings entertainment feature.

9. Societys interest is focused on a pageant to be given at the Waldorf-
Astoria on January 30.

10. In the mountain region of Virginia the children learn, in addition
to their three Rs, various handicraft activities.

11. The Womans Auxiliary of St. Johns Protestant Episcopal Church
will meet on November twenty-fifth.

12. Members of the Lions Club attended the annual dinner of the
homemakers section of the Womans Club held on Halloween.

13. One of the schools founders declared that the proceeds from the
tfale of womens clothing should be used for the support of needy children.

14. The Spruce Tree Club, which has been meeting at the Citizens
Civic League Clubhouse, leased Walter McGinnis properly this week
and will use the building for future assemblies and also for a womens
exchange benefit shop.

Punctuation 203

ITALICS

To indicate that words, phrases, or sentences are to ap-
pear in italics in printed matter, such items are underlined
in the typewritten or handwritten manuscript.

The following expressions usually appear in italics:

1 . Foreign expressions that are not regarded as part of the
English language : faux pas, piece de resistance. So many foreign
expressions have been adopted and have become a part of
the English family of words that it is often difficult to know
which are still considered foreign. When in doubt, one
should consult a dictionary, making sure how the dictionary
indicates italics.

2. Words or expressions to which a writer wishes to give
emphasis.

a. Though current conditions are fast undermining it, the old-
fashioned virtue of thnjt is just as important today as it ever was.

b. From the mechanical point of view, business letters naturally fall
into three classes the short letter, the ordinary one-page letter, and the
long letter.

3. A word spoken of as a word.

The word sandwich has an interesting derivation.

4. Titles of books, magazines, newspapers, and other
whole printed works. Today this style is usually preferred to
quotation marks.

When an, and, or the is part of a title, it should be italicized:
The Merchant of Venice, The New York Times.
Quotation marks are preferred for titles of parts of books.

5. The names of ships. Authorities differ as to the correct
manner of writing the names of ships. Some prefer italics;
some, quotation marks; and others, neither: the Normandie y
the "Normandie" or the Normandie.

204 English for Secretaries

6. The words continued, continued on page, to be continued, to
be concluded.

EXERCISES

Tell what words or phrases in the following sentences might be
italicized in printed matter.

1. For years, readers of Field and Stream admired Henry Summer
Watson's hunting and fishing scenes on the covers of the magazine.

2. Theater may be spelled either theater or theatre. Theater is the
American form; theatre, the English form.

3. Many boxes were sold for the matinee of La Boheinc Friday after-
noon at the Metropolitan Opera House.

4. In the West we find the Columbus Ohio State Journal, the Detroit
Free Press, and the Chicago Daily News fearful of the effects of such
monetary policies.

5. Yale University was presented with a complete set of the first
edition of Daniel Defoe's Robinson Crusoe.

6. We can well afford to question ourselves as to how staunchly our
house of today will withstand the storms of tomorrow.

7. Italian has contributed to the English language finale, piano,
sonata, and many other words relating to music.

8. Most people think that the term synthetic means a substitute for a
natural fiber.

PARENTHESES

1 . Parentheses are used to set off supplementary matter
that is explanatory but not necessary to the grammatical
structure of the sentence. The dash today is often preferred
in this connection, particularly if the inserted material is
intended to be emphasized.

a. There is much agreement (it isn't unanimous, however) that
there are too many business education associations.

b. Letter paper (standard size) is longer than it is wide.

2. Parentheses are used to enclose letters or figures to
mark the division of a subject. Roman numerals should not
be enclosed in parentheses.

Punctuation 205

Economies may be effected on typewriter ribbons by (a) ordering
in the proper volume; (b) attempting to get the full use from each
ribbon commensurate with appearance; and (c) making competi-
tive tests of samples.

3. Parentheses are used to enclose a question mark fol-
lowing a word or a statement about which the writer is in
doubt.

a. We read The Ballad Book by Katherine (?) Lee Bates.

b. Purcell, Henry. 1658 (?) to 1695.

4. Parentheses may be used around dates that indicate
the years of a person's life.

Sir Arthur Conan Doyle (1859-1930).

5. Parentheses are used in legal documents, in formal
reports, and in formal letters to enclose figures following a
written sum of money.

In payment of three thousand dollars ($3,000).
THE DASH

Careless writers use the dash in place of other punctuation
marks, particularly the comma. It should be used sparingly
and carefully.

1. The dash is used to show an abrupt change in thought
and before a final clause in a long sentence to summarize or
to emphasize the preceding thought.

a. He went to Gasp6 wherever that may be.

b. Not money, or fame, or power; but sincerity, joy in life, intelli-
gence, friendliness, resourcefulness, strength of purpose, gracious
manners, beauty of spirit, generosity, dependability, helpfulness,
and nobility of conduct these are the real measures of what
one is.

2. The dash is sometimes used to set off expressions that
are appositive or parenthetical.

206 English for Secretaries

a. With luminous facts, the book lights the sorry picture of our
wasted national riches soil, water, forests, minerals, wild
animals, and bird life.

b. One of the distinctive features of these books a feature that is
especially valuable in class use of the material is the variety ot
exercises on every subject discussed.

c. An Introduction to Architectural Drawing aims to explain graphic
methods of representing the elements of a simple building the
house, including floor plans, elevations, vertical sections, ;mcl
large-scale details.

d. There is ample repetitive drill and training for every sensory
channel the eye, the ear, the hand, the voice each supple-
menting and strengthening the others.

3. The dash is used in catalogs and bibliographies to
denote repetition of an author's name.

Opdycke, John Baker. Don't Say It

Get It Right!

Handbook of English Usage

Take a Letter , Please!

4. The dash is used instead of to in references to dates,
pages, paragraphs, chapters, and the like.

1940-1950 paragraphs 3-7

pp. 55-61 Chaps. V-VIII

EXERCISES

Discuss orally in class the following statements taken from authorities
on punctuation.

1. This matter of punctuation may seem trivial but it is important,
and wordy debates have turned on it.

2. Remember that the special function of punctuation is to clarify
the meaning intended to be conveyed.

3. The purpose of all punctuation is to aid the reader to understand
written material.

Punctuation 207

4. What inflection is to the voice, punctuation is to writing.

5. The tendency today in all kinds of writing is definitely toward the
simplification, that is, the minimization, of punctuation.

6. Punctuation is extremely important in all correspondence, but
particularly so in letters involving business transactions; much misunder-
standing and even litigation may result from a misplaced comma or
other mark.

7. Punctuation is based upon grammatical analysis, hence a good
grammarian should be able to punctuate correctly.

8. Marks of punctuation, like guideposts, are intended to point out
the way that the traveler may continue his journey without having to
retrace his steps.

THE HYPHEN

1. Use a hyphen to show the division of a word at the end
of a line when there is not enough space to write the whole
word. (See rules for syllabication.)

2. Use a hyphen to join the parts of a compound word:
half-yearly, self-control.

As opinions differ so much concerning the use of the
hyphen and as no hard and fast rules can be laid down for a
great many words, it is advisable to observe the preferred
modern usage and to consult a recent edition of a dictionary
when one is in doubt. The tendency today is to write many
words " solid" that formerly were hyphened: today, tomorrow,
tonight, goodby, semiannual.

3. Write "solid" two nouns used together to form another
when the preferred noun is a monosyllable: homework,
bedroom.

4. Write "solid 35 words compounded with like: businesslike,
homelike; pronouns compounded with self: himself, ourselves;
and most words compounded with over and under: overstock,
underestimate.

5. With numbers

208 English for Secretaries

a. Use the hyphen in compound numerals ^fifty-Join.

b. Use the hyphen when compounding numerals with
other words: a 6-yard pass, a 2-hour parade, a three-room
apartment, a 40-hour week.

6. With fractions

a. Use a hyphen when the fraction is used as an adjective:
one-half year.

b. Do not use a hyphen when the fraction is used as a
noun: one third of the class, one fourth of the can.

7. Use the hyphen in compounds made up of nouns and
prepositional phrases: day-to-day transactions; between
words forming an adjective when it precedes the noun
modified: man-sized undertaking. But if one of the words is an
adverb ending in ly, do not use a hyphen to connect it with
the participle or with the adjective: beautifully arranged index,
decidedly complimentary remarks.

8. Use the hyphen ordinarily in compounds made up of
prefixes joined to proper names : pro-British, but transatlantic;
and in compounds of unusual formation: mid-January sale,
pre-Easter events.

EXERCISES

A. Write these words, using hyphens to show where each word may
be divided at the end of a typewritten line.

1. acknowledge 11. notify 21. satisfactory

2. association 12. occupation 22. schedule

3. business 13. permanent 23. several

4. correspondence 14. possibility 24. situation

5. estimate 15. president 25. sufficient

6. general 16. property 26. superintendent

7. hundred 17. received 27. thousand

8. immediately 18. reference 28. usual

9. material 19. remittance 29. variety
10. necessary 20. responsibility 30. vitamin

Punctuation 209

B. Rewrite the following sentences, being careful to determine words
that should be written solid and words that should be hyphened.

1 . He considered the catalog well printed and conveniently arranged.

2. His self conscious attitude amused the editor in chief.

3. My room mate goes out for both base ball and basket ball.

4. The book keeper's hand writing showed unusual nervousness.

5. The three quarter length standing figure is life size.

6. The well dressed young woman wishes to have an X ray examina-
tion of her hand.

7. Many modern chairs are descendants of period shapes, but modi-
fied for up to date needs.

8. The century old prison housed nearly three times as many in-
mates as it was designed to hold.

9. A day bed is inexpensive, good looking, and very appropriate
for a one room apartment.

10. The business like view point of my brother in law impressed both
the coach and the teams.

11. Three bed rooms, a bath room and a dining room were added to
the old farm house.

12. His class mates consider him the best foot ball player in the league.

13. The companion way was so crowded that no one could see when
the gang plank was raised.

14. The lay out of the advertisement pleased the copy writer.

15. Road side bill boards were assailed yesterday in a report by the
Long Island State Park Commission.

16. It would seem that the poll has effected a nation wide release of
pent up feeling on all sides of the question.

17. A man has small chance to get some where and be some body if
he is entirely dependent upon his next pay check.

18. The most essential requirement of a one room home more over
is that it must look first and fore most like a living room, while carefully
concealing the function of being also a bed room.

C. Write the following list, indicating whether the words should be
written as one word (afterthought), as two words (ill humor), or hyphened
(son-in-law). In some cases authorities differ in these respect. In cases
of doubt consult an unabridged dictionary.

210

English for Secretaries

39. more over

40. mud guard

41. non essential

42. note book

43. not with standing

44. other wise

45. our selves

46. out look

47. over charge

48. over due

49. per cent

50. post office

51. school room

52. search light

53. self conceit

54. proof reader

55. safe guard

56. Pan American Con-
ference

D. Write the words in the following list, inserting hyphens wherever
they are necessary.

1 . air plane

20.

every body

2. all right

21.

every where

3. al ready

22.

fellow citizen

4. al to gether

23.

fire men

5. basket ball

24.

foot ball

6. bath tub

25.

for as much

7. bond holder

26.

frame work

8. book keeper

27.

grand father

9. broad cast

28.

head quarters

10. business men

29.

him self

1 1 . class mate

30.

horse power

1 2. coast to coast hook

31.

house boat

up

32.

how ever

13. common weather

33.

in as much

14. court house

34.

inter urban

15. cress reference

35.

land mark

16. cup ful

36.

law giver

17. dining room

37.

letter writing

18. earth quake

38.

living room

19. else where

1. ready to wear dresses

2. eighteen year old student

3. sixteen inch water main

4. life size portrait

5. over the counter market

6. a fifty fifty decision

7. last minute efforts

8. nation wide prosperity

9. gray green walls

10. young daughter in law

T

CHAPTER XH

A Review of English Grammar

'HE parts of speech are these:

noun pronoun adverb conjunction

verb adjective preposition interjection

NOUNS

A noun is the name of anything, as a person, a place, a
thing, a quality, or a condition.

Kinds of Nouns. Nouns are common, as brotlier; proper,
as Jane; concrete, as table; abstract, as courage; collective, as
regiment.

Gender. Gender is the grammatical modification of the
noun that denotes sex: masculine, as man; or feminine, as
woman. If the gender of a noun denotes neither sex, it is
neuter, as clock.

The gender of English nouns is indicated by the use of
different words for the masculine and the feminine, as
uncle, aunt; or by the use of a suffix, as actor, actress.

Number. Number is the form assumed by a noun to
indicate whether it denotes one thing (singular) or more
than one thing (plural).

1 . Most nouns form the plural by adding s to the singu-
lar: banks, desks.

2. Nouns ending in s, sh, ch, x, and form their plurals
by adding es to the singular: branches^ boxes.

212 English for Secretaries

3. Nouns ending in/ orfe usually change/ to v before
adding es: thieves, knives. Some nouns ending in/, however,
add s to form the plural: beliefs, chiefs.

4. Nouns ending in y.

a. Nouns ending in y preceded by a consonant^ and those
ending in quy, form their plurals by changing y to i and
adding es: ladies, colloquies.

b. Nouns ending in y preceded by a vowel form the
plural in the usual way by adding s to the singular: valleys.

5. Nouns ending in o.

a. Nouns ending in o preceded by a vowel add s to form
the plural : portfolios, studios.

b. Nouns ending in o preceded by a consonant regularly
form the plural by adding es: mulattoes, tomatoes. Common
exceptions: pianos, solos, sopranos.

c. Several words ending in o form their plurals in both
ways: cargoes, cargos; mottoes, mottos.

6. Nouns that retain their foreign endings form their
plurals in the following manner: those ending in a to ae, as
alumna, alumnae; us to i, as alumnus, alumni; um to a, as
erratum, errata; is to es, as crisis, crises; on to a, as phenomenon,
phenomena.

Several foreign words have two plurals: the foreign
plural and the regular English plural, as appendix, ap-
pendices or appendixes; inemoi andnm , memoranda or memo-
randums.

7. Plurals of titles. When the title Mr., Miss, or Dr. is
used with a name, the whole term is plural ized by making
plural the title only; as Mr. Harper, llic Messrs. Harper; Miss
Brown, the Misses Brown; Dr. Lee, the Drs. Lee; Mesdames
Hall, Graham, and Simpson; ihe Reverends Samuel McKay and
Duncan Ross. When Mrs. is used to designate two married

A Review of English Grammar 213

women with the same surname, the proper name is plural-
ized, as the Mrs. Browns. When the surnames differ, as often
occurs in a list, the title Mesdames is used, as Mesdames
John Green, Lawrence Stevenson, and Walter Griffin.

8. Proper nouns form their plurals in the usual way by
adding s: Helens, Barrys, Murphys, Carolinas.

A proper noun ending in a sibilant forms its plural by
adding es: Joneses, Adamses.

9. Certain words are used in the plural form only: annals,
goods, scissors.

10. Some nouns are plural in form but singular in mean-
ing: mathematics, news. Such a noun, therefore, takes a singu-
lar verb.

11. Some nouns form their plurals by the change of an
internal vowel or vowels: men, women, geese.

12. Some nouns have the same form in the plural as in
the singular: deer, salmon, sheep, Chinese.

13. Most compound nouns form the plural by adding the
sign of the plural to the fundamental part of the word:
editors-in-chief, sons-in-law.

14. When words are written solid, the sign of the plural
in some words is at the end: bookcases, saleswomen; in others
both parts are made plural: menservants.

15. Letters and figures form their plurals by adding 'j:
A's, 8',y. When a number is written out it forms its plural
regularly: eights.

EXERCISES

A. Write the following sentences, supplying the plural form of each of
the nouns in parentheses.

1. I found five (Gates) and six (Sherry) in the directory.

2. (Mr.) White and MacDonald attended the meeting.

3. The mountain districts of the (Carolina) attract many visitors.

214 English for Secretaries

4. The Frederick (Gibbs) have decided to spend the winter in Florida.

5. The James (Kelly) sailed in January for South America.

6. Favorable news has been received from the Middle West, particu-
larly from the (Dakota).

7. The roster of the Glee Club includes the (Miss) Rose Abbott,
Eleanor French, and Martha King.

8. The (Adams) have been a distinguished family in American
history.

9. The (Mrs.) James Ayer, John Bolton, and Thomas Hall were
patronesses at the Manor Club Dance.

10. The (Holmes) have run this factory for three generations.

B. Read aloud the following sentences, using in each case the correct
form of the noun in parentheses. If you are not certain, consult a
dictionary.

1. The (Alumnus) Society of the Grove High School will give a
dance on New Year's Eve.

2. In principle all (planetarium) are alike.

3. Coupled with this, business (index) are giving confirmation to the
belief that stocks are headed higher.

4. Our treasurer is an (alumni) of Harvard.

5. Are the (datum) presented in these reports a safe basis of judgment?

6. The (memorandum) made by the secretary concerning her in-
structions for the clerical force were complete in every detail.

7. These (index) of prosperity are to be found in clearinghouse
figures and car loadings.

8. (Bacterium) are found in the bodies of all living animals.

9. He made various (analysis) of the financial condition of the
company.

10. Miss Graham and Miss Baxter are (alumna) of Vassar.

11. Many (phenomenon) in the sky frightened the Indians.

12. Flynn and Jackson are (alumnus) of Yale.

C. Read aloud the following sentences, supplying in each case the
plural form of the word in parentheses.

1. Superstitious (belief) have affected the happiness of men in all
periods of history.

2. It takes several (vatful) of rose petals to produce an ounce of
perfume.

3. The architect's (portfolio) contained sketches of Colonial, Spanish,
and Georgian houses.

A Review of English Grammar 215

4. The (wharf) burned before the fire engines reached the waterfront.

5. These (cameo) are family heirlooms.

6. There were so many (mosquito) that we decided not to rent the
cottage.

7. Their new (studio) lacked the charm of their old ones.

8. It is unusual to find so many (shelf) in a small house.

9. (Tornado) have again and again destroyed millions of dollars
worth of property in the state.

10. The cook used three (cupful) of flour and one of milk for the
muffins.

11. Many games are played with (die).

12. The barrel (staff) made good kindling.

13. Every Monday at nine she sings (solo) from station ABC.

14. The word accommodation has two (m).

15. Many pupils make their (8) incorrectly.

16. The immediate origin of the (crisis) is still disputed.

17. Recovery is not subject to mathematical (formula).

18. (Formula) for stories have too often been used by inexperienced
writers.

19. The act provides for the retention of naval (basis).

20. There are now twenty of those unique combinations of theater,
school, and motion-picture house known as (planetarium).

21. The (appendix) to some encyclopedias contain interesting
information.

22. The Aurora Borealis is one of the most striking natural (phe-
nomenon).

23. It is impossible to rest with two (radio) going.

24. After the strike, the (dynamo) of all the factory's machines
hummed with energy.

25. The (staff) of both officers were invited to the banquet.

Z). Tell which verb form of the two in parentheses in each of the
following sentences is correct

1. The data in the patent office (do, does) not indicate that the
inventive mind is stimulated in times of depression as much as in times
of prosperity.

2. The alumnae of Mount Holyoke (has, have) a strong association
in New York City.

3. Bacteria (is, are) the source of many diseases.

4. Our curricula (offer, offers) fifty different subjects.

216 English for Secretaries

5. The alleged phenomenon of spiritualism (is, arc) to be investi-
gated by an impartial committee of scientists.

6. Parentheses (are, is) used less often today than formerly.

7. The following data (were, was) from the salesmen.

8. Both his Masters and his Doctor's theses (deserves, deserve)
commendation for their scientific grasp and logical development of
matter.

9. The addenda (contain, contains) only five corrections.

10. The syllabi of the best private schools (offer, offers) courses
required for college entrance.

11. Such data (supply, supplies) valuable information of students in
senior organizations.

12. The errata (contains, contain) corrections of typographical errors.

13. The synopsis (include, includes) an outline of the article on new
trends in education.

14. The alumni (gather, gathers) yearly at the University on Lincoln's
Birthday.

15. The agenda of the committee on organization (were, was)
released here today.

16. The criteria of modern artists (differs, differ) from those of the
past.

17. The acoustics of the new music hall (is, are) considered fine.

18. New goods (is, are) to be received soon.

19. The scissors (was, were) sharpened yesterday.

20. It is only occasionally that higher mathematics (have, has) any
meaning to the average college student.

21. Is it true that politics (are, is) of little interest to most citizens?

22. Civics (are, is) a required subject in many high schools.

23. A series of parties (is, are) being planned for the new year at the
various country and yacht clubs.

24. The news in the daily papers (is, are) eagerly read by businessmen.

25. We shall use any means that (seem, seems) suitable.

Collective Nouns. Collective nouns may be regarded as
singular or plural: singular, if the word denotes a group
acting as an individual; plural, if the word denotes the
individuals that make up the group, that is, if the members
of the group are thought of as acting independently.

A Review of English Grammar 217

1. Our Board of Education consists entirely of men.

2. The Board of Education were divided in their opinions about
teachers' salaries.

3. Henderson, Blake, and Company is responsible.

Such nouns as number, rest, and remainder follow this rule:
The number is usually singular.

The number of students in economics has increased rapidly.
A number is usually plural.

A number of students in economics have signified their intention to
take advanced work.

EXERCISES

Read aloud the following sentences, using in each case the correct
word of the two in parentheses. Be able to give reasons for your choice.

1 . The jury (was, were) divided in their opinions on the case.

2. The jury (was, were) made up of ten men and two women.

3. The majority of the class (appears, appear) interested.

4. The crowd (is, are) cheering madly.

5. The faculty (is, are) likely to vote twenty to one in favor of the
Bill.

6. The Y.W.G.A. (regret, regrets) that it is impossible at present
to set aside this regulation.

7. Every year the Salvation Army (collects, collect) money for
Christmas dinners for the poor of the city.

8. The Arista, the honor society of the school, (request, requests)
the privilege of using the auditorium on June the tenth.

9. The faculty (is, are) divided in (their, its) demands for more
playground space for pupils.

10. The American people (is, are) united in this patriotic effort.

11. All people (desire, desires) peace for future generations.

12. No people (has, have) a right to ignore the opinions of (its, their)
neighbors. %

13. Every people must be able to judge for (itself, themselves).

14. The Advertising Federation of America (has, have) just published
a pamphlet called "The Advertising Man in Detroit."

218 English for Secretaries

15. The Federal Board for Vocation Education (has, have) revised
the syllabus for Agricultural Evening Schools.

16. The Bureau of Educational Research of the College of Education
(have, has) printed "A Program of Educational Guidance for High
Schools."

17. The United States Department of Commerce, through the
National Committee on Wood Utilization, (have, has) issued a pamphlet
labeled, "You Can Make It."

18. Peabody, Masters and Company (refers, refer) to (their, its) letter
of January third.

19. The majority of us (is, are) satisfied with the decision.

20. The Anderson Company (write, writes) that this pattern is dis-
continued.

21. Allen & Co. (have, has) agreed to sign the lease on Wednesday.

22. The Court of Errors and Appeals (has, have) upheld the injunc-
tion.

23. The Securities and Exchange Commission (have, has) announced
the appointment of an administrator of (their, its) Cleveland office.

24. The Pelly Industries, Inc. (report, reports) net assets on Septem-
ber 30 amounting to $8,435.

25. The National Association of the Shippers Advisory Board (is,
are) to meet in Chicago on October thirteenth.

The Possessive Case of Nouns. Nouns form the posses-
sive case in various ways, as follows:

1 . The apostrophe is used to denote the possessive case of
a noun: the girVs work (singular), the girls? work (plural).

2. Nouns not ending in s form the possessive singular by
adding an apostrophe and s to the nominative: boy's,
Henry's. ;

3. Nouns ending in j, #, or in the nominative singular
form the singular possessive as follows:

a. Nouns of one syllable usually add an apostrophe and s
to the singular nominative: Cross's, Cox's, Heinz? s.

b. Nouns of two syllables preferably add an apostrophe
and s to the singular nominative, but may add an apos-

A Review of English Grammar 219

trophe only: Douglas's or Douglas*; Corners or Gomez*. When
an s or sound precedes that in the final syllable, it is
customary to add only the apostrophe: Moses\

c. Nouns of three syllables add an apostrophe only to the
singular nominative: Abramowitz', Stettinius*. Since this con-
struction is so awkward, it is usually avoided by using a
prepositional phrase instead of the possessive case: of
Stettinius, of Abramowitz.

4. Nouns ending in s in the plural form their possessive
plural by adding an apostrophe only to the singular: boys'
suits , the Joneses' car, the Woolleys' yacht.

5. Nouns not ending in s in the plural add an apostrophe
and s to the nominative plural to form the plural possessive:
men's, women's.

6. When two nouns are joined by and, the apostrophe s is
added to both to show separate possession, and to the last
only to show joint possession: Macy's and Wanamaker's
goods, boys' and girls' clothing, Lord & Taylor's goods.

7. When the possessive case of inanimate objects is used,
the apostrophe must not be omitted: a day's trip, two months'
interest, a week's rest.

8. The apostrophe is sometimes omitted in tides where
it would naturally be expected. In such cases, the title
should be checked to find out how it is written by the
company or association: The High School Teachers Association,
Governors Island, St. Regis Paper Company, but Stale Teachers'
College.

9. The apostrophe with s is added to the last word of a
phrase that is considered as a compound noun and denotes
a person or persons: Jatlier-in-laivs, lieutenant colonel's, the
Duke of Windsor's.

220 English for Secretaries

EXERCISE

For practice in using the apostrophe, write each of the following
phrases and beside it write the corresponding possessive form, placing
the apostrophe correctly.

Example: the report of the nurse the nurse's report

1 . the statement of each day

2. the licenses of the operators

3. the announcements of Exeter and of Andover

4. the recommendations of the delegates

5. the demands of the workers

6. the employees of Silver and Company

7. the duties of the men

8. the room of the children

9. the property of the Englishmen

10. the nursery of the babies

1 1 . the efforts of the ladies

12. the decision of the directors

13. the meetings of the teachers

14. the toys of the baby

15. styles of the women

1 6. the bicycles of my brothers

17. the home of my sister-in-law

18. the salary of one year

19. the wages of two weeks

20. the pay of four days

21. the interest of three months

22. the report of one week

23. the gifts of John D. Rockefeller, Jr.

24. the novels of Booth Tarkington and of Ellen Glasgow

25. the home of Jane and Anne

PRONOUNS

A pronoun is a word used in place of a noun.
Case

1. The nominative case of pronouns is used:

A Review of English Grammar 221

a. As subject:

They paid the premium promptly.
7 met the chairman yesterday.

b. As a predicate complement:
It is / (he, she, we, they).

c. In apposition with the subject of a verb or with a
predicate nominative:

We trustees must carry out the policy of the college.

2. The objective case of pronouns is used:

a. As the object of a verb:

The president trusted him.

I do not know whom you want.

Whom do you wish to see?

Who did you wish to see? (an accepted colloquialism)

b. As the indirect object of a verb:
The treasurer gave him fifty dollars.

c. As the object of a preposition:

The task was to be divided between you and me (not you and /).

The book was left for you and him (not you and he).

Whom are you looking for?

Who are you looking for? (An accepted colloquialism.)

d. As subject of an infinitive:

They asked him and me (not he and /) to report to the office.
Let her and me (not she and 7) finish the proofreading.

3. The possessive case of pronouns is used:
a. To denote possession:

Their estate was divided equally.

They were interested in the campaign and its results.

222 English for Secretaries

Note that there is no apostrophe in possessive pronouns.
The correct forms are its, hers, ours, jours, theirs.

Note that whose, the possessive pronoun, must not be con-
fused with who's meaning who is.

Whose book is that?

Who's going to the theater with me next Thursday?

b. To complete the predicate when the noun is omitted:
The book is mine (hers, his, yours, theirs).

c. To form a double possessive:

This chair of yours should be upholstered.
A book of his has just been published.

d. To modify a gerund (see page 241):

On account of his going to Florida, the meeting had to be postponed.
Father would not hear of my (not me) taking the case.

4. A relative pronoun is used in two ways:

a. As a connective, it introduces a clause and connects
that clause with the antecedent of the pronoun.

b. As a reference word, it refers to and stands for its ante-
cedent. Relative pronouns may be simple, as who, which,
that; or compound, as whoever, whatever, or whichever.

EXERCISE

Read aloud the following sentences, supplying the correct form who
or whom, whoever or whomever in each of the blank spaces.

1 . do you think will be elected treasurer?

2. shall we invite to speak at our next meeting?

3. List those , you have selected as candidates.

4. Please give this book to will enjoy it.

5. did you interview for this position?

6. A man I think was Grayson spoke next.

A Review of English Grammar 223

7. He seldom hires those he thinks are inaccurate.

8. His letter did not explain was promoted.

9. A secretary should try not to antagonize any caller he may

be.

10. Notices of the special sale were mailed to sent in their names.

11. Robert is the candidate we think will be elected.

12. At the meeting, criticism was directed at the president of the com-
pany , the stockholders complain, has taken no action whatever.

Agreement

1. A pronoun must agree with its antecedent in person,
number, and gender, but not in case.

Each girl should do her (not their) work accurately.
Everybody should pay his (not their} share.

2. Such words as each, every., everyone, everybody, anybody,
citfier, neither, no one, nobody are singular in number. None, a
contraction of no one, may be used as both singular and
plural. Modern usage seems to prefer using none as a plural,
and no one to express the singular.

None of the members desires to give her contribution except to the

proper authority.

None were willing to oppose the nomination.
Each of the girls was (not were) present.
Every book and every magazine was eagerly read.
Neither of the students was (not were) accepted.

3. A relative pronoun must agree with its antecedent in
person and number.

It U I who am surprised, (/is the antecedent, who the relative pronoun

agreeing in person and number with the word /.)
It is she who is afraid.
It is they who are in need.

224 English for Secretaries

This is the only one of my brothers who likes to travel.

He is one of the best governors that have ever served the State.

EXERCISE

Read aloud the following sentences, selecting from among the words in
parentheses the correct one to use in each case.

1 . Any of the typists (are, is) competent to write the will.

2. If anyone should call this afternoon, tell (him, them) to report
again tomorrow.

3. If any of the boys (apply, applies), please interview (them, him).

4. Everybody should be at (his, their) typewriter before ten o'clock.

5. Either of the clerks (is, are) willing to stay late today.

6. Neither of the office clocks (is, are) right.

7. Each of these pages (contains, contain) twenty lines.

8. Everyone should know what is best for (himself, themselves).

9. Every typewriter and every desk (is, are) to be moved tomorrow.

10. Neither of us (intend, intends) to go to Arizona this year.

11. Neither the lawyer nor the judge (is, are) present.

12. Neither the book nor the pamphlets (was, were) found.

13. Neither the tables nor the piano (were, was) moved.

14. Each of the barrels (contain, contains) fifty pounds.

1 5. None of the books (was, were) destroyed.

16. Did you expect him or (me, I) to go to the office yesterday?

17. His answer proved both Mr. Gray and (I, me) wrong.

18. Whatever happens, this secret between you and (I, me) must be
kept.

19. Would you go if you were (I, me)?

20. The speaker invited O'Brien and (I, me) to the conference.

21. The choice of treasurer lies between you and (him, he).

22. If you were (her, she) would you accept the nomination?

23. If I were (he, him) I would refuse.

24. Credit belongs to all, especially to (him, he) and to his cousin.

25. Both you and (he, him) ought to type more carefully.

26. You can depend on either (she, her) or Miss Andrews to make the
stencil.

27. The supervisor intended to excuse you and (me, I) at three o'clock.

28. The firm offered the position to both Jones and (he, him).

29. He is a better accountant than (I, me).

A Review of English Grammar 225

30. Miss Fenton let Sarah and (me, I) address the envelopes.

31. Everybody but (him, he) arrived late.

32. Our employer paid Robert and (I, me) for two days' work.

33. The president told Miss Ryan and (I, me) what letters to type
today.

34. Who will do it? (I, me).

VERBS

Tense

Tense is the form of a verb that indicates the time when
an action takes place.

1. The Present Tense. The present tense indicates (1) that
action is going on at the present time, as, I hear; (2) that
action is continued or habitual, as, I hear him every morn-
ing; (3) a general truth, as, Water is composed of oxygen
and hydrogen.

0. The present tense should not be used in telling of a
past event.

Mary said (not says) to me, "The tire was punctured on the way from
Newton."

b. The present tense should not be used to express time
begun in the past and still continuing.

I have been (not am) in Minneapolis for ten years.

c. The present tense should be used to express a present
fact or an unchangeable truth.

He said that Europe is (not was) separated from America by the
Atlantic Ocean.

2. The Past Tense. The past tense should be used in
speaking of a definite past event or action.

I heard Dr. Black speak when I was in Texas.

226 English for Secretaries

3. The Present Perfect Tense. The present perfect tense
denotes "something happening repeatedly, continuously, or
at a time not specifically mentioned."

I have typed the report three times.
Helen hasn't arrived yet.

4. The Past Perfect Tense. The past perfect tense denotes
that the action of the verb was completed at some definite
point in past time.

Before my visit to Boston, I had never heard him speak.

If he had (not would have) waited, he would have won the prize.

5. The Future Tense. The future tense denotes action in
the future. It consists of the auxiliary verb shall or will with
the infinitive without to.

a. In simple declarative sentences shall and mill are used
as follows:

(1) Shall is used with the first person to denote simple
futurity.

I shall expect to see you soon.

(2) Shall is used with the second and third persons to
denote control or compulsion on the part of the speaker.

You shall do it now, meaning you must do it now.
Thy shall not go until I tell them to.

(3) Will is used with the first person to express determi-
nation or willingness on the part of the speaker.

I will come when you call.

(4) Will is used with the second and third persons to
express simple futurity.

A Review of English Grammar 227

You will come soon, will you not?
They will help us build the house.

b. In questions shall and will are used as follows: In the
first person use shall; in the second and third use the form
expected in the answer.

Question: Shall I raise the window?
Question: Will you come with me?
Answer: Yes, I will.

Question: Will they meet us at the station?
Answer: Yes, they will be there.

EXERCISE

Write the following sentences, supplying the correct forms of the auxili-
ary in the blank spaces.

oon be familiar with our methods of filing,
remember to file Mac and Me exactly as they are spelled.
_be glad to look up the exact name of the company.

Jbe sorry to learn that he made such a mistake.
_you finish the cards tomorrow?
_Jinish most of them.

7. The secretary go over the work tomorrow if she has time.

-correct these mistakes today,
-try to remember how Southwest is written.
I ask him how the names of churches should be filed.

11. It is hoped that this policy be carried out in every branch

office.

12. There come a time when leisure be a part of every

day.

13. Yo\) not always be able to do as you wish, but you ,

have to adapt yourself to conditions.

14. I intend that you go to college.

15. He hopes that John have a pleasant year hi the South.

16. He demands that all work for the good of all.

17. We are anxious that the correct solution be found.

18. We hope that in the future you see matters differendy.

19. Do you think that they demand action immediately?

20. Is it his intention that the report be completed before May?

228 English for Secretaries

The Tense of the Infinitive

1. The tense of the infinitive is always relative to the
time of the main verb. In other words, the tense of a state-
ment containing an infinitive should show in the main verb,
not in the infinitive.

a. The present infinitive denotes the same time or future
time in relation to the action of the main verb.

I intend to go tomorrow.

I intended to go Thursday.

For several days I have been intending to write.

I should have liked to do it (not to have done it).

Jim would have liked to go with his brother last week (not to have

gone).
I had intended to write the letter before breakfast (not to have

written) .

b. The perfect infinitive denotes action that is complete
at the time of the principal verb.

The plane was reported to have been sighted off Bermuda at noon.

2. Note the difference in meaning implied by the present
and the perfect infinitives in the following sentences:

His men believed Washington to be a great general.
We believe Washington to have been a great general.

EXERCISE

Read aloud the following sentences, selecting from the infinitives in
parentheses die correct form in each case.

1. I hoped (to plan, to have planned) the garden before the house was
completed.

2. He intended (to post, to have posted) the letter yesterday.

3. She expected (to write, to have written) her thesis last year.

4. They planned (to go, have gone) to Florida in December.

5. We expected (to find, to have found) everything in disorder.

6. The salesmen would have preferred (to drive, to have driven) home
by way of New Haven.

A Review of English Grammar 229

7. Everyone was happy (to hear, to have heard) the radio program.

8. He meant (to write, to have written) the telegram yesterday.

Sequence of Tense

\. When principal verbs refer to the same time, they
should be in the same tense.

2. Present facts and unchangeable truths should, how-
ever, be expressed in the present tense without regard to the
tense of the principal verb, as, In what state did you say
Duke University is?

3. The tense of the principal verb affects the tense of the
verb in the subordinate clause. Care must be taken to use
the tense that expresses the idea the writer or speaker wishes
to convey.

I believe he is in Cambridge.

I believe he was in Cambridge.

I believe he will be in Cambridge.

I thought he would be in Cambridge today.

He took this plane that he might arrive on time.

He will be disappointed if he is late.

He would be disappointed if he arrived too late.

He would have been disappointed if he had arrived too late.

EXERCISE

A. Read aloud the following sentences, selecting from the words in
parentheses the correct form of the verb to be used in each case.

1. He asked how far it (is, was) from Philadelphia to Baltimore.

2. He told me that New York (is, was) called the Empire State.

3. If he (understood, had understood) the work, he would have
finished it.

4. What street (is, was) that we just passed?

5. If they (had, would have) attended the meeting, they would have
understood the need for higher taxes.

6. A previous engagement (prevents, will prevent) our accepting your
invitation.

7. She told us that Persian rugs (were, are) too expensive for her to
buy.

230

English for Secretaries

8. If he (went, had gone) yesterday, he would have been appointed.

9. I (have read, read) your advertisement in The Times yesterday.

10. I (studied, have studied) stenography and typing for three years.

11. I have a sister who (is, has been) out of work for three years.

12. Last summer I (have been, was) employed in the office of Smith
and Brown as a typist.

13. I (am, have been) a customer of yours for about twelve years.

14. If I (knew, had known) this last week, I would have given him a
check.

Principal Parts. The principal parts of verbs are the
present and the past indicative, and the past or perfect
participle. If you are uncertain what the past tense or the
past participle of a particular verb may be, consult the
dictionary.

PRINCIPAL PARTS OF SOME TROUBLESOME VERBS

Past Perfect Participle

begun
chosen
climbed
dived
done
drunk
fled
flown
forgotten
gone
hung
hanged
laid
lain
lied
rung
seen
sat
swum

Present

begin

began

choose

chose

climb

climbed

dive

dived

do

did

drink

drank

flee

fled

fly

flew

forget

forgot

go

went

hang (of a picture)

hung

hang (of a person)

hanged

lay (to put in place)

laid

lie (to recline)

lay

lie (to tell a falsehood)

lied

ring

rang

see

saw

sit

sat

swim

swam

A Review of English Grammar 231

EXERCISES

A. Write the present participle of each of the following verbs, making
such changes as are necessary.

1. accommodate 9. deceive 17. preserve

2. argue 10. dry 18. remit

3. begin 11. dye 19. separate

4. benefit 12. note 20. stop

5. bet 13. notice 21. study

6. change 14. page 22. transfer

7. commit 15. plan 23. war

8. control 16. prefer 24. win

B. Wri'e the past tense of each of the following verbs. Where there
;s a choice of spelling, use the form preferred in the United States. When
in doubt of the form or the spelling, consult a dictionary.

1. acquit 9. equal 17. occur

2. barrel 10. equip 18. omit

3. benefit 11. handicap 19. pay

4. cancel 12. hop 20. plan

5. confer 13. hope 21. plane

6. control 14. kidnap 22. quarrel

7. dispel 15. label 23. regret

8. drop 1(>. model 24. transfer

C. Distinguish in meaning between the following:

1. It snowed (has snowed) for three days.

2. He lived (has lived) in Paterson for five years.

3. We should go (have gone) to Miami.

4. The nurse must be (have been) tired.

5. Washington is known to have been a farsighted patriot.
Washington was known to be a farsighted patriot.

6. Our treasurer went to Boston yesterday.
Our treasurer has gone to 'Boston.

7. The work seems to be (to have been) finished.

8. I could do (have done) the typing better if I had (had had) more
time.

232 English for Secretaries

9. The hospital stood (has stood) on this site for thirty years.

10. The president sent (has sent) the check to the bank.

1 1 . They ought to do (have done) better.

12. The general said that the efficiency and gallantry of the troops
leaves (left) nothing to be desired.

13. General wage advances force (forced, will force) prices up.

14. I knew (have known) the doctor for many years.

1 5. Since I was absent Monday, I was (am) unable to do this assign-
ment.

16. The treasurer declared that the reports are (were) too carelessly
written.

17. If I had studied Spanish, I would apply (would have applied)
For a position in South America.

18. If I should go to California, I would live in Pasadena.

If I had gone to California, I would have lived in Pasadena.

Agreement of Subject and Predicate

A verb should agree with its subject in person and
number.

1. Two or more subjects connected by and take a plural
verb unless the two nouns indicate a single object or closely
related ideas.

Weather and unemployment are (not is) cited as causes of the decline

in trade.
The secretary and the treasurer (two people) were (not was) absent

from the meeting.

Our secretary and treasurer (one person) was absent last week.
The end and aim (closely related ideas) of his life was to make a

fortune.

2. An intransitive verb, like any other verb, agrees in
number with its subject, not with its predicate noun.

The main consideration (subject) is the housing problem.
The main consideration (subject) is the housing problems.

A Review of English Grammar 233

3. A verb should agree with its subject rather than with
a noun placed between the verb and its subject.

A group of seven communities south of Springfield is served by the
company.

With fractions the verb agrees with the noun in the
prepositional phrase.

Half of the chairs were painted red.
Half of the chair was painted red.

4. Singular subjects connected by or or nor always take
a singular verb.

Neither America nor England fears the outcome.

5. When two subjects differing in number are connected
by or or nor, the verb agrees with the subject nearest it.

Neither his sisters nor his mother was present.
Neither the garage nor the houses were burned.

6. When the verb precedes the subject, care should be
taken to have it agree with its subject in person and number.

In this catalog are (not is) the requirements of admission.
There are a filing cabinet and a typewriter in the office.
There is a salesman in the office.
There are four salesmen in the office.

7. When a subject is plural in form, but expresses a
single idea, the verb is singular.

Fifty cents is enough to pay for such material.
Fifteen minutes was wasted waiting for the speaker.

8. Expressions introduced by such words or phrases as
including, as well as, with, together with, following the subject,
do not affect the number of the verb.

234 English for Secretaries

The treasurer, as well as the bookkeepers, was determined to find his
mistake.

The bookkeepers, as well as the treasurer, were determined to find the
mistake.

9. When the words and Company are added to proper
nouns in the names of business firms, the verb should be
singular.

Blake, Davis and Company is moving to Baltimore.

10. Since a group of words, such as a title, a slogan, or a
quotation, is considered as a whole and therefore singular,
the verb must be singular.

"Successful Direct-mail Methods" is a comprehensive volume covering

modern direct-mail methods.
"Good to the last drop" is an effective slogan.
A stitch in time saves nine seems indisputable.

EXERCISES

A. Read aloud the following sentences, selecting from the words in
parentheses the correct verb for each sentence.

1. All the filing cases in my office (were, was) covered with dust.

2. Her greatest difficulty, according to her employers, (were, was)
her failure to report promptly.

3. Some knowledge of accounting, typing, and stenography (is, are)
required of all girls in this office.

4. Either the letters or the report (is, are) to be ready today.

5. The mistakes that particularly annoyed the office force (was, were)
made in filing.

6. His annoyance, caused by the typist's many absences, (was, were)
justifiable.

7. There (is, are) one adding machine and two typewriters in Room
402.

8. Neither Mr. Cobb nor his salesmen (is, arc) qualified to make such
a statement.

A Review of English Grammar 235

9. The aldermen, together with the Mayor, (was, were) determined
to investigate the cause of the deficit.

10. The interest on the mortgage, together with the high taxes,
(was, were) the reason he decided to sell these houses.

11. Either the accountants or the manager (is, are) responsible for
this mistake.

12. All the clerks in this store, whether they work on the day or on
the night force, (was, were) given a 10 per cent increase in salary last
January.

13. There (was, were) a Governor VVinthrop desk and a gate-legged
table sold for fifty dollars.

14. Every saleswoman whose sales amounted to over $500 during the
two weeks (was, were) given a bonus.

15. There (was, were) two models who seemed particularly attractive.

16. Neither the secretary nor the stenographers (was were) able to
read Mr. Albert's writing.

17. There (was, were) four letters for Mr. Neilson and one for Mr.
Wayne.

1 8. There (was, were) a book with a red cover and a recent copy of
The Reader's Digest on the doctor's table.

19. The health, as well as the recreation of the employees, (were, was)
carefully supervised.

20. Every one of us (was, were) questioned.

21. Neither Henry nor I (am, is, are) able to translate this Spanish
letter.

22. Neither of the girls (like, likes) to write letters.

23. The top of my desk, as well as the shelves of the bookcases, (was,
were) dusted every morning.

24. A large number of tftles (were, was) sent out to get a consensus of
opinion.

25. In this part (is, are) also shown the subject headings.

26. His study of sales letters, as well as his knowledge of human nature,
(help, helps) him in his new position.

27. Biographical data of scientists, engineers, inventors, and physicians
(are, is) found in Men of Science and Industry.

28. In our library there (is, are) Moodfs Manual and the American
Tear Book.

29. Both the letter and the report (was, were) perfectly typed.

236 English for Secretaries

30. There (was, were) more cash sales than had been expected hi the
final trading day of the year.

31. In this unit there (is, are) 1675 pounds of cast iron.

32. Attached (is, are) a bill on your electric-light account and a state-
ment of your merchandise account.

33. The Capitol at Washington, which we visited first, (is, was) a
large white building with a dome on top.

34. The new requirements for graduation (is, are) better than the old.

35. The management of life insurance companies (have, has) fore-
sight and in addition (they, it) (have, has) sound business administration.

36. The wealthy (have, has) come to examine life insurance as a
suitable economic tool for (their, its) use.

B. Write correctly such of the following sentences as contain errors.

1. The Mayor declared that every means to increase the city's
revenue are being considered.

2. The President of Harvard, as well as the alumni, are interested in
the new scholarship plans for the university.

3. The Governor and Board of Estimate agree that salary investiga-
tions are necessary.

4. The reporters couldn't scarcely catch a glimpse of Mr. Williams,
the Detroit financier.

5. Professor Stevens, who is here twenty years, is older than any
member of the faculty.

6. All kinds of reports were circulated in Wall Street around eleven
A.M. this morning.

7. The amount of people who attended the funeral services showed
the affection of the community for both he and his wife.

8. The Nineteenth District is more interested than any district in
the city.

9. People can't hardly ever give directions clearly.

10. The audience were reminded by the President that the nation's
financial situation is critical.

11. Your ideas are as good as anybody's else.

12. It was usually he, not Messrs. Sutton and Green, who were ex-
pected to pay the rent.

13. Will I type this letter to the Russell Sage Foundation now or in
the afternoon?

14. Let he and the fashion editor give their opinions of the costume.

A Review of English Grammar 237

15. I will be delighted to show you the site for our new home.

16. Two thirds of the South arc sending in favorable trade reports.

17. The Northerner made a list of erratum to bring to the chairman
of the building committee.

18. Our adviser believed that for me a small college would be more
preferable to a large one.

19. I hoped to have written the report for the Women's Club yesterday.

20. After an innocent man was hung instead of the criminal, our State
abolished capital punishment.

21. These kind of mistakes are inexcusable.

22. The file clerk was too discouraged to look for the missing bill.

23. A great improvement in highways, particularly in the South,
make travel more pleasant.

24. History, as well as languages, are required for entrance to most all
colleges.

25. The proceeds, according to the Alumni Star, was to be spent for a
student hall.

26. Martha Bower has doubtless read more than any girl in her class.

27. Perhaps you have circulars which give this data.

28. Mr. Baxter is popular, intelligent, and an excellent athlete.

29. Corrections should be made so clear that they will not be mis-
understood.

30. When I finish this report, shall I bring it to the treasurer or the
president?

C. Write the following sentences, selecting from the words in paren-
theses the correct word to use in each (see pages 216-217).

1. A group of companies (report, reports) 8 per cent of new invest-
ments made in municipal securities.

2. The Grand Jury (rejects, reject) the charges made by the plaintiff.

3. The Board of Directors (have, has) reported a deficit.

4. The committee (wish, wishes) to reconsider the proposition.

5. The committee (has, have) decided to buy more railroad stock.

6. The committee (have, has) disagreed in regard to publishing a
house organ.

7. The mob, angered by the restrictions, (are, is) marching to Union
Square.

8. The number of stocks paying dividends (was, were) fewer last year.

9. A number of people (has, have) advocated a community hall.

238 English for Secretaries

10. A number of utility stocks (are, is) paying better dividends today
than last year.

1 1 . Two thirds of the material (were, was) destroyed by fire.

12. Half of the books (relate, relates) to medicine.

13. Adams & Company (has, have) issued a list of investment sug-
gestions.

14. Prince & Newcomb (has, have) prepared an analysis for the
Standard Company of California.

15. Theodore Prince & Company (has, have) printed a circular on
"The Outlook for Railroad Stocks."

16. Olds & Co., of which firm Mr. Eaton is a member, (were, was)
prepared to spend millions if necessary.

17. The majority (was, were) in favor of the proposition.

18. The Public Service Commission (has, have) approved of 450,000
shares.

Mood

There are four moods:

1. The indicative, which speaks of facts, is used
<2. In a direct assertion:

The book cost two dollars.
b. In a direct question:
How much did the book cost?

2. The imperative is used

a. In a command:

Send this telegram at once.

b. In a request or entreaty:

Take a letter, please.
Please come early.

3. The subjunctive, which expresses that which exists in
the mind of the speaker, is used much less than formerly.
Its most common uses are

A Review of English Grammar 239

0. In a wish:

I wish I were a good typist.

b. In a condition:

If I were a better typist, I could command a higher salary.

4. The infinitive is used to express an action or a state
without reference to number or person:

The manager tried to finish the inventory by December fifteenth.
EXERCISE

Tell which of the words in parentheses in the following sentences are
correct.

1. If I (was, were) stronger I would become a nurse.

2. He acts as if he (was, were) afraid of nothing.

3. If the book (was, were) on my desk somebody must have moved it.

4. Though the building (was, were) constructed of steel, the explosion
wrecked it.

5. They acted as if it (was, were) a crime to study.

6. I wish my work (was, were) finished.

7. If it (was, were) necessary, I could fly to California tomorrow.

8. If she (was, were) on that plane she should be here now.

9. If I (was, were) in Texas I should attend the Convention.
10. I wish that he (was, were) as industrious as my former typist

Rules for the Infinitive

1. The preposition to should be repeated before each
member of a series of infinitive phrases.

A plan is proposed to select a site near the river, to build fifty houses,
to arrange for playgrounds, and to start the work for next spring.

2. Unless, for the sake of emphasis or clearness, it seems
advisable to place a word between to and its verb, avoid
such a split infinitive.

He wished to finish the work quickly (not to quickly finish the work).

240 English for Secretaries

Gerund and Participle

1. A gerund is a noun formed from a verb.

The gerund, ending in ing y is often confused with the
present participle, but they may be distinguished after a
little study.

As a noun, the gerund ending in ing may be the subject of
a verb or the object of a verb or of a preposition.

a. As subject of a verb:

Driving a car through traffic requires ability to judge distances.

b. As object of a verb:

He grew tired of driving to town every day.

c. As object of a preposition:

He reached home quickly by driving through the tunnel.

2. A participle is a verbal adjective.

The present participle has the functions of a verb and of
an adjective:

Murray, driving an ambulance through traffic, became nervous.

In this sentence, driving is a verb governing ambulance
and an adjective modifying Murray.

The perfect participle has the function of an adjective
only:

The girl, dismayed at the traffic, grew nervous.

Comparison of the Gerund and the Participle. Since a gerund
is a verb used as a noun, it must be the subject of a verb,
the object of a verb, or the object of a preposition. Since the
participle, on the other hand, is an adjective, it must, there-
fore, modify a noun or a pronoun.

A Review of English Grammar 241

Case with Gerund. When the ing word is a noun or a
gerund (verbal noun), it should be preceded by the pos-
sessive case.

Mother objected to Mary's traveling alone.
I think his typing is better than hers.
Do you object to his going to Mexico?

Case with Participle. When the ing word is a participle, it
should be preceded by the objective case. As a participle
always modifies a noun or a pronoun, it is therefore an
adjective.

I watched him typing the report.

When in doubt whether the possessive or the objective
case should precede an ing word, make this test. If a noun
can be substituted for the ing word, use the possessive case;
but if a clause can be substituted for the ing word, use the
objective case.

EXERCISE

Read aloud the following sentences, selecting from the words in paren-
theses the correct word to use in each case.

1 . The possibility of (our, us) remaining here will not be considered
by the company.

2. While we listened to (him, his) singing, we forgot the discomforts of
the trip.

3. For months the board has tried to prevent (our, us) going to
Oregon.

4. It is foolish to worry about (me, my) taking such a position.

5. The president objects to (you, your) traveling by that line.

6. Examining (him, his) typing, I found many errors and erasures.

7. While I watched (him, his) typing, I noticed his extreme nervous-
ness.

8. They went to South America without (me, my) knowing about it.

9. Everyone seemed surprised at (me, my) resigning last spring.

242 English for Secretaries

10. There is no doubt of (my, me) being asked to make out the report.

11. He declared that (Tom, Tom's) winning the promotion pleased
everybody.

12. (John, John's) getting that work proved fortunate.

13. There is no reason for the (company, company's) undertaking such
a program.

14. All were sorry to hear of (Mr. Grant, Mr. Grant's) being
discharged.

15. We wondered at the (bookkeeper, bookkeeper's) being excused so
early.

16. Other stores were surprised at our (firm, firm's) advertising the
spring styles so early.

17. The supervisor criticized the (typist, typist's) writing her initials
before those of the dictator.

18. Is there any objection to (Helen, Helen's) attending the fashion
show?

19. I just learned of (Johnson, Johnson's) being in Boston.

20. What was the reason for (Arthur's, Arthur) going away last
Friday?

21. What do you think of (Mr. White, Mr. White's) sending out so
many sales letters at Easter?

22. Do you remember (Miss Blair, Miss Blair's) speaking about your
vacation?

23. (He, his) having gone to Memphis was no excuse.

24. Have you forgotten (my, me) calling you up about this check?

25. The supervisor insists on (us, our) being more careful when we cut
stencils.

26. Have you thought of (Horton, Horton's) being promoted to that
position?

ADJECTIVES AND ADVERBS

An adjective is a word used to qualify a noun.
An adverb is a word used to modify a verb, an adjective,
or another adverb.

1. Adverbs, not adjectives, are used to modify verbs.

He behaved perfectly (not perfect) even in that trying situation.

A Review of English Grammar 243

2. The following words have the same form, whether
they are used as adjectives or as adverbs: fast, first, ill, loud.

3. Note that both quick and quickly ', slow and slowly are
adverbial forms:

He drives slow, He drives slowly.

4. Verbs of the senses, such as look, sound, smell, taste,
feel, and copulative verbs, such as be, appear, seem, take an
adjective to denote a quality or condition of the subject.

Hazel looked pretty (not prettily) in her new hat.

Bells sound clear (not clearly) at dusk.

Violets smell sweet (not sweetly).

The pudding tastes delicious (not deliriously.)

Robert feels unhappy (not unhappily) about his Latin.

Usage is divided in regard to He feels bad and He j eels
badly.

5. The modifier should be an adjective if it denotes the
condition of the object, but an adverb if it explains the
action of the verb.

The prunes boiled soft (became soft).

The prunes boiled softly (boiled without noise).

He appears sick.

He appears sickly.

He appeared quickly.

He kept it farm (notfamly).

She held the wheel tight (not tightly).

The baby looks beautiful in that dress.

He looked quietly around.

244 English for Secretaries

6. The comparative degree is used in comparing two
persons or things. The superlative degree is used in com-
paring more than two persons or things.

Webster is the more (not most) reliable of the two authorities.
In our club Alfred Noyes is the most popular poet read.

7. Adjectives of one syllable and most adjectives of two
syllables form the comparative by adding cr, and the su-
perlative by adding est, to the positive.

Susie's manner was gayer (not more gay) than her sister's.
Shakespeare is the greatest British dramatist.

Many adjectives of two syllables and most adjectives of
more than two syllables form the comparative by adding
more or less, and the superlative by adding most or least.

The news of his condition seemed more hopeful.
As a businessman he became most successful.

8. Some adjectives, and adverbs derived from them,
are incapable of comparison because they express a quality
complete or perfect: universal, perfect, preferable.

9. In comparing two things, exclude the thing com-
pared.

Chicago is larger than any other city in Illinois.

10. In comparing more than two objects include the
thing compared.

Chicago is the largest city in Illinois.

EXERCISES

A. Write the following sentences, selecting from the words in paren-
theses those that you consider correct.

1 . (Most, almost) everybody at the meeting voiced his misgivings.

2. (Almost, most) all of the committee's plans may be lost in a fog of
uncertainty.

A Review of English Grammar 245

3 The view expressed may prove (almost, most) too optimistic.

4. tie was (very, very much) surprised to hear of the sale.

5. We sell this matenaT(cheaper, more cheaply) than any other store
does.

6. The flowers look so (beautiful, beautifully) on the desk that I hate
to throw them away. *

7. I hope they will learn to act (differently, different) in the future.

8. (Firat, firstly) leajn how the machine works.

9. He should type more (slow, slowly) .

10. Go (slow, slowly) when you reach the intersections.

11. If he would speak (louder, more loudly), we might hear him.

12. If he had acted (different, differently), he might have been
believed.

13. The plane sounds (^different, differendy) from this hilltop.

14. New York is larger than (anyjjther city, any city) in America.

15. Don't buy (this, these) kind of stencils.

16. London is older than (any other city, any city) in America.

17. Of the two books, choose the one you think the (more, most)
authoritative.

18. Harvard is older than (any other, any) college in Massachusetts.

19. Which is the (larger, largest), Boston or Chicago?

20. Which is the (larger, largest), Philadelphia, Baltimore, or New
Orleans? '

B. Write the generally accepted adjective form derived from each of
the following. (Forms ending in ed, ing, orful are not accepted.)

Example: dexterity, dexterous.

1. artery 4. fraud 7. neglect

2. atom 5. mischief 8. presumption

3. chaos 6. monster 9. tutor

C. Form the negative of the following words by writing each with its
correct prefixes I'm, *n, or un.

Example: limited, unlimited.

1. accurate 6. curable 11. modest

2. approachable 7. desirable 12. movable

3. appropriate 8. intelligent 13. probable

4. believable 9. hospitable 14. proper

5. conceivable 10. mobile 15. reliable

246 English for Secretaries

PREPOSITIONS

A preposition is a word or a group of words which shows
the relation of a noun or a pronoun to some other word in
the sentence.

EXERCISES

A. Read aloud the following sentences, selecting from among the
words in parentheses the correct word in each case. If in doubt, look in an
unabridged dictionary under the word preceding the preposition, to learn
what the correct expression should be.

1. He is different (than, from) his brothers.

2. The librarian confided (to, in) me that Mr. Arnold would present
the prize.

3. He differed (with, from) the trustees.

4. He was disappointed (with, in) their decision to buy only fiction.

5. A year ago he entered (in, into) an agreement to pay $1,000 for
books.

6. Growing impatient (at, with) the delay, he finally ordered the style
books.

7. Many of us were prejudiced (with, against) him.

8. We differed (from, with) him on many questions of policy.

9. His success hi selecting these works consisted (of, in) his ability to
understand the requirements of a small-town library.

10. Such an investigation (in, into) a new field can only be made by
experienced men.

11. A large part of the volume consists (of, in) a review,

12. It is not possible to accede (to, in) such unreasonable demands.

13. The clerk borrowed $5 (off, from) me.

14. His every undertaking is attended (by, with) many risks.

1 5. The stores were combined (in, into) one.

16. The manager would not comply (to, with) my requests.

17. May I congratulate you (on, for) your ability to speak so con-
vincingly.

18. The deficit (of, for) the fiscal year amounted to $12,000.

19. The boys departed (to, for) Florida last week.

20. The professor was disappointed (in, with) Lawrence's thesis.

A Review of English Grammar 247

21. (Because of, due to) illness, the president of the club was absent.

22. The tourists arrived (at, in) Lexington this morning.

23. The club members discussed important matters (between, among)
themselves.

24. The work was divided (in, into) four-hour shifts.

25. We stood (in, on) line for an hour to get these tickets.

B. In each of the following sentences a preposition is needed or an
unnecessary preposition is used. Read aloud each sentence in its correct
form.

1. It is no use to object.

2. If you add up the items, you will find the bill is correct.

3. William failed his French.

4. When are you going to start in to work?

5. His remark is unworthy your notice.

6. They are going either to Maine or Vermont.

7. Another engagement prevented Ro k se going to the party.

8. John has beem graduated high school.

9. You will find reading a comfort in youth as well as later life.

10. The book fell off of the table.

1 1 . Representatives from the North and South were present.

12. The states of the East and the West stood together on the question.

13. Patients at Warm Springs, as well as other health resorts, hope
for complete and rapid recovery.

14. The book was published on about June fifth.

15. Such regulations admit no exceptions.

16. Property was allotted both children.

17. The President spoke particularly to the farmers and the bankers.

18. One failure will not hinder him succeeding finally.

CONJUNCTIONS

A conjunction is a word that connects words, phrases,
or clauses.

Classes of Conjunctions. Conjunctions arc classified, in
general, as coordinate and subordinate.

Coordinate conjunctions connect words, phrases, or clauses
of equal rank: stores and factories; the climate in California
and in Florida; He worked hard, but he was inefficient.

248 English for Secretaries

Those that are used in pairs as both-and, neither-nor,
either-or, whether-or, not only-hut also are called correlative
conjunctions.

Subordinate conjunctions as after, although, because, if, that,
when, while connect groups of words of unequal rank.

SUGGESTIONS FOR THE USE OF CONJUNCTIONS

Coordinate conjunctions should connect words, phrases,
or clauses of the same construction.

Right: He was courageous and efficient.

Right: He was an efficient typist but a poor stenographer.

Wrong: He was courageous and a good worker.

Right: They would neither do the work nor allow him to finish it.

Wrong: They would neither do the work nor would they allow him to

finish it.

Right: One received a medal; the other, a prize of five dollars.
Wrong: One received a medal, and a prize of five dollars was given

the other.
Right: The reason for his objection was that he misunderstood the

statement.
Wrong: The reason for his objection was because he misunderstood the

statement.

Right: Let me know whether you can come.
Wrong: Let me know if you can come.
Right: Telegraph whether or not you can come.
Wrong: Telegraph if you can come.
Right: I don't know whether I can meet you tomorrow.
Wrong: I don't know if I can meet you tomorrow.

Like, which is not a conjunction, is often used incorrectly
for as or as if.

Right: He feels as if he should rest often.
JVrong: He feels like he should rest often.

A Review of English Grammar 249

Without) which is not a conjunction, should not be used
for unless.

Right: He cannot write the report without your help.
Wrong: He cannot write the report without you help him.

TRANSITIONAL EXPRESSIONS

To help a reader grasp the meaning of a message quickly
and easily, the correct transitional expressions to carry him
from sentence to sentence and from paragraph to paragraph
should be carefully selected. Note the following suggestions
and add others that occur to you.

For addition: and, again, also, as well as, besides, next, too

For cause: as, because, for, so that

For contrast: although, but, however, on the contrary, on the other hand,

whereas, yet

For illustration: for example, for instance
For a series :fast, secondly, next
For repetition: in fact, indeed, in other words

For consequence: accordingly, for this reason, it follows that, the result is
For purpose: for this purpose, having this in view, to this end
For resumption after a digression: now, to resume

RULES FOR THE REPETITION AND THE OMISSION OF WORDS

Verbs. Do not omit a verb that should differ in form
from that already used in a sentence.

Wrong: The typewriter was broken and the filing cases scratched.
Right: The typewriter was broken and the filing cases were scratched.

Articles. The article should be repeated in referring to
two separate persons or objects.

We engaged a typist and stenographer (one person).

We engaged a typist and a stenographer (two persons).

The buyer recommended a maple and mahogany desk (one desk).

250 English for Secretaries

The buyer recommended a maple and a mahogany desk (two desks).
The president, the secretary, and the treasurer, were absent last night -
(three people).

The article should not be repeated when two or more
nouns refer to the same person.

She was a musician and writer (one person).

Prepositions. Prepositions should be repeated before
each separate item.

He drove to New Mexico and to Arizona.

When a noun is used as the object of two different preposi-
tions, both prepositions must be used.

The employees had no liking for or confidence in (not liking or
confidence in) their president.

It is better to reconstruct such a sentence to read:

The employees had no liking for their president and no confidence
in him.

Conjunctions. When a subordinate conjunction or a
relative adverb introduces clauses that are widely separated
in thought, the conjunction or the relative adverb should
be repeated.

The members agreed that it is necessary to reconsider the case
and that all evidence should be examined before a final decision
is reached.

After a nomination is made and after it is seconded and discussed, it is
voted upon.

EXERCISE

Rewrite the following sentences correctly. Pay particular attention to
connectives.

A Review of English Grammar 251

1. I am especially desirous of obtaining a position and I hope for
an interview.

2. My father is the proprietor of a large store, and I have worked
there for two summers as a clerk.

3. I am very much interested in social welfare and I also enjoy
secretarial work.

4. I wish to apply for a position in the active end of your travel
department, and I am very much interested in organized travel and
intend to make it my occupation.

5. Your advertisement in The Times appeals to me strongly, and I
should like to apply for the position.

6. The reason was because he was ill.

7. He is capable, enthusiastic, and a good worker.

8. Qualities desirable in a President of the United States are execu-
tive ability, vision, being honest and intelligent.

9. She will not go to South America without I go with her.

10. The secretary gave me not only a pencil, but also lent me her
fountain pen.

11. The treasurer was competent both in accountancy and stenog-
raphy.

12. Few criticisms were made either by the men or the women.

13. Searchlights are not only useful for ships, but also for planes

14. Not only was he blamed, but he was also discharged.

15. He is a financier and he also paints pictures.

16. He could neither speak convincingly or write clearly.

17. Our doctor is a good surgeon and he has traveled extensively.

18. The new typist either is timid or unintelligent.

19. Such regulations apply both to employers and employees.

20. We flew not only to Florida but to New Mexico also.

21. The summons of a court is neither to be taken lightly nor ignored.

22. He was bored by the discussion and asked if he could leave.

23. The letter of application should be neat. It should be well-
arranged. It should have no blots or erasures.

24. You want a position as a buyer. You are afraid you may not be
chosen for the position.

25. My employer collects first editions. He thinks it is a fascinating
hobby.

26. Sallie wishes to be a stenographer. She likes to write shorthand.

252 English for Secretaries

27. There are many new vocations. Some are interesting. Some re-
quire hard work.

28. Good manners are important in business. Employers do not want
impolite clerks.

THE SENTENCE

A sentence is a group of words expressing a complete
thought; that is, it contains a subject and a predicate.

No man can rise above his own conception of the possibilities of his
job. (A complete thought.)

Office administration growing daily in complexity (lacking a predi-
cate, therefore, not a sentence).

Compelled to select a site for a factory (lacking a subject, therefore,
not a sentence).

Sentences are classified according to grammatical struc-
ture, meaning, and arrangement.

Classification According to Grammatical Structure

1. Simple. A simple sentence is one that contains one
subject and one predicate. Either of these parts may be
compound.

a. One subject and one predicate:

A customer's order is a request for goods.

b. A compound subject:

The order and the report constitute the basic records of an office.

c. A compound predicate:

Letterheads may be printed, lithographed, or engraved.

2. Complex. A complex sentence is one that contains one
independent clause and one or more dependent clauses.

A Review of English Grammar 253

a. A dependent adverbial clause and a main clause:

Unless a salesman has enthusiasm for his product, he will fail to .
arouse enthusiasm in a customer.

b. An independent clause and a dependent adjective
clause:

The mechanical difficulties that are connected with the corre-
spondence of a large organization are great.

3. Compound. A compound sentence is one that con-
tains two or more principal or independent clauses.

A sales letter must interest the reader; it must impress him; and it
must cause him to take action.

4. Compound-complex. A compotind-complex sentence is
one that contains two or more independent clauses and one
or more dependent clauses.

The secretary should use no punctuation that is not absolutely neces-
sary; and she should omit none that is needed to show the meaning
clearly.

Classification According to Meaning

1. Declarative. A declarative sentence is a statement of
fact or opinion.

No one else can live your life for you.

2. Interrogative. An interrogative sentence is one that
asks a question.

What are the underlying principles that make bulletin-board dis-
play effective?

3. Exclamatory. An exclamatory sentence is one that ex-
presses strong feeling.

What a problem this is !

254 English for Secretaries

4. Imperative. An imperative sentence is one that ex-
presses a command.

Never, in a direct statement, accuse a customer of making an error.

Classification According to Arrangement

1. Loose. A loose sentence is one whose grammatical
structure is complete and whose meaning is clear before the
end of the sentence is reached.

A certain time should be reserved for reading that is purely personal,
that has no financial connection, and that is merely intended to
give an intelligent and comprehensive knowledge of what is going
on in the great world.

2. Periodic. A periodic sentence is one in which the
thought is not completed until the end of the sentence is
reached.

Only when she is reasonably sure no further new business is to come
before the house, or when she feels that the full time allotted for
the meeting has elapsed, should the Chair call for adjournment.

3. Balanced. A balanced sentence is one in which ideas
are expressed in similar or paralleled construction.

In machines we expect accuracy and speed; in a statistician we look
for judgment.

EXERCISE

1 . Copy from magazines, newspapers, or books one example of each
of the following types of sentence and label each type copied: balanced,
complex, compound, periodic.

2. State advantages in the use of each of the following sentence types:
periodic, loose, balanced, imperative, long, short.

Essentials of the Good Sentence. The essentials of a
good sentence are unity, coherence, and emphasis.

A Review of English Grammar 255

To secure unity, heed the following suggestions:

1. Avoid the run-on sentence.

2. Avoid using subordinate clauses for sentences.

3. Avoid placing in the same sentence ideas that do not
belong together.

To secure coherence, carefully observe these points:

1. Place modifiers adjectives, adverbs, phrases, and
clauses near the words they modify.

2. Use participial phrases carefully, avoiding "dangling
participles."

3. Avoid placing pronouns so carelessly that their ante-
cedents are not clear.

To secure emphasis, keep in mind such matters as these:

1. Make an effective beginning.

2. Make a strong ending.

3. Omit unnecessary words.

4. When it is appropriate, make use of climax by arrang-
ing words, phrases, and clauses from least to most important.

EXERCISE

By way of general review, rewrite such of the following sentences as
contain errors. Place Right after the number if the sentence is correct.

1. Being you are a steady customer of the company we have decided
to give you a discount of 2% of the total amount of the bill.

2. Either you must explain your point of view or your cause is
endangered.

3. I hope to be graduated school in June.

4. Of these two regulations the first is by far the hardest to observe.

5. Working long hours every day, the report was finally completed.

6. The manager always planned to retire on his sixtieth birthday,
but he is now working at seventy.

7. I intended to have asked his opinion of the case.

8. There followed an angry debate between those who favored and
opposed the amendment.

256 English for Secretaries

9. I have neither the patience or the skill necessary to solve these
puzzles.

10. The alarm sounded clearly around five A.M. this morning.

11. I do not know but that you are right.

12. The company claims only eight hours of your time.

13. It seems as if I have done all I can to clear up the mystery.

14. Neither his remarks nor his conduct was justifiable.

15. The committee announces the consideration of both sides of that
question at their next session.

16. My reasoning and conclusion is different than hers.

17. The Senate is an important division of the government for its
powers are equal to that of the House of Representatives.

18. The gallery with all its pictures and statues were destroyed.

19. I have no doubt as to whom the offender was.

20. There is no doubt of him being the best of the two.

21. When both habits become fixed, I will probably succeed.

22. When he laid down, he went to sleep almost immediately.

23. This committee is an important part of the organization, for its
powers are approximately equal to that of the president.

24. He is one of the men who does things.

25. We are sending the applications to a number of girls whom we
know are competent.

26. The factual data supplies information upon the development of
workers' education.

27. Mr. Brown is one of those people who can write well in any style
and does.

28. I want you to tell me whom you think will be chosen as president
of the freshman class.

29. The ring has laid in her jewelry box for a long time.

30. The returns have proven most satisfactory.

31. Will you tell me who you believe the Mayor will appoint as
O'Brien's successor.

32. This is the most unique example of bookbinding I have seen for a
long time.

33. These sort of advertisements seem cheap to both Mr. Reynolds
and myself.

34. Give it to whoever needs it most.

35. Disappointed in the salary, the job no longer appealed to her.

A Review of English Grammar 257

36. What kind of a person is our new chief?

37. Do you ever remember having heard who loaned the money to
Mrs. Baxter?

38. After receiving a severe criticism for her work, the president dis-
charged her.

39. While filing the letter, the drawer fell on the floor spilling its
contents in every direction.

40. They say that the agenda is vague on the status of the Indian
people.

41. I shall be happy to except your invitation if I am in town on
November 20th.

42. I ought to have left for Minneapolis at ten p.m. yesterday.

43. When the baby lays down, he usually plays with his rattle.

44. Both efficiency and reliability is demanded of everyone in this
department.

45. Who do you consider the most likely candidate?

46. A thousand dollars were given to Mr. Holt on his retirement.

47. Who did you believe the man was?

48. The reason I attended the convention was because I wished to
hear the address on business machines.

49. I meant to have investigated that rumor yesterday.

50. Due to me being absent the work is incomplete.

51. The employer ruled that the most accurate of the two clerks
should have the job.

52. Neither his words nor his conduct were acceptable.

53. I wish I was competent enough to fulfill such a position.

54. The jury fails to agree in the retrial.

55. They proposed for president three who they thought would accept
the nomination.

Part Three

CHAPTER XIII

Use of the Dictionary

As no book is more valuable to the secretary than the
dictionary, the student should be familiar with the extent
and variety of the information included in its pages. Some
of the material to be found in an unabridged dictionary is
listed below.

1. Spelling 8. Abbreviations

2. Syllabication 9. Biographical data

3. Pronunciation 10. Meaning of personal names

4. Part of speech of words 11. Legendary and fictitious char-

5. Meaning of words, of prefixes, acters

and of suffixes , 12. A pronouncing gazetteer

6. Foreign words and phrases 13. History of the English language

7. Derivation

For reference use in the office, the following unabridged
dictionaries are suggested: Webster* s New International Dic-
tionary and Funk and Wagnalls* New Standard Dictionary of the
English Language. For desk use, the following abridged dic-
tionaries are suggested: Webster's Collegiate Dictionary and
The Desk Standard Dictionary.

EXERCISE

Give oral answers to the questions below.

1 . What information do you find on the title page of a dictionary you
have examined?

258

Use of the Dictionary 259

2. What information do you find in the prefatory material of an
unabridged dictionary that you have examined?

3. Compare two unabridged dictionaries and explain which one you
would advise an office to buy.

4. Compare two abridged dictionaries and tell which you prefer for
your personal use and why.

SPELLING

As a spelling error in a letter is a serious fault, secretaries
must be painstakingly accurate to avoid mistakes. Some
fortunate people are naturally good spellers; others who
expect to go into secretarial work must learn how to spell
correctly. For their help the following suggestions are given.

1. Look at the word carefully and write it several times.

2. Pronounce the word accurately, noting the letters and
syllables. Much incorrect spelling is the result of incorrect
pronunciation, as in the words athletic, general, Niagara,
government, governor, valuable.

3. Recognize prefixes, as in these words: misspell,
disappoint, dehydrate.

4. Recognize suffixes, as, meanf?^, healthful, quickly.

5. Think what the word means to avoid confusing it with
another word that may sound similar to you, as, accept and
except, passed and past, proceed and precede.

Spelling Rules

1. When a suffix beginning with a vowel is added to a
word of one syllable that ends in a single consonant pre-
ceded by a single vowel, the final consonant is usually
doubled: plan, planned.

2. When a suffix beginning with a vowel is added to a
word of more than one syllable that is accented on the last

260 English for Secretaries

syllable and that ends in a single consonant preceded by a
single vowel, the final consonant is usually doubled: refer,
referred.

3. When a suffix beginning with a vowel is added to a
word of more than one syllable that is not accented on the
last syllable, the final consonant is not doubled: benefit,
benefiting. Most American publications follow this rule. As
British usage often differs, dictionaries give two spellings
for many of these words, as kidnaped, kidnapped.

4. When a suffix beginning with a vowel is added to a
word of more than one syllable, the final consonant is not
doubled if the accent of the new word thus formed differs
from the accent of the root: refer, reference.

5. When a suffix beginning with a vowel is added to a
word ending in a consonant preceded by two vowels, the
final consonant is not doubled: retail, retailing.

EXERCISES

A. Write the past tense of the following words. Observe the rules for
spelling according to American usage.

barrel correspond model signal

beg equal parcel stop

cancel fit prefer travel

can label quarrel trim

control man regret wrap

B. Add either ance or ence to each of the following verbs to make the
correct noun form.

accept appear exist prefer

acquaint attend expect perform

C. Write on your answer paper the word that is correctly spelled in
each of the following groups:

1. excellent, excellant 3. ninetieth, nintieth

2. maintenance, maintainance 4. occurence, occurrence

Use of the Dictionary 261

5. perseverance, perserverance 10. quarelled, quarreled

6. pervaded, prevaded 11. repitition, repetition

7. pleasant, pleasent 12. stratagem, stratagem

8. posession, possession 13. supersede, supercede

9. pronunciation, pronounciation 14. tendency, tendancy

6. Words ending in n retain that letter before the suffix
ness: sudden, suddenness.

7. Words ending in a double consonant generally keep
both consonants before a suffix: success, successful.

8. Words ending in silent e retain the e before a suffix
beginning with a consonant: encourage, encouragement. Excep-
tions: acknowledgment, argument, duly, judgment, truly.

9. Words ending in silent e generally omit the e before a
suffix beginning with a vowel: arrive, arrival.

10. Words ending in soft ce or ge retain e before able and
ous; replaceable, courageous.

EXERCISE

To each of the following words add the suffix indicated, making any
necessary changes in spelling.

1. argue (ing) 9. hope (ing) 17. near (ness)

2. charge (able) 10. judge (ing) 18. please (ing)

3. come (ing) 11. keen (ness) 19. practical (ly)

4. desire (able) 12. legal (ly) 20. sale (able)

5. develop (ment) 13. level (ed) 21. service (able)

6. dine (ing) 14. manage (able) 22. type (ing)

7. enforce (able) 15. mean (ness) 23. use (full)

8. final (ly) 16. move (ment) 24. usual (ly)

11. Words ending in^> preceded by a consonant change
y to i before a suffix, except when the suffix begins with i:
busy, business. Exceptions: carrying, hurrying, studying.

12. Words ending in y preceded by a vowel usually keep
the y before a suffix or before the letter s: buy, buying,
attorney, attorneys. Exceptions: daily, laid, paid, said.

262 English for Secretaries

13. Words ending in / retain that letter before a suffix
beginning with /: accidental, accidentally.

14. Prefixes and suffixes ending in //, usually drop one / in
combination: already^ wonderful.

15. When a suffix beginning with a vowel is added to a
word ending in /, American usage does not double the
final /, but British usage does double the final /: American
jeweler; British -jeweller.

16. For words in ci and ie, a good rule to remember is the
familiar rhyme, which can usually be followed.

/ before e

Except after c

Or when sounded like a

As in neighbor and weigh.

Note such exceptions as counterfeit, foreign,, forfeit, height.

EXERCISES

A. Write the following words, filling the spaces with ie or ei to give
the correct spelling.

9. y Id

B. Tell in class which word in each group is spelled correctly.

1. accidentaly, accidentally 11. coining, comming

2. acknowledgment, 12. correspondence, corespondeucc
acknowledgement 13. desirable, desireable

3. across, acrost 14. dissatisfy, disatisfy

4. already, allready 15. excusable, excuseable

5. auditer, auditor 16. heroes, heros

6. begining, beginning 17. immediately, immediatly

7. business, busness 18. ninety, ninty

8. cancel, cancell 19. profesion, profession

9. carefully, carfuUy 20. transferring, transfering
10. colum, column

Use of the Dictionary 263

C. Keep in mind the rules for adding suffixes as you write the words
called for below.

1. Add y to the following words to form adjectives, making such
changes as are necessary (as shine , shiny): risk, spice.

2. Add ous to the following words to form adjectives, making such
changes as are necessary (as outrage, outrageous): advantage, courage, industry,
mischief.

3. Add ly to the following words to form adverbs, making such
changes as are necessary (as sincere, sincerely): accidental, busy, day, final,
legal, like, occasional, real, sly, true, unusual, whole.

D. Supply the missing letter or letters as you write each of the fol-
lowing words.

1. apprais-1 4. cylind-r 7. perman-nt

2. attend-nce 5. illeg-ble 8. refer-nce

3. carburet-r 6. incred-ble 9. sever-1

E. Using each of the words below, write the generally accepted form
ending in able or ible (as depend, dependable; divide, divisible).

1. appreciate 8. distinguish 15. peace

2. change 9. excuse 16. permit

3. charge 10. favor 17. receive

4. contempt 11. force 18. reclaim

5. cure 12. move 19. rely

6. desire 13. notice 20. sense

7. despise 14. pay 21. service

F. In the following list, which word of each pair is correctly spelled?
Write the correct form on your answer paper opposite the number of
the pair.

1. accommodate, accomodate 10. enforcment, enforcement

2. administrator, administrater 11. finally, finaly

3. arguing, argueing 12. forseen, foreseen

4. buletin, bulletin 13. insolvensy, insolvency

5. carelessness, carlessness 14. likable, likeable

6. cariage, carriage 15. notoriety, notority

7. celebrate, cclabrate 16. precede, proceed

8. compel, compell 17. superintendent, superintend ant

9. convience, convenience 18. untill, until

264

English for Secretaries

G. In each of the following groups, one of the words is misspelled.
In each case spell correctly on your answer paper the misspelled word.

1.

across

kimono

kindle

wory

lieutenant

2.

interruption

busyest

positively

wouldn't

stomach

3.

originaly

tendency

stepfather

omitting

postponed

4.

hustling

liability

kinsman

hymn

arested

5.

intelligence

typhoid

notefying

leisure

yacht

6.

tuition

initial

enormus

inferred

whereabouts

7.

brilliant

deny

countenance

Latin

asertain

8.

cafeteria

totaly

carnage

awkward

zephyr

9.

fatal

committees

cordial

predjudice

bachelor

10.

feasable

development

heros

solemn

crocheting

H. Be sure that you can sprll correctly the following words, which
often occur in business correspondence.

1. accountant

2. acknowledgment

3. acquaintance

4. advertise

5. affidavit

6. annuity

7. apparatus

8. appraisal

9. appreciable

10. believe

11. benefited

12. calendar

13. commission

14. conscientious

15. contrivance

16. controller

17. convenience

18. currency

19. customary

20. debtor

21. deficient

22. develop

23. dimension

24. disappearance

25. discrepancy

26. economize

27. efficiency

28. eighth

29. embarrass

30. emphasize

31. enterprise

32. exceed

33. excellent

34. excusable

35. foreclosure

36. forty

37. fourth

38. freight

39. fulfill (fulfil)

40. grammar

41. gratefully

42. guarantee

43. handicapped

44. hundredth

45. illegible

46. illegitimate

47. immediately

48. incidentally

49. independent

50. legacy

51. license

52. miscellaneous

53. morale

54. mortgage

55. necessary

56. ninetieth

57. notarize

58. occasionally

59. omission

60. opportunity

61. pamphlet

62. pecuniary

63. personnel

64. plaintiff

65. practically

66. privilege

Use of the Dictionary

265

79.

remittance

90.

supersede

80.

remuneration

91.

supervisor

81.

repetition

92.

syndicate

82.

resistance

93.

tariff

83.

responsible

94.

tendency

84.

schedule

95.

traceable

85.

solicitor

96.

typing

86.

solvency

97.

vacancy

87.

subpoena

98.

vacuum

88.

suing

99.

valuable

89.

superfluous

100.

warrant

67. profited

68. promissory

69. pronunciation

70. proprietor

71. psychological

72. pursuing

73. questionnaire

74. receipt

75. recognize

76. recommendation

77. referred

78. relieve

SYLLABICATION FOR THE TYPIST

1. Do not divide a word if you can avoid doing so.

2. Do not divide monosyllables '.field, trend.

3. Do not divide a word on a single letter or on two
letters: item not i-lem, only not on-ly.

4. Divide between a prefix or a suffix (of more than one
letter) and the word to which it is joined: mis-interpret,
acknowledgement.

5. Do not divide such suffixes as the following: rial,
tial, sion, geous, tion; cru-cial, par-tial, commis-sion, advanta- geous,
composi-tion.

6. Do not divide words of four letters, or, if avoidable,
those of five or six: omen, value, dinner.

7. In general, when a word contains double consonants,
divide between the two consonants: begin-ning, committed,
com-mit-tee. This rule takes precedence over the rules for
dividing after prefixes and before suffixes.

8. When two vowels come together but are sounded
separately, divide them into separate syllables: gene-alogy^
cre-ation.

9. Unless it is absolutely necessary, do not divide proper
nouns, especially the names of persons.

266 English for Secretaries

10. Do not separate such titles as Capt., Dr., Esq., Mr.,
Mrs., Rev., St., or abbreviations for degrees, from names to
which they belong.

11. Do not separate initials preceding a name, or such
combinations as 55 B.C., or 2:20 A.M.

12. Do not separate abbreviations that belong together:
T.W.C.A., Lieut. Col.

13. Do not separate figures at the end of a line: $1,425.35.

14. Do not divide either part of a compound noun:
self-control, thirty-third, except at the point of the hyphen.

15. Do not divide words at the ends of more than two
consecutive lines.

16. Do not divide a word at the end of a paragraph or
page if it is possible to avoid doing so.

17. When doubtful about the division of a word, one
should consult a dictionary.

PRONUNCIATION
KEY TO PRONUNCIATION OF VOWEL SOUNDS

1. Marks of pronunciation. The most common marks are
the macron (ria-tion); the breve (net); the diaeresis (zoology);
the dot (ask}; the wave (fern); the circumflex (urn); the
cedilla (facade).

2. Most common vowel sounds:

a as in ale I as in Ice

as in senate i as in idea

a as in Sm I as in pin

a as in ask

a as in all 5 as in old

I as in father 6 a* in 6pen

5 as in 6dd

6 as in 6rb

Use of the Dictionary 267

e as in eve u as in use

e 1 as in nd u as in unite

e as in event u as in tip

e as in fern u as in rude

u as in full
u as in urn

EXERCISES

A. The a sound in the following words often causes uncertainty or is
given incorrectly. Even though you think you pronounce these words
correctly, take time to check your pronunciation with that given in a
reliable dictionary. If two pronunciations are given, note both.

1. apparatus 6. caramel 11. gratis

2. apricot 7. curator 12. khaki

3. aviation 8. data 13. radiator

4. bade 9. forbade 14. rationing

5. bizarre 10. forward 15. tomato

B. The e sound in the following words often causes uncertainty or is
given incorrectly. Check your pronunciation with that given in a re-
liable dictionary. If two pronunciations are given, note both.

1. bona fide 9. encore 17. lever

2. cortege 10. ensemble 18. penal

3. credence 11. envelope 19. penalize

4. deaf 12. epitome 20. penalty

5. economics 13. epoch 21. prelude

6. economize 14. era 22. rendezvous

7. egg 15. err 23. sergeant

8. egotism 16. finale 24. vice versa

C. The i sound in the following words often causes uncertainty or is
given incorrecdy. Be sure that you pronounce each word correctly. If
two pronunciations are given in the dictionary, note both.

1. agile 5. chiropodist 9. financial

2. alias 6. direct 10. financier

3. biennial 7. fiat 11. fragile

4. biography 8. finance 12. heroine

268 English for Secretaries

13. infantile 18. itinerary 23. profile

14. isolate 19. juvenile 24. quinine

15. isolation 20. long-lived 25. reptile

16. Italian 21. mercantile 26. rinse

17. italics 22. mobile 27. simultaneous

D. The 0, oo, and ou sounds in the following words often cause uncer-
tainty or are given incorrectly. Be sure you pronounce each word
correctly. If two pronunciations are given in the dictionary, note both.

1. bouquet 4. oral 7. root

2. coffee 5. roof 8. route

3. coupon 6. room 9. zoology

E. The u sound in the following words often causes uncertainty or is
given incorrectly. Be sure you pronounce each word correctly. If two
pronunciations are given in the dictionary, note both.

1. alumnus 5. duplicate 9. pronunciation

2. buffet 6. during 10. questionnaire

3. culinary 7. just 11. suite

4. due 8. mature 12. Tuesday

F. Pronounce these words aloud. Note that faulty pronunciation often
causes incorrect spelling.

1. accuracy 7. disastrous 13. library

2. affidavit 8. February 14. luxury

3. athletics 9. hindrance 15. maintenance

4. cleanliness 10. initiate 16. mischievous

5. congratulated 11. laboratory 17. mobile

6. dilapidated 12. lavatory 18. remembrance

G. Write the following words, dividing them into syllables and mark-
ing the accented syllable in each word. Note the words you have been
in the habit of mispronouncing and say each one aloud several times
until the correct pronunciation has become familiar to you.

Use of the Dictionary

269

1. absolutely

2. address (n. and v.)

3. adept

4. admirable

5. adult

6. alias

7. annex (n. and v.)

8. applicable

9. comparable

10. condolence

11. decade

12. default

13. deficit

14. dirigible

15. discourse

16. distribute

17. entire

18. equitable

19. exquisite

20. extraordinary

21. hospitable

22. incognito

23. inestimable

24. infallible

25. influence

26. inquiry

27. insane

28. interesting

29. irreparable

30. irrevocable

31. magazine

32. mediocre

33. memorable

34. municipal

35. orchestra

36. pianist

37. positively

38. romance

39. superfluous

40. suspect (n. and v.)

41. tribune

42. vagary

THE MEANING OF WORDS

EXERCISES

Tell what the following words mean. If you are in doubt, consult a
dictionary.

1. annuity 12. frank (as applied to a certain 22.

2. audit privilege) 23.

3. budget 13. glossary 24.

4. bullion 14. gratuity 25.

5. codicil 15. intestate 26.

6. corporation 16. inventory 27.

7. copyright 17. larceny 28.

8. default 18. legacy 29.

9. depreciation 19. mortgage 30.

10. dividends 20. payee 31.

11. facsimile

21. premium (as applied to insur- 32.
ance)

B. Explain in class the difference in meaning between the
in each of the following pairs and use each word correctly in

1. alternate, alternative 4. effective, efficient

2. authentic, genuine 5. evidence, testimony

3. consider, suppose 6. imply, infer

probate

proxy

quire

remittance

solvent

surety

tariff

tonnage

tort

voucher

waiver

two words
a sentence.

270 English for Secretaries

7. fewer, less 9. observance, observation

8. material, materiel 10. per cent, percentage

C. Write the definition of ten of the following words and in each case
compose a sentence illustrating the correct use of the word.

1. adequate 11. duration 21. plaintiff

2. affixed 12. duress 22. prevalent

3. assessment 13. entitle 23. promissory

4. bilateral 14. facilitate 24. ratify

5. collateral 15. fraudulent 25. resonant

6. concurrent 16. incongruous 26. stipulated

7. concensus 17. indemnity 27. vendor

8. consignee 18. litigate 28. vitiate

9. conveyance 19. negotiable 29. voidable
10. dower 20. onerous 30. warrant

D. Show that you know the meaning of ten of the following words by
writing sentences in which they are used correctly.

1. administrator 7. cartage 13. option

2. affidavit 8. coalition 14. rebate

3. amortize 9. custodian 15. reciprocal

4. annulment 10. embezzlement 16. valid

5. appropriation 11. equity 17. vested

6. beneficiary 12. intestate 18. void

E. Write the meaning of each prefix and stem as used in three of the
following words^ giving also the definition of each of the words in the
light of its derivation.

1. antecedent 11. geography 21. progress

2. animosity 12. homocide 22. propeller

3. bisect 13. illegal 23. recurrent

4. chronological 14. interrupt 24. retroactive

5. communication 15. introduction 25. stratosphere

6. conductor 16. manufacture 26. synthetic

7. dialogue 17. mimeograph 27. transcribe

8. executioner 18. octogenarian 28. translucent

9. expire 19. Pan-American 29. uniformity
10. eradicated 20. prejudice 30. vocabulary

Use of the Dictionary

271

F. Select the word in each group that most nearly resembles in mean-
ing the italicized word in the same line, and on your paper write it
opposite the number of the italicized word.

1. accrual amount, addition, inventory, advantage, balance

2. accumulate pick, amass, lose, exonerate, donate

3. affidavit promise, suit, report, sworn declaration, statement

4. appease sooth, finish, delight, agree, destroy

5. arbitrary despotic, meek, straight, hidden, dark

6. arraign settle, arrange, assert, indict, delay

7. autonomy parliament, constitution, self-government, congress,

history

8. certify secure, charge, depose, verify, witness

9. chattel law, land, property, suit, conversation

10. coerce compel, join, fight, estimate, hinder

11. consensus end, agreement, apology, gathering, opinion

12. consignee signer, shipper, one to whom something is shipped,

collector, agent

13. conspicuous strong, open, prominent, solid, hard

14. consummate proved, guarded, faithful, perfect, high

15. contingent dependent, similar, constant, restrictive, real

16. continuity accessory, cessation, uninterrupted connection, agree-

ment, contract

17. converge differ, accuse, grow, summon, approach

18. corroborate confirm, promise, claim, attest, witness

19. criterion standard, instrument, criticism, ambition, judgment

20. finesse accuracy, worry, skill, shrewdness, rapidity

21. fluctuate smooth, waver, decline, increase, temporize

22. gratuity pleasure, gift, virtue, advantage, gesture

23. hazard risk, ditch, disaster, puzzle, difference

24. heterogeneous hesitating, dissimilar, circular, scattered, uniform

25. increment mortgage, change, increase, affront, continuation

26. indictment crime, remark, composition, arraignment, testimony

27. inscrutable boundless, incomprehensible, infallible, excessive,

artless

28. insidious harmless, ungrateful, judicious, long, treacherous

29. intrinsic forceful, essential, fearless, whole, trivial

30. lien inclination, claim, witness, charge, payment

272

English for Secretaries

31. lucrative large, profitable, grasping, magnificent, translucent

32. malignant virulent, threatening, discontented, intrepid, dark

33. martinet incentive, strict disciplinarian, fowl, boat, wine

34. nonchalant indifferent, luminous, new, poor, civil

35. nullify touch, enlarge, reduce, annul, threaten

36. ostensible apparent, bony, favorable, gloomy, different

37. pertinent convincing, relevant, learned, absolute, insulting

38. perpetuate make lasting, destroy, see, plant, bewilder

39. placate appease, display, pause, draw, predict

40. platitude applause, commonplace remark, plain, engraving,

scheme

41. poignant sharp, bitter, painful, distant, vague

42. potent sweet, suitable, endurable, powerful, reverent

43. precursor forerunner, convert, proxy, superintendent, partner

44. propitious symmetrical, favorable, kind, threatening, intentional

45. prosecute harass, torment, carry on, assert, accuse

46. rectify meditate, correct, erase, decide, build

47. retrench pay, reduce, punish, withdraw, support

48. valid infirm, vain, contestable, just, unique

G. Look up the pronunciation and explain orally the meaning of the
following foreign words and phrases that often occur in English.

1. chef-d'oeuvre

2. comme il faut

3. de facto

4. eclat

5. elan

6. entente cordiale

7. fait accompli

8. id cst

9. in medias res

10. in re

11. in toto

12. ipsojure

13. laissez faire

14. lares et penates

15. lettre de change

16. lettre de crance

17. m61ange

18. piece de r6sistance

19. poste restante

20. sine qua non

21. raison d'etre

22. status quo

23. tempus fugit

24. tout a fait

THE PRONOUNCING GAZETTEER

EXERCISES

A. Explain orally the kind of information found in this part of a
dictionary.

B. Mention one dictionary in which geographical names are listed
in a supplement such as a gazetteer and one in which they are included
\n the main part of the book.

Use of the Dictionary 273

C. Check your pronunciation of the following names with that of a
standard dictionary.

1. Arctic 8. Hawaii 15. St. Louis

2. Buenos Aires 9. Los Angeles 16. Sioux City

3. Caribbean 10. Louisville 17. Terre Haute

4. Cheyenne 11. Miami 18. Thames

5. Detroit 12. Milan 19. Tucson

6. Fiume 13. New Orleans 20. Worcester

7. Gloucester 14. Puget Sound 21. Yosemite

SYNONYMS

A synonym is a word that is practically identical with
another word in the same language, as right and correct.
Since exact synonyms are almost never found, accuracy
requires a knowledge of the shades of meaning and the
commonly accepted use of words. For example, although
old, ancient, antique, aged are synonyms, they cannot be used
interchangeably.

EXERCISE
A. Give two or more synonyms for each of the following words:

1. absolute 15. control 29. equal

2. accomplish 16. confess 30. error

3. accurate 17. curtail 31. especially

4. advice 18. danger 32. esteem

5. agreement 19. decide 33. estimate

6. announce 20. declare 34. explain

7. appoint 21. defraud 35. extravagant

8. behavior 22. demand 36. famous

9. bill 23. disagree 37. fearful

10. capable 24. dispute 38. forbid

11. cautious 25. dissatisfaction 39. foretell

12. chance 26. doubtful 40. fortunate

13. coarse 27. durable 41. fulfill

14. commodity 28. endeavor 42. goods

274

English for Secretaries

43. grant

44. grateful

45. gratify

46. guiltless

47. imminent

48. indemnify

49. industrious

50. intercede

51. intrinsic

52. judge

53. justify

54. laconic

55. laudable

56. lawful

57. merge

58. mollify

59. naive

60. notion

61. nourish

62. occupation

63. optimistic

64. pacify

65. postpone

66. prompt

67. qualified

68. recompense

69. responsible

70. resolve

71. restrain

72. sage

73. sanguine

74. separate

HOMONYMS

75. stratagem

76. submit

77. tranquil

78. trivial

79. thrifty

80. unfold

81. union

82. unique

83. usurp

84. utility

85. valor

86. vital

87. waive

88. wander

89. waver

90. zeal

A homonym is a word similar to another in form or
sound, but differing in meaning, as hear, here.

EXERCISES
A. Write homonyms for each of the following words.

1. aloud

2. bad

3. cast

4. coarse

5. complement

6. cord

7. die

8. faint

9. fair
10. fourth

11. grate

12. hole

13. isle

14. male

15. mean

16. minor

17. plain

18. rain

19. rude

20. seer

21. sight

22. surge

23. their

24. threw

25. vain

26. way

27. week

28. wrap

29. write

30. yoke

B. Explain orally the difference in meaning between words in the
following groups and use each word in a sentence that will illustrate its
meaning: bail, bale; band, banned; berth, birth; core, corps; dying,

Use of the Dictionary 275

dyeing; formally, formerly; indict, indite; lessen, lesson; marshal,
martial; rights, rites, writes; role, roll; staid, stayed; suite, sweet.

EXERCISE

Write the following sentences, choosing in each case from the words
above that particular group of sentences the correct word to supply in
the blank space. If you are in doubt, consult a dictionary.

accept except

1 . Shall we the minutes as read?

2. Most of the sales force will the invitation.

3. All the vice-president attended the meeting of the stock-
holders.

adapt adept

1 . A good traveler must be able to himself to unusual and

unexpected situations,

2. An in science, the professor gladly devoted himself to

research.

admission admittance

1. Her to the Manor Club seemed important to my aunt.

2. As he had no ticket, he could not gain to the Motor Boat

Show.

addition edition

displayed in the library aroused much enthusiasm.
_to the high school must be built within the next few

adherence adherents

1. The governor's stood by him to a man.

2. tr> any party should not be the result of chance.

adverse averse

1 . This suite is to child labor.

2. The critics of the principal are to reelecting him.

3. circumstances prevented his policies from being popular.

4. Publishers are not to considering material or manuscripts

from unknown authors.

advice advise

1 . The heirs accepted the of the executors.

2. The trustees will him how to invest the funds.

3. He asks to solve every difficulty.

276 English for Secretaries

affect effect affected effected

1 . Nothing like a movement such as the rebuilding of the slums has
arisen to the rights in real property in more than 100 years.

2. The average real estate owner probably does not realize how slum
clearance will him.

3. Last week a noted housing expert of Great Britain spoke of the
of slums in terms of both social values and realty values.

4. Such training may have more than anything else.

5. The of such a course would be disastrous.

6. Developments this year may the destiny of commercial

banks for the next ten or twenty years.

7. Consider how a constant increase in the value of real estate would

8. If we are going to good English in our classes, we must use

careful methods.

9. No adequate attempt may be made to appraise the possible

of these various forces, but a brief summary may be helpful.

10. These new factors somewhat differently investors and

trustees.

11. Like other commodities, silver was by the depreciation of

the dollar following our going off gold.

12. We shall all be benefited if such a change is

13. The of newspaper publicity is becoming apparent.

14. Everybody will be by such an amendment to the Constitu-
tion.

15. Changes have not alone government and finance, but

industry.

16. The of such a change will be far-reaching.

17. The nation has been in the midst of a struggle for economic
recovery that has most of us. /

aught naught ought

1. Everyone to learn to spell ordinary words.

_I know, I may go to Europe in the spring,
fter the five in the third line.
canvas canvass

1. The for the tent cost $20.50.

2. Our salesmen will every house in the village.

3. Such a house-to-house should affect sales.

Use of the Dictionary 277

capital capitol
*. <~nong the exhibits of excellent work done by the art students is

a dome of the at Washington standing out against a background

of an enormous American flag.

2. For this entire period of five months issues totaled less than

for the previous five months.

3. That private was not available is a strong presumption.

4. New issues during the year aggregated approximately $150,-

000,000.

5. and surplus remained unchanged.

6. The of Connecticut is Hartford.

7. Recently large scale downward revisions of were initiated.

8. revisions were forced by Government authority.

council counsel

1. The lawyer unwillingly attended the

2. The firm of Brown and Jones acted as for the defendant.

3. Brown is regarded as one of the most distinguished members of
the

4. In such an emergency one should secure the best and then

follow it.

Ifgal legible

1. Are you sure this contract is in Vermont?

2. To our surprise, then, we found the writing of the manuscript to

legally legibly

1. "A person may be incompetent to act for himself, yet he

may lawfully act as agent for someone else."

2. Applications that are written create a good impression.

lose loose

1 . The child will his toys if he leaves them on the sidewalk.

2. The wheel, becoming , rolled into the ditch.

3. It is unfortunate that the English language should be weakened
by so much usage.

4. If you are absent, you will the most important part of the

work.

majority plurality

1 . The faith of the of our people in our President is undoubted

and is a splendid tribute to his sincerity, courage, and ability.

278 English for Secretaries

2. John Matthews received 45 votes in the last election and Joseph
Harris 30; therefore, Matthews won by a of five votes.

3. The of financial leaders side definitely with the President's

program.

moral morale

1. Our is stiffening, and our confidence is returning.

2. Columbia went into the game with a higher than the rain

clouds that swept over the Rose Bowl.

3. The revolution was a as well as a political victory.

4. We men fail to work together to get undesirable laws

modified or repealed.

5. Crime waves arc not new, so their prevalence need not be laid
to the alleged decadence of and social ideals of the present day.

partake participate

1. Every member is asked to in the games.

2. Those who of the banquet must pay extra.

passed past

1. For the year Brazil has been getting a greater share of

American travel.

2. We through Savannah on the way to Washington.

3. The pupil his French, algebra, and physics.

persecute prosecute

\. The Lawyer threatened to unless the case was settled

immediately.

2. No one has a right to another for his religious convictions.

personal personnel

1. Henry is now .manager.

2. The- correspondence of the Governor is not to be opened.

3. He too often slighted his affairs.

4. The of the committee was carefully selected.

precedence precedent precedents

1. Columbia set a that the year ahead in sports will find hard

to match.

2. The vesting of such powers in one man might be a bad

3. The question of at official social affairs is often disputed.

4. The history of those years is full of bad

5. There are many for the dispatch of warships to Latin

American countries in time of internal strife.

Use of the Dictionary 279

6. A good was set when the administration put the city on a

sound financial basis.

7. There is no official order of in America.

8. There is ample for permitting Mr. Holmes to accept the

appointment.

principal principle

1 . It is a well-established in insurance.

2. His rival was John Baker.

3. This rule is based on the that no one can serve two masters.

4. The of the note became due on August 15.

5. The reconsidered his opinion in regard to the merit svstem.

stationary stationery

1. The posts are

2. Personal letters should not be written on the firm's

ANTONYMS

An antonym is a word directly opposed in meaning to
another word, as good^ bad.

EXERCISE

Write an antonym for each of the following words. Do not add the
prefixes un, non^ dis to the original words to fiorm the antonyms.

1. adequate 16. debase 31. frank

2. agreeable 17. debtor 32. frugal

3. altruism 18. deep 33. futile

4. amiable 19. default 34. future

5. asset 20. diligent 35. genuine

6. augment 21. disparage 36. generous

7. benevolent 22. enemy 37. harass

8. brave 23. enlarge 38. heedless

9. censure 24. expand 39. hope

10. oomedy 25. export 40. ignorant

11. competent 26. external 41. impartial

12. condone 27. fail 42. indolence

13. contradict 28. fair 43. industrious

14. courtesy 29. folly 44. inflation

15. credit 30. foreign 45. intolerant

280 English for Secretaries

46. irritate 59. peace 72. success

47. knowledge 60. plenty 73. successor

48. large 61. possible 74. taciturn

49. latter 62. prompt 75. temporary

50. low 63. prophecy 76. toil

51. maximum 64. purchase 77. trivial

52. near 65. real 78. truth

53. new 66. receive 79. unique

54. noise 67. recreation 80. unite

55. objective 68. respect 81. vacate

56. offend 69. sad 82. vigorous

57. oppress 70. sanity 83. wealth

58. optimist 71. scorn 84. wise

DERIVATION OF WORDS

The derivation of a word is the tracing of its history
and its development from its original elements.

EXERCISE
Report orally on the derivation of five of the following words.

1. agriculture

18. dictionary

35. oration

2. alphabet

19. education

36. orchestra

3. annuity

20. encyclopedia

37. pamphlet

4. aquarium

21. essay

38. paper

5. archaeology

22. etymology

39. philosophy

6. astronomy

23. gazetteer

40. phonograph

7. atlas

24. geography

41. photography

8. automobile

25. geology

42. physiology

9. aviation

26. history

43. psychology

10. avocation

27. hygiene

44. radio

11. bacteria

28. library

45. refrigeration

12. bibliography

29. literature

46. science

13. biography

30. magazine

47. sociology

14. biology

31. manuscript

48. telegram

15. catalog

32. museum

49. telephone

16. comedy

33. nautical

50, telescope

17. criticism

34. office

51. theater

Use of the Dictionary 281

ABBREVIATIONS

In letters and in literary matter abbreviations should be
used sparingly; but in scientific and technical work, in
routine business writing, such as tabulations and memo-
randa, they may prove valuable time savers. Lists in un-
abridged dictionaries and in the Style Manual of the United
States Government Printing Office should be consulted for
standard forms and correct capitalization.

Capitalization of Abbreviations

1. Abbreviations standing for words that would be
written with capitals are capitalized: Mass., Tues., U.S.N.

2. Abbreviations standing for words not written with
capitals are usually not capitalized://., gal., sq. mi. Through
custom, however, certain words that belong in this group
are capitalized: IOU, SOS, SSW, P.O.

3. Some common abbreviations may or may not be
capitalized: A.M. or a.m., C.O.D. or c.o.d., Jr. or jr., O.K.
or o.L, P.M. or p.m. R.S.V.P. or r.s.v.p.

Plurals of Abbreviations

1. Abbreviations, both capitalized and uncapitalized,
usually form their plurals by adding s to the singular form:
C.P.A.s, T.W.C.A.s, cks., cts., mos.

2. Some abbreviations are the same for singular and
plural://., bu., in., o%., Ib.

3. Some abbreviations double the letter that represents
the singular of the abbreviation to form the plural: mss
(manuscripts),/^, (pages).

OFFICIAL ABBREVIATIONS FOR STATES AND TERRITORIES

Ala. Calif. Conn. D. C.

Ariz. Colo. Del. Fla.

282

English for Secretaries

Ga.

111.

Ind.

Kans.

Ky.

La.

Md.

Mass.

Mich.

Minn.

Miss.

Mo.

Mont.

Nebr.

Nev.

N. H.

N.J.

N. Mex.

N. Y.
N. C.
N. Dak.
Okla.
Oreg.
Pa.
R.I.
S. C.
S. Dak.

Tenn.

Tex.

Vt.

Va.

Wash.

W. Va.

Wis.

Wyo.

Idaho, Iowa, Maine, Ohio, and Utah should not be abbreviated.

EXERCISES
A. Write the words for which the following abbreviations stand.

1. a/o

2. ad lib.

3. b/e or b.e.

4. c.i.f.

6. c.w.o.

7. cwt.

8. e.g.

9. et al.

5. ctg. or ctge. 10. et seq.

11. ff.

12. i.e.

13. ibid.

14. km.

15. per se

16. Q.E.D.

17. ult.

18. viz.

19. wk.

20. yd.

B. Write the abbreviations of the following words. If you are in
doubt, consult a dictionary.

1. account

2. in the year of our Lord

3. advertisement

4. anonymous

5. attention

6. attorney

7. avoirdupois

8. barrel

9. bushel

10. cost and freight

11. cost, freight, and insurance

12. centigrade

13. compare

14. discount

15. and so forth

16. Fahrenheit

17. free alongside ship

18. horsepower

19. hundred

20. incorporated

21. in regard to

22. kilogram

23. manager

24. manufacturing

25. manuscript

26. manuscripts

27. memorandum

28. rural free delivery

29. superintendent

30. thousand

Use of the Dictionary 283

C. Write the degrees for which the following letters stand. If you are
in doubt, consult a dictionary.

1. A.B. orB.A. 4. B. Litt. 7. C.P.A. 9. LL.D.

2. A.M. or M.A. 5. B.S. 8. D.D. 10. Ph.D.

3. B.L. 6. C.E.

BIOGRAPHICAL DATA

EXERCISES

Imagine that you have been requested for brief biographical infor-
mation about the noted persons listed below. Consult a dictionary,
preferably an unabridged edition, to supply the data asked for in the
following exercises.

A. Write the pronunciation of five of the following names.

1. Alcott 9. Maugham 17. Putnam

2. Beethoven 10. Mussolini 18. Raleigh

3. Botticelli 11. Nietzsche 19. Roosevelt

4. Brandeis 12. Nobel 20. Schuyler

5. Carnegie 13. Padcrewski 21. Strachey

6. Genghis Khan 14. Peary 22. Tchaikovsky

7. La Farge 15. Pepys 23. Velasquez

8. Leicester 16. Puccini 24. Warwick

B. State why five of the following persons arc famous.

1. Disraeli 6. Hugo 11. Morse

2. Everett 7. Ibsen 12. Nelson

3. Fulton 8. Jolliet 13. Pasteur

4. Gompers 9. Kreisler 14. Rhodes

5. Grenfell 10. Lloyd George 15. Steinmetz

C. Write the Christian name or names of five of the following noted
persons.

1. Frost 5. Maeterlinck 9. Pulitzer

2. Goodyear 6. Mencken 10. Rivera

3. Hearn 7. Miilay 11. Rodin

4. Leacock 8. Morgenthau 12. Root

CHAPTER XIV

Sources of Information

ONE of the most important assets of anyone in business
is the ability to find information that is needed.
While the public library and the librarians there are always
at the service of the secretary, she should be able to find
many facts independently. A well-appointed office should
provide a few books of reference with which the secretary
should become well acquainted. But besides these, a knowl-
edge of some important tools that may be found in public
libraries would make any office worker much more valuable.

In an earlier chapter is given a detailed description of
the greatest reference book in the world, the dictionary.
In this chapter, some of the other useful manuals will be
cited.

Encyclopedias. The outstanding encyclopedias are:
Encyclopaedia Britannica; Encyclopedia Americana; New Inter-
national Encyclopaedia; Columbia Encyclopedia.

The Encyclopaedia Britannica, 14th ed. New York, En-
cyclopaedia Britannica, 24 vols. This is a very scholarly
set containing lengthy articles, many of them by outstand-
ing specialists. It was originally published in England and
still has more complete treatment of subjects relating to
Great Britain than of those relating to America. The last
volume of this set contains an index, which must be used
to find all the information on a subject.

284

Sources of Information 285

The Encyclopedia Americana, 1942 ed. New York, Ameri-
cana Corporation, 30 vols. This set is especially strong on
scientific and technical articles and provides a good source
of information on biography and history.

The New International Encyclopaedia. New York, Funk &
Wagnalls, 25 vols. This encyclopedia also is valuable for
general reference work.

The Columbia Encyclopedia. New York, Columbia Uni-
versity Press. This is a one-volume encyclopedia, which
presents a great amount of up-to-date information in brief
entries. In any office that can afford to buy such a book it
will prove very useful for the verification of many facts.

Directories. City Directories. Although a business office
would usually buy the city directory of the locality in which
it is situated, few organizations would find it possible to
collect files of these books for other cities because it would
involve considerable expense and because they may usually
be found in the public library or in the Chamber of Com-
merce. These books are, of course, the obvious source for
checking the correct street addresses of correspondents.
They may also prove to be important in establishing
residence claims, in determining credit information, in
establishing data in connection with citizenship, in finding
the correct form of the name of business houses and the
names of partners or officers. They often supply information
about local transportation systems and about clubs,
museums, and other private and public institutions.

Telephone Directories. While the use of a telephone
directory may seem simple, there are several points with
which everyone should familiarize himself in order that
he may readily find the information sought for. One source
of trouble in finding a name is that it may be spelled in

286 English for Secretaries

several ways. Read, for example, is also spelled Reade, Reid,
Ried, Reed; therefore, it is often necessary to consider all
possible spellings in looking up this name. In a telephone
directory names beginning with Mac and Me are not listed
together as they are in many filing systems, but are sepa-
rated, those beginning with Mac grouped first and some-
times preceding by several pages those beginning with Me.
The name of a firm may also be difficult to find because
the initials may follow the name of the company, as Wilsoft>
H. W. Co., or they may precede the name, as C. B. Frank
Agency. It is necessary to understand that the departments
of the Federal Government are listed under United States,
and those of states and cities under the name of state or
city.

Classified Telephone Directories. In a classified telephone
directory, persons, firms, or corporations are grouped with
respect to the specific business or profession to which they
belong. In case there is no mailing list available for any
special occupation, the classified telephone may be used as
the foundation of such a list.

Trade and Professional Directories. These guides are pub-
lished for practically every important business or profession.
Although an organization may not find it advisable to
purchase other directories than the one relating to its
particular field, the secretary should be aware that similar
information is available for other lines. A few of the well-
known books of this type are listed below:

American Booktrade Directory

American Medical Directory

Kelly's Directory of Merchants. Manufacturers and

Shippers of the World
Martindale-Hubbell Law Directory

Sources of Information 287

Official Hotel Red Book and Directory

Folk's Bankers Encyclopedia

Poor's Register of Directors and Executives of the United

States and Canada
Thomas' Wholesale Grocery and Kindred Trades

Register
World Petroleum Directory

The Social Register. This publication is issued annually
for many of the large cities of the United Stales. Each
volume gives practically the same kind of information con-
cerning the prominent families of its own city names of
members of the family, with agv?s of children, colleges
attended by them, notices of marriages and deaths of the
year, clubs to which families belong.

Financial Services. There are several companies issu-
ing monthly bulletins and annuals that set forth the
financial standing of corporations, banks, and finance
companies and furnish information oil market conditions,
stocks, and bonds. Through these publications one may
trace the expansion or the decline of corporations, trends
in financing, and other factors of interest. It is probable
that at least one of these services will be subscribed to by
a library in a manufacturing or financial community, and
the secretary should familiarize herself with the scope and
use of the one or ones available. The following are well-
known publishers of these manuals:

Fitch Publishing Company, New York
Moody's Investors Service, New York
Standard Statistics Company, New York
Dun & Bradstreet, New York (The publications of this
firm are available for its subscribers only and are not
to the public in general.)

288 English for Secretaries

Biographical Aids, WhJs Who in America. Chicago,
A. N. Marquis Company. Published every two years,
this work contains brief facts about almost every outstand-
ing person in the United States living at the time of publica-
tion. There is also a geographical index, which lists under
the heading of cities and states the notable persons belong-
ing to these parts of the country whose lives are found in
Who's Who in America.

Who's Who. New York, The Macmillan Company.
Published annually. A biographical dictionary of outstand-
ing British persons living at the time of publication.

Dictionary of National Biography. New York, Oxford Uni-
versity Press, 22 vols. This is the great dictionary of biog-
raphy of the British Empire, containing reliable and
scholarly articles on all noteworthy inhabitants of the
British Isles, the dominions, and the colonies, exclusive of
living persons.

Dictionary of American Biography. New York, Charles
Scribner's Sons, 20 vols. This work consists of biographies
of noteworthy Americans, no longer living, from the early
period up through the first quarter of the twentieth century.

Aids to English Usage

Crabb, George. CrabVs English Synonymes. New York,
Harper & Brothers. An alphabetic list explaining and
differentiating between words in a group, this is an excel-
lent handbook for a secretary who wishes to repeat a
thought in a different mode of expression.

Fowler, Henry Watson. A Dictionary of Modern English
Usage. New York, Oxford University Press. This work
consists of an alphabetic list of words and phrases accom-

Sources of Information 289

panied by brief explanations of their correct use and by
quotations that illustrate the various points.

Opdycke, John Baker. Don't Say It; a Cyclopedia of
English Use and Abuse. New York, Funk & Wagnalls
Company.

Webster, Noah. Dictionary of Synonyms. Springfield,
G. & C. Merriam Company. This dictionary provides
comparisons between groups of words and lists analogous
words, antonyms, and contrasting words. The studies are
illustrated by quotations.

Style Books. These manuals, issued by newspapers, by
universities, and by departments of the Government, furnish
the standards set for the publications of these organizations.
They are useful in settling disputed points of usage such as
punctuation, hyphens, italics, and other technical matters.
The following are well-known books in this field:

Chicago. University Press. Manual of Style. Chicago,
University of Chicago Press. A standard manual of typo-
graphical rules that govern the publications of this press.

United States. Department of State. Style Manual of the
Department of State. Washington, Government Printing
Office. Instructions for office procedure; proper forms of
address, salutations, and complimentary close to be used
for United States, foreign, and ecclesiastical dignitaries;
typographic style and rhetoric style; general information
on the Federal, state, county, and municipal governments;
American foreign service; alphabetical lists of foreign
countries with their official names, capitals, forms of
government, rulers; sample form letters, notes, proclama-
tions, executive and departmental orders and messages.

United States. Government Printing Office, Style Manual.
Washington, Government Printing Office. Topics treated

290 English for Secretaries

in this manual concern the style and form that govern
the publications of the Government, including rules for
spelling, form of writing numerals, symbols, date marks,
italics, tabulation work, and similar points.

United States Government Publications. Many excel-
lent manuals and bulletins are issued by the Government.
An easy method of finding those of use in any particular
office is through the price lists issued free by the Superin-
tendent of Documents in Washington. Some of these are
as follows:

Price List 28. Finance, Banking, Securities, Loans.

Price List 33. Labor, Child Labor, Women Workers,
Workmen's Insurance and Compensation.

Price List 59. Interstate Commerce and the Federal
Communications Commission.

Price List 62. Commerce and Manufacture.

A few outstanding publications are listed below. They
are all sold by the Superintendent of Documents in Wash-
ington.

Official Congressional Directory. A new edition of this
handbook is issued for each Congress, giving names and
short biographies of members of Congress, committees,
names of diplomatic and consular officers of the United
States, maps of Congressional districts, etc.

United States. Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Com-
merce. Statistical Abstract of the United States. An annual
publication, containing a great many statistics about com-
merce, manufactures, mining, population, agriculture, etc.,
of the Unrced States. Many of these statistics are given
for ten or twenty years.

United States Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Com-
merce. Consumer Market Data Handbook. (Domestic com-

Sources of Information 291

merce series No. 102.) A breakdown by "states, counties,
and, where possible, by all cities and towns which in 1930
had a population of 2,500 or more" includes a total of
82 statistical series Arranged in the following five groups:
population and dwellings; volume and type of business and
industry; employment and pay rolls; retail distribution
by kinds of business; and related indicators of consumer
purchasing power.

United States. Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Com-
merce. Trade and Professional Associations of tlie United
States. 1942. An alphabetic list of names, size, executives
and activities of 2,800 associations in the fields of food,
machinery, foreign trade, and similar groups, indexed
under cities and under commodities and secretaries.

United States. Office of Government Reports. United
States Government Manual. An up-to-date handbook, pub-
lished three times a year. It lists and describes all the
departments and agencies of the United States Government
and is, therefore, very useful in looking up the correct name
of any bureau, or in finding out the proper department to
which to apply for any information needed.

United States. Post Office Department. United States
Official Postal Guide. An annual publication giving full
information on the mail service of the United States and,
in a separate volume, on foreign mail service. In the part
devoted to the United States are lists of post offices in
alphabetical arrangement, also lists by states and counties,
classified lists of offices with salaries of postmasters, and
rates of all varieties of postage.

Additional Reference Aids. Reader's Guide to Periodi-
cal Literature. New York, The H. W. Wilson Company.
A semimonthly publication, this is an important index

292 English for Secretaries

through which to find the most up-to-date information
that has appeared in about one hundred magazines. For
instance, here may be found an article indexed under the
name of the author, under the subject of which it treats,
and sometimes under the title. Because the entries are very
much condensed, the person who looks up the information
must learn to understand the abbreviations used.

Example

ENCYCLOPAEDIA Britannica

Thirty-two million-word classic. W. A. Lydgate. Sat R Lit
25:3-4+ My 2 '42; Same abr. with title Britannica. Read
Digest 40: 95-8 Je '42

This entry discloses the fact that an article on the Britannica
Encyclopaedia, written by W. A. Lydgate, appeared in the
Saturday Review of Literature, volume 25, pages 34 and in
other pages in that number of the periodical. The same
article appeared in an abridged form, with the title Britan-
nica in The Readers Digest, volume 40, pages 95-98, for June
1942.

The World Almanac. This almanac is published annually
by the New York World-Telegram. It probably presents the
greatest compilation of statistics and useful information
contained in one small volume. In it can be found the
names of members of the Supreme Court and of members
of the Cabinet, the population, area, military strength,
exports of the countries of the world, election returns of
states of the United States, etc. This book must be used
through the index, which is placed at the front of the book.

Statesman's Yearbook. New York, The Macmillan Com-
pany. This publication is a source of information about the
governments of the world, rulers, constitutions, area,

Sources of Information 293

population, religion, instruction, justice, finance, money,
credit, weights and measures, diplomatic representatives,
etc.

United States Catalog and Cumulative Book Index. New
York, The H. W. Wilson Company. Authors, titles, pub-
lishers, and prices of books published in the English langu-
age since 1928 are included here. The United States Catalog
gives this information for books in print in the United
States in January 1928. It is supplemented by The Cumu-
lative Book Index, published monthly. Since 1930 this catalog
has listed all books in the English language published in the
United States and in other countries (England, Canada,
Australia, India, etc.).

New York Times Index. This index lists by date, page,
and column, the news items, book reviews, and other facts
appearing in The New York Times. It serves not only as a
guide to this newspaper, but also to current events in
general.

Atlases, Maps, and Gazetteers. An atlas is a very use-
ful reference book to have on hand. Many maps will be
found in the encyclopedias mentioned in this chapter, and
the gazetteer section in Webster* s Unabridged Dictionary will
supply data on location, population, capital cities, etc.,
for several thousand places. Two good atlases are: Goode's
School Atlas. New York, Rand McNally & Company, 1939;
and Encyclopaedia Britannica World Atlas. Encyclopaedia
Britannica, Inc., 1942.

EXERCISE

1 . If you needed a telephone number and could not find the name
you were looking for in the regular telephone directory, what other
source would you consult to obtain this information?

2. What use would a secretary make of a book of synonyms?

294 English for Secretaries

3. Name one source in which you would find many illustrations of
different styles of type.

4. What uses would a secretary make of the United States Postal
Guide?

5. Where would you look to find the price of a book published about
six months ago?

6. What source would you consult to find the month in which a
periodical article you were searching for was published?

7. What would be one very accessible source in which to find the
names of members of the Supreme Court?

8. What would be a good source of information for checking die
area and the population of Canada?

9. Where would you look to find the correct name of a recently
established government bureau and the date when it was set up?

10. Where would you look to find the full name of a doctor living in a
city for which you do not have a city directory or a telephone directory?

11. Where would you look to find the clubs to which the head of a
prominent New York family belongs?

12. Name one source in which you would look to find the date of the
founding of a corporation and the bonds issued by it.

THE CARD CATALOG

Since the secretary will often have to use a library to find
the information she needs, it is necessary for her to know
how to use library facilities efficiently. If she wishes to find
independently the information desired, a knowledge of the
card catalog is essential.

The cards on page 295, reproduced from two made by the
Library of Congress in Washington, are examples of the
form followed by many libraries.

In addition to appearing on these author cards, the books
will be represented in the card catalog under subjects.
The book on card A, for example, will appear also under
the subjects Secretaries, Private and Letter -writing; that on
card B will appear also under the subject Letter-writing.

Sources of Information 295

651.74 Taintor, Sarah Augusta.

The secretary's handbook; a manual of correct usage, by
Sarah Augusta Taintor . . . and Kate M. Monro . . . 6th
ed., completely rev. New York, The Macmillan company, 1941.

xiv p., 1 1., 540 p. illus. 21 om .
Includes bibliographies.

1 . Secretaries, Private. 2. Letter-writing, i. Monro, Kate M.,
joint author, n. Title.

39-18117
Library of Congress HF5547.T25 1 939

[4] 651.74

395 Taintor, Sarah Augusta.

The handbook of social correspondence; notes, letters, and
announcements for various occasions, by Sarah Augusta
Taintor and Kate M. Monro. New York, The Macmillan
company, 1936.

vii p., 2 1., 3-307 p. illus. 21 om .
"First printing."

1 . Letter-writing, i. Monro, Kate M., joint author, n. Title.

36-30052

Library of Congress BJ2101.T3

-Copy 2.

Copyright A 100292

[5] 395

296 English for Secretaries

The number 651.74 at the upper left-hand corner is the
Dewey decimal number given to this book by the Library
of Congress. This same number is written on the back of
the book itself, which is then placed on the shelf according
to this numbering.

In a library where readers are allowed to go to the
shelves, it is a great advantage to know what these num-
bers mean. The following is an outline of the classes
of the Dewey decimal system with which the user of a
library should familiarize himself.

The Dewey Decimal System. The Dewey Decimal
scheme has ten main classes. Each of these classes is divided
into smaller divisions, so that every book in the largest
library can be classified.

The main classes and the numbers used for books with
these classes are as follows:

000 to 099 General works encyclopedias, etc.

100 to 199 Philosophy and psychology

200 to 299 Religion and mythology

300 to 399 Sociology, education, government, commerce

400 to 499 Languages

500 to 599 Science

600 to 699 Useful arts business, cooking, sewing, engineering, etc.

700 to 799 Fine arts music, painting, sculpture, etc.

800 to 899 Literature

900 to 999 History, geography, biography, travel, etc.

Fiction. Sometimes F is used instead of the Dewey
decimal numbers 813 (American fiction), 823 (English
fiction), 833, etc. The books marked F are arranged alpha-
betically by authors. Very often, however, no class mark
at all is given to fiction. Then the books are simply arranged
on the shelves according to the authors' names.

Sources of Information 297

Each of the main classes is again divided into ten groups
and these groups may be subdivided by decimal fractions
as far as is necessary. Some of the subdivisions of the 600
class, in which the majority of business books are classified
are shown below:

650 Business

650 . 7 Business education

651 Office management and equipment
651 .5 Filing, indexing

651 .7 Commercial correspondence
651.74 Secretaries

652 Typewriting
655 Printing

655 . 25 Style manuals for printer*

657 Bookkeeping. Accounting

658 Business methods
658 . 1 Corporation finance
658.3 Employment management

658.8 Selling
659 . 1 Advertising

EXERCISES

A. The following names are those of authors of recommended booki
on business topics. Rewrite the list, arranging them alphabetically in
the order in which they would occur in a card catalog.

Opdycke, John Baker Hoagland, Henry Elmer

Weseen, Maurice Harley Bingham, Walter Van Dyke

Faunce, Frances Avery Taussig, Frank William

Nichols, Frederick George Owens, Richard Norman

Hutchinson, Lois Irene Montgomery, Robert Hiester

Maule, Frances Beckman, R. O.

Brown, Harold Sigler Brown, Lyndon O.

Weeks, Bertha M. Brisco, Morris Arthur

Burd, Henry Alfred Goode, Kenneth Mackarness

Lockley, Lawrence Campbell Hall, Samuel Roland

Clapp, John Mantle Williams, J. H.

298 English for Secretaries

Butterfield, William Henry Turner, Bernice C.

Kimball, Dexter Simpson Taintor, Sarah Augusta

Donaldson, Elvin Frank McClelland, Frank Clark

Gerstenberg, Charles William Benge, Eugene Jackson

Dewing, Arthur Stone MacDonald, John Haskell

B. Report orally on the review topics given below.

1 . Name the parts of a book.

2. Bring to class a copy of all the material found on the first four or
five lines of a library card in a card catalog in the public library. Explain
what each item means.

3. Examine Rand McNally World Atlas or Goode's School Atlas and give
an explanation of the material contained in either book.

4. Examine a recent copy of Who*s Who and copy the information
found about two people.

5. Examine a recent copy of Who's Who in America and copy the
information found about two people.

6. Bring a copy of the World Almanac to class and explain the most
efficient way to use the book. Illustrate this by the discussion of several
examples.

7. Discuss the importance of the library to business men and women.
Give several examples to show that business people would often save
time, effort, and money by consulting a library.

8. Examine an encyclopedia and report on an article that should be
of interest to the class. Compare the information with that found in
another encyclopedia.

9. Name two ways in which The New York Times Index might prove
to be of value to the secretary.

10. Bring to class a reference book mentioned in this chapter. Ex-
plain its use and purpose. Illustrate your answer by definite references
to sections of the book.

COMPILING A BIBLIOGRAPHY

A bibliography is a list of books or parts of books, pamph-
lets or periodicals by a given author or about a given
subject.

Sources of Information 299

Bibliographies that secretaries may be called upon to
compile will generally be lists of books on a subject. The
most practical way to compile the list of books and periodi-
cal articles on a subject is to write on a separate slip of
paper each author's name, with the title of the book or
article, the place of publication, the publisher, the date and
any notes that may be added relating to this particular
entry. When the list is ready to be put in order, these slips
may be arranged by author, date, or divisions of the subject.

Bibliographies differ in form and also in the amount of
information listed. The following rules are generally
acceptable:

Author. Author's last name followed by initials if he
has two Christian names, or by full name if he has only
one Christian name.

Examples: Opdycke, J. B.

Garland, Hamlin

If there are two or three authors, list them, but if there
are more than three, the words and otfiers may be used
after the first name given on the title page.

Examples: Cairns, Huntington; Tate, Allen, and Van Doren, Mark;
Elwell, F. H., and others

If a book consists of a collection of articles by different
authors, the name of the compiler given on the title page
should be used as an author.

Example: Sheridan, Charles, ed.

Titles. Titles of books or articles should be copied
accurately.

300 English for Secretaries

Editions. If an edition is mentioned on the title page
of the book you are using, it should be given in your bib-
liography. An abbreviated form may be used.

Example: 4th ed., rev.

Place and Publisher. The place may be abbreviated
if it can be made perfectly clear in this form. The publisher's
name should, in general, be listed as it appears on the title
page, though it may be abbreviated in a bibliography that
will not be published.

Examples: N. Y., Macmillan

New York, The Macmillan Company

Paging. The number of pages in the book may be
given, though it is not always necessary. If a work is in
more than one volume, the number of volumes takes the
place of paging.

Magazine Articles. In citing articles from periodicals,
the author's name and the title of the article should be
followed by the name of the periodical, the volume number,
and date of publication.

EXERCISE

Suppose an employer should ask his secretary to find concise facts
about the following matters; where would she find the required infor-
mation? Mention at least one source for each.

1. The derivation of the word bankrupt

2. The history of commerce

3. The title of a book by Edward Sherwood Mead on a buiiness
subject

4. The pronunciation of the word coupon

5. The names of clubs to which the Vice-president belongs

6. The population of Minneapolis

7. A list of summer camps for boys

8. The meaning of the word filibuster

Sources of Information 301

9. The date of birth of the President of the United States

10. Two books on filing

1 1 . The names of the judges of the Supreme Court

12. The states that still have capital punishment

13. A list of books or articles written by the present Secretary of
Agriculture or the Secretary of the Treasury

14. The author of Personal Letters in Business

15. A magazine article on athletes

16. A list of marine disasters in 1915

17. A list of great inventions, names of inventors, and dates of
inventions

18. The touring distance between Chicago and Harrisburg

19. The distance by water between Boston and Baltimore

20. The text of the Constitution

21. Name of the Secretary of War in 1865, in 1914, in 1943

22. A brief sketch of Winston Churchill

23. A brief sketch of the life of the President of the United States

24. A sketch of the life of Theodore Roosevelt

25. A list of books published by John Buchan since 1931

26. A brief biography of your representative in Congress

27. World production of rubber from 1939 to date

28. The constitution, government, diplomatic, and consular repre-
sentatives of Liberia

29. Statistics of the foreign trade of the United States for 1934 to date

30. Maps of congressional districts

Index

Abbreviations, apostrophe in, 200

capitalization of, 157, 281

in letter headings, 18-19

plurals of, 281

punctuation of, 172-173

for state names, 281-282
Acceptance, formal notes of, 132133

informal notes of, 128
Acknowledgment, letters of, 61-64
Address, on envelopes, 42-46

inside address, 18-21, 23-24, 77
Adjectives, capitalization of, 157158
Adjectives and adverbs, 242-244
Adjustment letters, 69-73
Adverbs and adjectives, 242-244
Agreement, of pronoun with ante-
cedent, 223-234

of subject and predicate, 232234
Antonyms, 279
Apostrophe, in abbreviations, 200

in contractions, 200

in idiomatic expressions, 200

omission of, in possessive pronouns,
222

in plurals, of figures, 200
of letters, 200

in possessive of nouns, 200, 218-

219

Application, letters of, 99-108
Appreciation, notes of, 128-129
Army, capitalization of, 154

Article, capitalization of, 164

repetition of, 249-250
Association, capitalization of, 150151
Atlases, 293
Attention line, 19-21
Avenue , capitalization of, 150

B

Bibliography, directions for compil-
ing, 298-300

Biographical dictionaries, 288
Block form, in envelope address, 44

in letters, 14, 16-18, 20, 27, 34, 35,

121

Hoard, capitalization of, 154
Book titles, capitalization of, 163

punctuation of, 203
Buildings, capitalization of, 150
Bureau, capitalization of, 154
Business letters, 13-38, 41, 51-115

Capitalization, 147-164
of abbreviations, 157, 281
of adjectives, 157-158
of army, 154
of article, the, 164
of associations, 150151
of avenue, 1 50
of board, 1 54
of buildings, 150
of bureau, 1 54

303

304

English for Secretaries

Capitalization, of church, 150-151

of club, 150-151

of college, 150-151

after colon, 158-159

of commission, 154

of committee, 154

of company, 150-151

of constitution, 156

of court, 154

of degrees, 148

of department, 154

"Down" style of; 151

of east, 151

of eastern, 152

of educational institutions, 150-
151

of geographical names, 150

of holidays and holy days, 147

of names of days of the week, 147
of individuals, 147-148
of the months, 147

of nation, 154

of national, 154

of navy, 154

of north, 151

of northern, 152

of political parties, 156

of quotations, 163

of south, 151

of southern, 152

of state, 151

of street, 150

of titles, of books, 163
of people, 147-148

of trade names, 157

of west, 151

of western, 152

Card catalog in libraries, 294-297
Case, with gerund, 241

with participle, 241
Charge accounts, letters relating to,
89-92

Church, capitalization of, 150-151
Claim, letters of, 66-69
Closed punctuation, 18, 37
Closing, complimentary, 30
Club, capitalization of, 150-151
Collection letters, 92-96
College, capitalization of, 150-151
Colon, capitalization of word fol-
lowing, 158-159
rules for use of, 191-192
Comma, 175-185
Commission, capitalization of, 154
Committee*, capitalization of, 1 54
Company, capitalization of, 150-151
Company names, in inside address,

23

Complimentary closing, 30
Conjunctions, 247-249, 250
Constitution, capitalization of, 156
Contractions, apostrophe in, 200
Court, capitalization of, 1 54
Credit, letters relating to, 84-89

D

Dash, 205-206
Dateline, 15-16,77
Days of week, capitalization of, 147
Degrees, capitalization of, 148
Department, capitalization of, 154
Derivation of words, 280
Dictionaries, biographical, 288
Dictionary, study of, 258-282

abbreviations, 281-282

antonyms, 279

derivation of words, 280

homonyms, 279

pronunciation, 266-267

spelling, 259-262

syllabication, 265-266

synonyms, 273
Directories, 285-287

Index

305

Division of words into syllables, 265-

266
Divorced women, form of address,

21-22

Doctor, in signatures, 22
"Down" style of capitalization, 151
Duties of the secretary, 2-3

East, capitalization of, 151
Eastern, capitalization of, 152
Education of the secretary, 35
Educational institutions, capitaliza-
tion of, 150-151
Enclosure, placement of, 33
Encyclopedias, 284-285
Envelopes, how to address, 42-46
Esquire, use of, 22
Exclamation point, 195

Figures, writing of, 165-167, 174,

178, 191, 204-205, 207-208
use of apostrophe in, 200
Financial services, 287
Folding the letter, 41-42
Foreign expressions, italics in, 203
Formal notes, of acceptance, 132

of invitation, 132, 134

of regret, 132, 133
Fractions, writing of, 165

G

Gazetteers, 293
Gentlemen, 25-27
Geographical names, capitalization

of, 150

Gerund, 240-241
Government publications, 290-291

Grammar, 211-257

parts of speech, 211-250

adjectives and adverbs, 242-244

conjunctions, 247-250

nouns, 211-219

prepositions, 246, 250

pronouns, 220-224

verbs, 225-241, 249
sentences, 252-255

H

Heading, 16, 18-19
Holidays and holy days, capitaliza-
tion of, 147
Homonyms, 274
Hyphen, 207-208

Identification marks at close of letter,

32-36

Idiomatic expressions, use of apos-
trophe in, 200

Indented form, in envelope address,
45

in letters, 14, 16, 17, 21, 27, 36, 37
Index, directions for making, 144
Individuals, names of, capitalization

of, 147

Infinitive, 228, 239
Informal notes, of acceptance, 128

of invitation, 128

of thanks, 128, 129
Information, letters of, 52, 54-56

sources of, 284-297
Inquiry, letters of, 51-54
Inside address, 18-21, 23-24, 77
Interdepartmental notes, 119
Introduction, letters of, 116-117
Invitations, formal, 132, 134

informal, 128, 129
Italics, 197, 203-204

306

English for Secretaries

Ladies, 27

Letter pictures, 34-37, 39, 40

Letterheads, 14

Letters, abbreviations in headings of,

18-19
block form in, 14, 16-18, 20, 27,

34, 35, 121
body of, 27-30
closed punctuation in, 18, 37
complimentary close in, 30, 120,

131

date line in, 15-16, 77, 127, 130
folding of, 41-42
heading of, 16, 18-19, 120, 127,

130

identification marks in, 32-36
inside address in, 18-21, 23-24,

77
open punctuation in, 18, 20, 21,

34, 35, 36

reference line in, 17
salutation in, 25-27, 77, 120, 131
signature in, 30-32
subject line in, 27
types of:

acknowledgment, 61-64
adjustment, 69-73
application, 99-108
business, 13-38, 41, 51-115
charge accounts, 89-^92
claim, 66-69
collection, 92-96
credit, 84-89
information, 52, 54-56
inquiry, 51-54
introduction, 116-117
mimeographed, 33
official, 38-40
order, 58-61
personal, 127-134

Letters, types of, recommendation,

110-114
refusal of recommendation, 114

115

sales, 75-83
semibusiness, 120-124
Letters of the alphabet, apostrophe

in, 200
plural of, 213
Libraries, use of, 284-297

M

Madam, 25, 26

Manuscripts, preparation of, 142-

144

Margins, 28-30
Mesdames, 26, 27
Messrs., in inside address, 24
Mimeographed letters, 33
Minutes, definition, 140

directions for writing, 140-141

example of, 141
Miss, 21-22, 26, 30
Months, capitalization of, 147
Mood, 238-239
Mr., 22, 25
Mrs., 21-22, 25, 31

N

Nation, capitalization of, 154
National, capitalization of, 154
Naty, capitalization of, 154
North, capitalization of, 151
Northern, capitalization of, 152
Notes, formal, 130-134

informal, 122-124, 127-129

interdepartmental, 119
Nouns, 211-219

collective, 216-217

gender, 211

Index

307

Nouns, number, 211-213

plural, 211-213

possessive case, 218-219
Numbers, writing of, 165-167, 174,
207-208

O

Official letters, 38-40

Open punctuation, 18, 20, 21, 34,

35, 36

Order letters, 58-61
Outlines, definition, 136

directions for writing, 136-137

Parentheses, 174, 204-205

Participle, 230, 240, 241

People, tides of, capitalization of,

147-148
Period, 169-175

Personal letters and notes, 127-134
Plurals, of abbreviations, 281

of figures, 166, 213

of letters, 213

of nouns, 211-213
Political parties, capitalization of,

156
Possessive case, with gerund, 241

of nouns, 218-219

of pronouns, 221-222

use of apostrophe in, 200, 218-219
Precis, definition, 137-138

directions for writing, 138
Prepositions, 246, 250
Professional women, how to address,

22
Pronouns, 220-224

agreement, 223-224

case, 220-222
Pronunciation, 266-267

Proofreading, 145-146
Punctuation, 169-208

of abbreviations, 172-173
closed, 18, 37
open, 18, 20, 21, 34-36
points of, apostrophe, 200

colon, 191-192

comma, 175-185

dash, 202-206

exclamation point, 195

hyphen, 207-208

parentheses, 204-205

period, 169-175

question mark, 193-194

quotation marks, 193-194

semicolon, 180, 187-189
of tabulations, 170

Qualifications of the secretary, 61
Question marks, 193-194
Quotation marks, 194, 196-197, 203
Quotations, capitalization of, 163
punctuation of, 185, 192, 194,
196-197

R

Recommendation, letters of, 110-114

letters refusing, 114-115
Reference, letters relating to, 109-

110

Reference aids, 284-297
Reference line, 17
Regret, formal notes of, 132, 133

Sales letters, 75-83
Salutation, 25, 77

in business letters, 25-27

308

English for Secretaries

Secretary, 2-10

appeal of work, 1

definition, 2

duties, 2-3

education, 3-5

personal traits, 6-8

steppingstones, 5
Semibusiness letters, 120-124
Semicolon, 180, 187-189
Sentences, 252-255
Signatures, in business letters, 30-32
Sources of information, 284-297
South, capitalization of, 151
Southern, capitalization of, 152
Spelling, 259-262

State names, abbreviations of, 281-
282

capitalization of, 151

placement of, on envelopes, 43

in heading of letters, 14, 16-17
Street, capitalization of, 150

in heading, 16

in inside address, 1819
Street numbers, how to write, 19
Style books, 289-290
Subject and predicate, agreement of,

232-234
Subject line, 27
Syllabication, 265-266
Synonyms, 273

Tabulations, punctuation o 170
Tense, 225-229
The, capitalization of, 164
Titles, of books, 163, 203

business, 22-23, 148

capitalization of, 147-148

of men, 22-23

professional, 22, 23

in signatures, 2122

of women, 21-22

Trade names, capitalization of, 157
Transitional expressions, 249

Verbs, 225-241

agreement of subject and predi-
cate, 232-234
infinitive, 228, 239
mood, 238-239
principal parts, 230
tense, 225-229

W

West, capitalization of, 151
Western, capitalization of, 152
Women, forms of address, 21-22

salutation in letters to, 25-26

signatures of, 30-31